Get Expert Solutions to Accounting Questions at Homeworknest.com in 2hours!

Accounting Questions – Get Expert Solutions at Homeworknest.com in 5 hours!

Quiz 1.

Analyzing the Airline Industry C 3. Divide into groups. Assume your group is analyzing the fate of the larger airlines, such as United and American. You have the following information: a. Between 1999 and now, the long-term debt, including lease obligations, of the largest airlines more than doubled. b. The price of fuel has increased by one-third. c. Passenger loads are only now getting back to pre-9/11 levels. d. Severe price competition from discount airlines exists. Identify the ratios that you consider most important to consider in assessing the future of the large airlines and discuss the effect of each of the above factors on the ratios. Be prepared to present all or part of your findings in class.

Quiz 2.

Using Investors’ Services C 2. Go to the website for Moody’s Investors Service. Click on “ratings,” which will show revisions of debt ratings issued by Moody’s in the past few days. Choose a rating that has been upgraded or downgraded and read the short press announcement related to it. What reasons does Moody’s give for the change in rating? What is Moody’s assessment of the future of the company or institution? What financial performance measures are mentioned in the article? Summarize your findings and be prepared to share them in class.

Quiz 3.

ffect of a One-Time Item on a Loan Decision C 5. Apple a Day, Inc., and Unforgettable Edibles, Inc. are food catering businesses that operate in the same metropolitan area. Their customers include Fortune 500 companies, regional firms, and individuals. The two firms reported similar profit margins for the current year, and both base bonuses for managers on the achievement of a target profit margin and return on equity. Each firm has submitted a loan request to you, a loan officer for City National Bank. They have provided you with the following information:

Quiz 4.

Comparison of International Companies’ Operating Cycles C 4. Ratio analysis enables one to compare the performance of companies whose financial statements are presented in different currencies. Selected data from 2006 for two large pharmaceutical companies—one American, Pfizer, Inc., and one Swiss, Roche—are presented next (in millions).15

For each company, calculate the receivable turnover, days’ sales uncollected, inventory turnover, days’ inventory on hand, payables turnover, and days’ payable. Then determine the operating cycle and days of financing required for each company. (Accounts receivable in 2005 were $9,103 for Pfizer and SF7,698 for Roche. Inventories in 2005 were $5,478 for Pfizer and SF5,041 for Roche. Accounts payable in 2005 were $2,073 for Pfizer and SF2,373 for Roche.) Prepare a memo containing your analysis of the operating cycles of these companies.

Quiz 5.

Do you think it is acceptable to change the bonus targets for executives during the year if the year turns out to be not as successful as planned? What if an unexpected, world-shaking event occurs and has a negative effect on business, such as 9/11 had on the airline industry? What are three standards of comparison? Which of these might justify changing the bonus targets during the year?

Quiz 6.

Executive Compensation C 1. Executive compensation is often based on meeting certain targets for revenue growth, earnings, earnings per share, return on assets, or other performance measures. But what if performance is not living up to expectations? Some companies are simply changing the targets. For instance, Sun Microsystems’ proxy as quoted in the Wall Street Journal states that “due to economic challenges experienced during the last fiscal year, our earnings per share and revenues are significantly below plan. As such, the Bonus Plan was amended to reduce the target bonus to 50% of the original plan and base the target bonus solely on the third and fourth quarters.”14 Sun Microsystems was not alone. Other companies, such as AT&T Wireless, Estee Lauder, and UST, also lowered targets for executive bonuses.

Quiz 7.

Comprehensive Ratio Analysis of Two Companies P 10. Caitlin Cleary is considering an investment in the common stock of a chain of souvenir stores. She has narrowed her choice to two companies, Dover Corporation and Calais Corporation, whose income statements and balance sheets are presented here. During the year, Dover Corporation paid a total of $50,000 in dividends. The market price per share of its stock is currently $60. In comparison, Calais Corporation paid a total of $114,000 in dividends, and the current market price of its stock is $76 per share. Dover Corporation had net cash flows from operations of $271,500 and net capital expenditures of $625,000. Calais Corporation had net cash flows from operations of $492,500 and net capital expenditures of $1,050,000. Information for prior years is not readily available. Assume that all notes payable are current liabilities and all bonds payable are long-term liabilities and that there is no change in inventory.

Quiz 8.

Compare the two companies by inserting the ratio calculations from 1 through 5 in a table with the following column headings: Ratio, Name, Dover, Calais, and Company with More Favorable Ratio. Indicate in the last column which company had the more favorable ratio in each case.

Quiz 9.

James Smith, 45 years old, is new to your practice. This is your first

meeting with him, and you would like to ask him some questions

regarding his medication/health history. During the course of your

conversation you learn that he has a history of coronary heart

disease and is currently taking a baby aspirin each day. He takes

acetaminophen for general aches and pains. He also likes to have a

glass of wine with dinner each night and does not mind a few beers

when he is watching football. During the course of his examination

you and the dentist find two cavities, which are filled that day. Mr.

Smith is experiencing some mild pain after the procedure.

What is the rationale for using acetaminophen instead of an

NSAID to treat Mr. Smith’s pain?

What dose and duration of therapy should be recommended

for Mr. Smith?

At what doses does hepatotoxicity occur with

acetaminophen?

How can Mr. Smith avoid acetaminophen toxicity?
Compare and contrast acetaminophen to aspirin in terms of

pharmacology, adverse effects, and therapeutic effects.

224

What is the role of aspirin in the prevention of heart attack

or stroke?

Are any dental concerns associated with low-dose aspirin

therapy?

Can Mr. Smith take a drug like ibuprofen?
What should be said to Mr. Smith during a counseling

session regarding acetaminophen?

Quiz 10.

Kellogg Company has its headquarters in Battle Creek, Michigan. The company manufactures and sells ready-to-eat breakfast cereals and convenience foods including cookies, toaster pastries, and cereal bars.

Selected data from Kellogg Company’s recent annual report follows (dollar amounts in millions).

		Current Year		Prior Year	2 Years Ago
Sales		$14,580		$14,792	$14,197
Gross profit %	34.73	41.26	38.28
Operating profit	1,024	2,837	1,562
Net cash flow less capital expenditures	1,211	1,170	1,225
Net earnings	633	1,808	961

In its annual reports, Kellogg Company has indicated that it plans to achieve sustainability of its operating results with operating principles that emphasize profit-rich, sustainable sales growth, as well as cash flow and return on invested capital. Kellogg believes its steady earnings growth, strong cash flow, and continued investment during a multi-year period demonstrates the strength and flexibility of its business model.

Instructions

Compute the percentage change in sales, operating profit, net cash flow less capital expenditures, and net earnings from year to year for the years presented.
Evaluate Kellogg’s performance. Which trend seems most favorable? Which trend seems least favorable? What are the implications of these trends for Kellogg’s sustainable performance objectives? Explain.

Quiz 11.

Presented below is income statement information of the Schefter Corporation for the year ended December 31, 2021.

Sales revenue $492,000 Cost of goods sold 284,000
Salaries expense 80,000 Insurance expense 12,000
Interest revenue 6,000 Interest expense 4,000
Advertising expense 10,000 Income tax expense 30,000
Gain on sale of investments 8,000 Depreciation expense 20,000

Prepare the necessary closing entries at December 31, 2021.

Quiz 12.

Choose the correct.Rouge Company’s $250,000 net income for the quarter ended September 30 included the following after-tax items:
∙ A $20,000 cumulative effect loss resulting from a change in inventory valuation method made
on September 1.
∙ $0 of the $60,000 annual property taxes paid on February 1.
For the quarter ended September 30, the amount of net income that Rouge should report is
a. $235,000
b. $250,000
c. $255,000
d. $270,000

Quiz 13.

Analyzing profitability

Sampler Company sells two products, Sigma and Zeta, with a sales mix of 70% and 30%, respectively, Sigma has a contribution margin per unit of $26, and Zeta has a contribution margin per unit of $21. The company sold 700 total units in September. Calculate the total amount each product contributed to the coverage of fixed costs and the total contribution margin for the company.

Quiz 14.

The following are a series of unrelated situations.

Halen Company’s unadjusted trial balance at December 31, 2020, included the following accounts.

		Debit	Credit
Accounts receivable		$53,000
Allowance for doubtful accounts	4,000
Net sales		$1,200,000

Halen Company estimates its bad debt expense to be 7% of gross accounts receivable. Determine its bad debt expense for 2020.

An analysis and aging of Stuart Corp. accounts receivable at December 31, 2020, disclosed the following.

Amounts estimated to be uncollectible		$ 180,000
Accounts receivable	1,750,000
Allowance for doubtful accounts (per books)	125,000

What is the net amount expected to be collected of Stuart’s receivables at December 31, 2020?

Shore Co. provides for doubtful accounts based on 4% of gross accounts receivable, The following data are available for 2020.

Credit sales during 2020		$4,400,000
Bad debt expense	57,000
Allowance for doubtful accounts 1/1/20	17,000
Collection of accounts written off in prior years (customer credit was reestablished)	8,000
Customer accounts written off as uncollectible during 2020	30,000

What is the balance in Allowance for Doubtful Accounts at December 31, 2020?

At the end of its first year of operations, December 31, 2020, Darden Inc. reported the following information.

Accounts receivable, net of allowance for doubtful accounts		$950,000
Customer accounts written off as uncollectible during 2020	24,000
Bad debt expense for 2020	84,000

What should be the balance in accounts receivable at December 31, 2020, before subtracting the allowance for doubtful accounts?

The following accounts were taken from Bullock Inc.’s trial balance at December 31, 2020.

		Debit	Credit
Net credit sales			$750,000
Allowance for doubtful accounts	$ 14,000
Accounts receivable	310,000

If doubtful accounts are 3% of accounts receivable, determine the bad debt expense to be reported for 2020.

Instructions

Answer the questions relating to each of the five independent situations as requested.

Quiz 15.

Journalizing the alternative treatment of deferred revenues

On September 1, 2018, Salem Landscaping collected $24,000 in advance from customers for landscaping services. The service revenue will be earned monthly over the 12-month period ending August 31, 2019.

Requirements

Journalize the entry on September 1 by using the alternative treatment of deferred revenues.

Record the December 31, 2018 adjusting entry.

Quiz 16.

Included in Outkast Company’s December 31, 2020, trial balance are the following accounts: Prepaid Rent $5,200, Debt Investments (to be held to maturity until 2023) $56,000, Unearned Fees $17,000, Land (held for investment) $39,000, and Notes Receivable (long-term) $42,000. Prepare the long-term investments section of the balance sheet.

Quiz 17.

Product Cost Method of Product Pricing

La Femme Accessories Inc. produces women's handbags. The cost of producing 1,100 handbags is as follows:

Direct materials	$14,600
Direct labor	7,400
Factory overhead	6,400
Total manufacturing cost	$28,400

The selling and administrative expenses are $28,700. The management desires a profit equal to 14% of invested assets of $498,000.

If required, round your answers to nearest whole number.\

Determine the selling price of handbags. Round your answers to nearest whole value.

Cost	$per unit
Markup	$per unit
Selling price	$per unit

Quiz 18.

On August 3, Sonar Sales decides to establish a $275 petty cash fund to relieve the burden on Accounting.

(a)	Journalize the establishment of this fund.*
(b)	On August 11, the petty cash fund has receipts for mail and postage of $124.75, contributions and donations of $53.25, meals and entertainment of $63.85, and $32.75 in the ending cash balance. Journalize the replenishment of the fund.*
(c)	On August 12, Sonar Sales decides to increase petty cash to $400. Journalize this transaction.*
	*Refer to the Chart of Accounts for exact wording of account titles.

Quiz 19.

The trend of PepsiCo’s stock price and price/earnings (P/E) ratio for the seven years shown.
PepsiCo’s prospects, including developments likely to affect the company’s future.
Trend Analysis E 7. Using 2006 as the base year, prepare a trend analysis of the following data, and tell whether the situation shown by the trends is favorable or unfavorable. (Round your answers to one decimal place.)

Ace My Homework, AceMyHomework com, AceMyHomework Shutdown, AceMyHomework to Homeworknest.com, and Calculus Engineering Questions, Best Homework Help Website, Best website for college Asignments Help, Cheap Assignments Help, Chinese student Homework Help, College Lifestyle, College Math Help, College professor, College Professors, College roommates, CouponLx, CouponLx Homework Nest, Covid-19 Homework tests, Exam day, Exam stress, Fall Semester, Free Books with All college Subject Assignment Answers, Free Homework Help, Group project, Homework during lockdown, Homework EBooks 2020, Homework Help, Homework Help App, Homework help on Google, Homework Study music On YouTube, Introverted students, Math is Fun, Math Org Forums, Memory techniques, New semester, Online tools, Online tutor, Online Tutoring, Online Tutors, Operations Management, Permutations, PHD thesis topics, PHD Thesis Writer, Procrastination, Productivity, Reading list, Resume boosting jobs, School and Work, School and work balance, Sociology Questions, Spring Semester, Student budget, Study apps, Study Break, Study Tips, Summer Break, Summer course, Summer job, website for hmeworkhelp like coursemerit, website for hmeworkhelp like ninjaessays, website for hmeworkhelp like studypool, Website for Homework Help Like AceMyHomework, website similar to AceMyHomework.com, write my essay
—

Quiz 20.

On June 1, Guitar Magazine collected cash of $51,000 on future annual subscriptions starting on July 1.

Requirements

Journalize the transaction to record the collection of cash on June 1.
Journalize the transaction required at December 31, the magazine’s year-end, assuming no revenue earned has been recorded. (Round adjustment to the nearest whole dollar.)

Accounting Assignments Help US Canada Australia

Cost-volume-profit (CVP) analysis examines the behavior of total revenues, total costs, and…

Cost-volume-profit (CVP) analysis examines the behavior of total revenues, total costs, and operating income as
changes occur in the units sold, selling price, variable cost per unit, or fixed costs of a product.
3-2 Describe the assumptions underlying CVP analysis.
The assumptions underlying the CVP analysis outlined in Chapter 3 are
1. Changes in the level of revenues and costs arise only because of changes in the number of product (or
service) units sold.
2. Total costs can be separated into a fixed component that does not vary with the units sold and a variable
component that changes with the number of units sold.
3. When represented graphically, the behaviors of total revenues and total costs are linear (represented as a
straight line) in relation to number of units sold within a relevant range and time period.
4. The selling price, variable cost per unit, and fixed costs are known and constant

Following is a list of information for Robert and Amy Pax for the tax year 2019. Robert and Amy…

Following is a list of information for Robert and Amy Pax for the tax year 2019. Robert and Amy are married and have three children, Alice, Bryson, and Carl. They live at 500 Main Street, Phoenix, AZ 85021. Robert is a counselor working for a company called Healthy U. Amy works part-time as a pharmacy tech at Walgreens. Here are their social security numbers and birthdates:

View complete question »

Name	Social Security Number	Birthdate
Robert	123-56-3214	1/15/1988
Amy	564-52-6363	2/23/1990
Alice	558-99-3336	5/5/2013
Bryson	120-33-4566

Sampras Ltd issued $20 million of convertible notes on 1 July 2020. The notes have a life of 6…

Task One
It is stated under AASB 2 ‘Share based payment’ that companies must value and record as an expense
any options granted to employees in exchange for their services. Previously Australian companies
recorded share-based payments in the notes to the financial statements, arguing that share-based
payments did not cost the company anything.
Required
a) Explain the reasoning that led to the development of AASB 2 ‘Share based payment’.
b) Discuss briefly the possible economic implications of AASB 2.
(10 marks)
Task Two
Sampras Ltd issued $20 million of convertible notes on 1 July 2020. The notes have a life of 6 years
and a face value of $20 each. Annual interest of 5% is payable at the end of each year. The notes
were issued at their face value and each note can be converted into one ordinary share in Sampras
Ltd at any time over their lives. Organisations with a similar risk profile to Sampras Ltd have issued
debt with similar terms but without the option to convert at the rate of 7% per annum.

You have been engaged by the ABC Pte Ltd (‘ABC’ or ‘the company’) to determine the fair market…

You have been engaged by the ABC Pte Ltd (‘ABC’ or ‘the company’) to determine the fair
market value of 100% issued shares of the company as at 31 December 2018 (‘valuation
date’). The purpose of the valuation is to assist the company in its deliberation of the
prospective sale of the equity stakes to new strategic investor. The deliverable for this
valuation engagement will be in the form of a valuation report, documenting the entire
valuation process, to be issued to the company.

Provide one example where information is relevant but not faithfully represented…

Week 1 The fundamental qualitative characteristics that financial information must possess to be useful to the primary users of general purpose financial reports—identified in the Conceptual Framework are ‘relevance’ and ‘faithful representation’.
Required: a) Provide one example where information is relevant but not faithfully represented. (3 marks, maximum 100 words) b) Provide one example where information is not relevant but is faithfully represented. (3 marks, maximum 100 words) c) Provide one example where information is relevant and faithfully represented. (4 marks, maximum 150 words)
Week 2 a) What is a social contract and how does it relate to organisational legitimacy? (6 marks, maximum 300 words) b) Explain two ways organisations can use corporate disclosure policy to maintain or regain organisational legitimacy? (4 marks, maximum 200 words)
Week 3 Diamond Ltd acquired an item of polishing equipment on 1 July 2015 for $440,000. The equipment is expected to have a useful life of 10 years and the straight-line method of depreciation is to be used. It has salvage value of $40,000. On 1 July 2017, the equipment is deemed to have a fair value of $424,000 and revaluation is undertaken in accordance with the Diamond Ltd policy of measuring property, plant and equipment at fair value. The asset is still usable for next 8 years but the salvage value is determined to be zero. The asset is sold for $356,000 on 1 July 2019.
Required: Provide the journal entries necessary at the following dates to account for the above transactions and events. (Ignore narrations). Show your working. (10 marks) • 01/07/2015 • 01/07/2017 • 01/07/2019
Week 4 Snowy Ltd acquires Pax Ltd on 1 July 2018 for $5,000,000 being the fair value of the consideration transferred. At that date, Pax Ltd’s net identifiable assets have a fair value of $4,400,000. Goodwill of $600,000 is therefore the difference between the aggregate of the consideration transferred and the net identifiable assets acquired.
The fair value of the net identifiable assets of Pax Limited are determined as follows: ($000) Patent rights 200 Machinery 1,000 Buildings 1,500 Land 2,300 5,000 Less: Bank loan 600 Net assets 4,400 At the end of the reporting period of 30 June 2019, the management of Snowy Ltd determines that the recoverable amount of the cash-generating unit, which is considered to be Pax Ltd, totals $4,500,000. The carrying amount of the net identifiable assets of Pax Ltd, excluding goodwill, is unchanged and remains at $4,400,000.
Required: a) Prepare the journal entry to account for any impairment of goodwill. (6 marks) b) Assume instead that at the end of the reporting period the management of Snowy Ltd determines that the recoverable amount of the cash-generating unit, which is considered to be Pax Ltd, totals $4,200,000. Determine the impairment of goodwill amount. (No journal entries required) (4 marks)
Week 5 On 1 July 2019, Fisher Ltd decides to lease a cargo ship from XFinance Ltd. The term of the lease is 20 years. The implicit interest rate in the lease is 10 per cent. The fair value of the cargo ship at the commencement of the lease is $2,215,560. The lease is non-cancellable, and requires a lease payment of $300,000 on inception of the lease (on 1 July 2019) and lease payments of $250,000 on 30 June each year (starting 30 June 2020). Included within the $250,000 lease payments is an amount of $25,000 representing payment to the lessor for the insurance and maintenance of the cargo ship. There is no residual payment required. Annuity factor, n=20; r = 10% is 8.5136.
Required: a) Prove that the interest rate implicit in the lease is 10 per cent. (2 marks) b) Provide the entries for the lease in the books of Fisher Ltd as at 1 July 2019, and 30 June 2020. (4 marks) c) Provide the entries for the lease in the books of XFinance Ltd as at 1 July 2019, and 30 June 2020.

James Burden is considering buying shares in a company, Saturday Night Live Ltd (SNL)….

James Burden is considering buying shares in a company, Saturday Night Live Ltd (SNL).
After purchasing 1,000 shares of SNL, James received a letter (via email) from the company
secretary advising him of a forthcoming annual general meeting (AGM). As a new
shareholder of SNL, James has plenty of questions to SNL’s company secretary.
James rings and asks SNL’s company secretary to explain to him what is meant by the terms
‘member’ and ‘shareholder’, and the different ways in which a person may become a member.
He also asks to explain who may be eligible to become a member, and how many members
a company is permitted to have. Finally, James asks: how does a person cease to be a
member of a company?
1. Pretend that you are the company secretary and provide advice to James
regarding his questions above. Use relevant sections of the Corporations Act
2001 and/or case laws to support your answer (5 marks)
At the company’s annual general meeting, James bumps into the company secretary. James
had observed that the notice he had received advising him of his company’s annual general
meeting had stated that it would commence ‘at 1 pm’. Yet, on the day, the annual general
meeting had not commenced until 1.10 pm because the chair had been delayed in traffic
while trying to reach the meeting’s venue. James surmised that this delay in starting the
meeting could constitute a procedural irregularity that could only be rectified by his company
conducting the whole annual general meeting again.
2. Pretend that you are the company secretary and provide advice to James
regarding his question on procedural irregularity. Use relevant sections of the
Corporations Act 2001 and/or case laws to support your answer (3 marks)

Australia Food Ltd is a company with several branches across Victoria and NSW. The Company…

Australia Food Ltd is a company with several branches across Victoria and NSW. The Company
produces various food products including meats and milks. You work as a management accountant in
this company.
Your manager has asked one of your colleagues in the management accounting department to
prepare a comparative profit or loss report for the current and previous month. The manager wants
the report to cover only meat production in Victoria’s branches. Your colleague suggests that since
the company has different branches and products, financial statements should cover all of the
company’s activities. He also suggested that the report should be prepared for a financial year in
accordance with accounting standards.
Using your knowledge of financial and managerial accounting, general and specific purpose financial
reports and various users of accounting information, advise your colleague as to the approach they
should adopt to meet the manager’s requirements and ensure the information correctly reflects the
department’s operations.
Your answer needs to be in your own words and correctly referenced to receive full marks.

Use of Budgeting as a management technique for managing resources….

You are required to conduct a literature search and discussion in this assignment.
You are to choose a peer reviewed journal article (from any country) on the:
-Use of Budgeting as a management technique for managing resources.
The article should be published between 2010 – 2020. Choose your article only after you have accessed
several relevant articles, and then choose the best articles that will answer the assignment question below.
Required: Critically evaluate the relevance and challenges of budgeting systems by answering the 5 questions
below:
Questions:
1. Briefly discuss the budgeting process. (5 marks)
2. Based on your selected journal article, discuss citing examples whether the budgeting process satisfies
the purpose of planning, controlling and evaluating performance. (5 marks)
3. The two widely used practices in preparing budgets are ‘top down’ budgeting and ‘bottom up’
budgeting. Identify and explain the practice adopted by the organisation discussed in your selected journal article and further explain the behavioural implications of adopted practice. (5 marks)
4. Based on your literature findings (above), critically evaluate the comment that ‘traditional budgeting
practices are constraint on creativity, and the time and energy spent on budget formulation is better spent elsewhere’.
5. Based on your literature findings (above), would you recommend budgeting for contemporary organisations for planning and control purpose? Explain (5 marks)

Examine conceptual issues and the sources of authority for the accounting requirements which…

Examine conceptual issues and the sources of authority for the accounting requirements which
apply to reporting by Australian companies and corporate groups, including Company Law,
International and Australian Accounting Standards, and Stock Exchange requirements;
2. Critically analyse and interpret the financial statements and other disclosures produced by
Australian companies and corporate groups;
3. Apply Australian Accounting Standards and Corporate Legislation to the financial reporting
processes of a range of corporate forms including companies and joint ventures;
4. Evaluate financial accounting problems and select appropriate accounting strategies for the
accounting entity;
5. Prepare accounting reports for companies and other corporate forms that meet the compliance
requirements of the professional and legal bodies in Australia;
6. Make judgments about appropriate use of accounting standards and accurately apply appropriate
treatments and communicate these outcomes to a diverse range of stakeholders.

Strategic alliance and cooperative partnerships provide one way to gain some of the benefits…

Strategic alliance and cooperative partnerships provide one way to gain some of the benefits
offered by vertical integration, outsourcing and horizontal mergers and acquisitions while
minimizing the associated problems, it is a formal agreement between two or more separate
companies in which they agree to work collaboratively towards some strategically relevant
objectives. E.g.
? The Delta Airlines/Northwest Airlines merger
? Shell oil company and Pemex (Mexico’s state-owned petroleum company)
? Renault-Nissan-Mitsubishi Alliance
1. Determine how to capture the benefits and minimize the drawbacks of strategic
alliances and partnership to extend the scope of operations via international expansion
and diversification strategies.
2. Discuss the role of centralized and decentralized decision making in striking the right
balance between rewards and punishment in an ethical and unethical strategic alliance?
3. Identify the key features of a company’s corporate culture that can influence the
merger and acquisition?

Electro Company manufactures an innovative automobile transmission for electric cars….

Electro Company manufactures an innovative automobile transmission for electric cars. Management predicts that ending finished goods inventory for the first quarter will be 71,400 units. The following unit sales of the transmissions are expected during the rest of the year: second quarter, 357,000 units; third quarter, 347,000 units; and fourth quarter, 260,500 units. Company policy calls for the ending finished goods inventory of a quarter to equal 20% of the next quarter’s budgeted sales.
Propare a production budget for both the second and third quarters that shows the number of transmissions to manufacture.

Journalize each transaction in a two-column journal, referring to the following chartof accounts… 1 answer below »

Journalize each transaction in a two-column journal, referring to the following chartof accounts in selecting the accounts to be debited and credited. (Do not insert theaccount numbers in the journal at this time.) 11 Cash 31 Emily Page, Capital 12 Accounts Receivable 32 Emily Page, Drawing 14 Supplies 41 Fees Earned 15 Prepaid Rent 51 Salary Expense 16 Prepaid Insurance 52 Rent Expense 18 Office Equipment 53 Supplies Expense 19 Accumulated Depreciation 54 Depreciation Expense 21 Accounts Payable 55 Insurance Expense 22 Salaries Payable 59 Miscellaneous Expense 23 Unearned Fees 2. Post the journal to a ledger of four-column accounts. 3. Prepare an unadjusted trial balance. 4. At the end of June, the following adjustment data were assembled. Analyze and use these data to complete parts (5) and (6). a. Insurance expired during June is $200. b. Supplies on hand on June 30 are $650. c. Depreciation of office equipment for June is $250. d. Accrued receptionist salary on June 30 is $220. e. Rent expired during June is $2,000. f. Unearned fees on June 30 are $1,875. 5. Enter the unadjusted trial balance on an end-of-period spreadsheet (work sheet) and complete the spreadsheet. 6. Journalize and post the adjusting entries. 7. Prepare an adjusted trial balance. 8. Prepare an income statement, a statement of owner’s equity, and a balance sheet. 9. Prepare and post the closing entries. (Income Summary is account #33 in the chart of accounts.) Indicate closed accounts by inserting a line in both the Balance columns opposite the closing entry. 10. Prepare a post-closing trial balance.

On 1st July 2017 Utensilite Ltd acquired a 3rd Motor Vehicle for $45,000 paying cash of $12,500…

On 1st July 2017 Utensilite Ltd acquired a 3rd Motor Vehicle for $45,000 paying cash of
$12,500 and negotiating a loan for the balance. The estimated life of the vehicle was
12 years and residual value $3,000. The vehicle was to be depreciated at the rate of
30% using the declining balance method.
Depreciation is recorded on 30th June each year.
On 30th September, 2017 and 30th September, 2018 all three vehicles were serviced
at a cost of $5,400.
On 31st March, 2019 Vehicle No 1 is sold to Extratta Traders because for $8,000.
You are required to:
a. Prepare an extract from the Balance Sheet dated 30th June, 2017 to show the
Motor Vehicles account; 3 marks
b. Record all the journal entries that took place from 1st July 2017 to 30th June
2019 (ignore GST and show all calculations). 17 marks
c. If revenue for the financial year 2018 was $61,500, prepare an extract from the
Profit and Loss Statement at 30th June 2018 indicating associated
expenses for motor vehicles for the year. 3 marks
d. Prepare an extract from the Balance Sheet dated 30th June, 2019 to show the
Motor Vehicles account. 3 marks
B. Why would Utensilite choose the two methods of depreciation it has? What is
the impact of each method on Profit figures over the life of the asset? Describe
two other depreciation methods that could have been used to depreciate the
motor vehicles. Which of the four methods do you believe is most appropriate
for motor vehicles and why?

Using the information presented below, prepare an income statement, owner’s equity and balance…

Using the information presented below, prepare an income statement, owner’s equity and balance sheet from the adjusted trial balance of Hanson Storage. Ms. Hanson’s capital account balance of $40,340 consists of a $30,340 beginning-year balance plus a $10,000 investment during the current year.

What is internal control? Why is internal control important in organization?…

QUESTIONS1. What is internal control? Why is internal control important in organization?2. What are the four basic purposes of internal control? Give an example of each one? B. EXERCISE1. The California State University (CSU) system is the largest four-year higher education system in the United States. In 2004, all twenty-three CSU campuses adopted People Soft, an enterprise resource planning system, for managing finances, personnel records and other important functions. The project was referred to as the Common Management System (CMS). Considering Brown’s taxonomy of risk, identify five risks the CSU and its management took by making the PeopleSoft decision.2. The following is a question in which one is expected to evaluate internal controls. The Art Appreciation Society operates a museum for the benefit and enjoyment of the community. During hours when the museum is open to the public, two clerks who are positioned at the entrance collect a $5 admission fee from each nonmember patron. Members of the Art Appreciation Society are permitted to enter free of charge upon presentation of their members hip cards. At the end of each day one of the clerks delivers the proceeds to the treasurer. The treasurer counts the cash in the presence of the clerk and places it in a safe. Each Friday afternoon the treasurer and one of the clerks deliver all cash held in the safe to the bank, and receive an authenticated deposit slip which provides the basis for the weekly entry in the cash receipts journal. The Board of Directors of the Art Appreciation Society has identified a need to improve their system of internal control over cash admission fees. The Board had determined that the cost of installing turnstiles, sales booths, or otherwise altering the physical layout of the museum will greatly exceed any benefits that may be derived. However, the Board has agreed that the sale of admission tickets must be an integral part of its improvement efforts. Smith has been asked by the Board of Directors of the Art Appreciation Society to review the internal control over cash admission fees and provide suggestions for improvement. Required Indicate weaknesses in the existing system of internal control over cash admission fees, which Smith should identify, and recommend one improvement for each of the weaknesses identified.

Calculate the acquisition cost of the Gizmo Machine that will be used as the base for future…

Required:
a) Calculate the acquisition cost of the Gizmo Machine that will be used as the base for future
depreciation charge. (3 marks)
b) Provide the journal entries that would appear in Tea Tree Bay Ltd’s books to account for the
acquisition of the Gizmo Machine. (5 marks)
c) Will the maintenance cost be included in the acquisition cost of the machine? Justify your answer.
(2 marks, maximum 100 words)
Week 2
a) What factors should be considered in determining the issue price of a debenture. (2 marks)
b) On 1 July 2018 Bombo Ltd issues $2 million in six-year debentures that pay interest each six
months at a coupon rate of 8 per cent. At the time of issuing the securities, the market requires a
rate of return of 6 per cent. Interest expense is determined using the effective-interest method.
Required:
(i) Determine the issue price of the debenture. (2 marks)
(ii) Provide the journal entries at: (6 marks)
1 July 2018, 30 June 2019, & 30 June 2020.

Alex Kingsford is a mechanical engineer working for ABC Engineering in Melbourne….

Alex Kingsford is a mechanical engineer working for ABC Engineering in Melbourne. Alex owns a property in Dandenong, Victorian where he and his family are residing. He also runs a home-based food catering business, preparing food for local residents and school canteens. Catering business is well-structured. Alex works 15 days a month and earns a substantial income from the catering services business. He is travelling from ABC Engineering workshop to his home-based business by car or sometimes Uber. When he lodged his tax return in July 2019, he has requested a deduction for a substantial amount of travelling expenses between the ABC Engineering workshop and home-based food business.
Alex is now seeking your advice. With reference to relevant legislation and case law discuss whether Alex’s travelling expenses between the ABC Engineering workshop and his home-based catering business is an allowable deduction.
Assignment Structure should be as the following (students’ responses involves calculations, and students must refer to the relevant legislation and/or cases whenever required according to the questions).

Calculate the acquisition cost of the Gizmo Machine that will be used as the base for future…

Alex Kingsford is a mechanical engineer working for ABC Engineering in Melbourne….

Using the variables listed in the table above, Describe each variable. -State for each variable…

Task 1: Variable List 1. Using the variables listed in the table above, Describe each variable. 2. State for each variable whether it is qualitative or quantitative; if it is qualitative, state whether it is nominal or ordinal, and if it is quantitative, state whether it is discrete or continuous. Task 2: Histogram 3. Create a histogram showing the distribution of salaries. Find the 5-number summary of the distribution of salaries. Comment upon the shape of the distribution: is it symmetric? If it is not, is it positively or negatively skewed? Are there any outliers present? If so, are they of particular interest? State which central measure would be best to use to describe the centre of this distribution, and the reason(s) why.

Attachments:

Collect the latest annual report of an ASX listed company for the last 2 financial years….

Collect the latest annual report of an ASX listed company for the last 2 financial years. Please read the financial
statements (balance sheet, income statement, cash flow statement) and notes attached to financial
statements on income tax issues very carefully. Please remember some aspects of your firm’s treatment of its
tax – can be a very complicated area, particularly for some firms. Based on your understanding of the topic
“accounting for income tax” and based on your reading of the collected annual reports, do the following tasks.
i Briefly explain the concepts of accounting profit, taxable profit, temporary difference, taxable temporary
difference, deductible temporary difference, deferred tax assets and deferred tax liability.
ii Briefly explain the recognition criteria of deferred tax assets and deferred tax liability.
iii What is your firm’s tax expense in its latest financial statements?
iv Is this figure the same as the company tax rate times your firm’s accounting income? Explain why this is,
or is not, the case for your firm highlighting the reasons for differences.
v Identify the deferred tax assets/liabilities that is reported in the balance sheet articulating the possible
reasons why they have been recorded.
vi Is there any current tax assets or income tax payable recorded by your company? Why is the income tax
payable not the same as income tax expense?
vii Is the income tax expense shown in the income statement same as the income tax paid shown in the cash
flow statement? If not, why is the difference?
viii Briefly explain the concepts of temporary difference and permanent difference. Identify any permanent
differences that your company may have.
ix What do you find interesting, confusing, surprising or difficult to understand about the treatment of tax
in your firm’s financial statements? What new insights, if any, have you gained about how companies
account for income tax as a result of examining your firm’s tax expense in its accounts?

In accordance with the Australian government’s Budget Paper No. 2 Budget Measures 2015-2016,…

Part A (70 marks)
In accordance with the Australian government’s Budget Paper No. 2 Budget Measures
2015-2016, the Income Tax Rates Amendment (Working Holiday Maker Reform) Act 2017
(the ‘WHMR Act’) was passed. The WHMR Act proposed changes to tax rules for working
holiday makers on 417 and 462 visas (‘backpackers’) as a means of raising revenue. This,
with other proposed legislative amendments concerning working holiday makers, has been
referred to in the media as the ‘Backpacker Tax’.
Choose and read ONE of the following cases.
Clemens and Commissioner of Taxation [2015] AATA 124 (6 March 2015); or
Jaczenko and Commissioner of Taxation [2015] AATA 125 (6 March 2015);or
Koustrup and Commissioner of Taxation [2015] AATA 126 (6 March 2015)
Task
Answer the following questions
1. What issues are being considered in your chosen case, and what decision
(conclusion) is reached? (20 marks)
2. Would the decision in your chosen case support the need for a change to the
residency rules for backpackers in Australia? Give reasons (20 marks)
3. How does the WHMR Act treat income earned by ‘backpackers’ in Australia? (10
marks)
4. Is this different to the way income earned by ‘backpackers’ was treated prior to the
introduction of the WHMR Act? If so, how? (20 marks)

Hill and Hult (2019) include a set of 20 cases to fill strategically aligned objectives for the…

Hill and Hult (2019) include a set of 20 cases to fill strategically aligned objectives for the core features of
international business strategy. They argue that: “(s)everal of these cases focus on company and country
scenarios related to China, Germany, Mexico, Myanmar, Russia, Venezuela, and prominent other markets.”
(p609) These cases cover a range of international companies including Apple, Dominos, Ford, General Motors,
Microsoft, Philips Siemens, Skype and Volkswagen. As well, these cases in general relates to several unit learning
outcomes including differing elements of international business – related theories, national differences, the
global trade and investment environment, the strategy and structure of international business, and international
business functions.
Required:
This Group Assignment is comprised of two parts.
Part A: Written Report on Two Cases (15%) [this part must be submitted via Turnitin by 5:00pm Friday 24
January 2020] – Expected length – Total 2000 words (i.e., 1000 words for each case)
First, you, as a group, are required to select two out of twenty cases as included at the end of the text by Hill
and Hult (2019 – pp608 – 634). The selection of these two cases will be determined by the coordinator of the
unit and will be allocated in Week 4 during Semester 3, 2019.
Second, you are required to:
a. Summarise and elaborate the respective case scenarios;
b. Answer and critically evaluate the set questions in each case; and
c. Demonstrate applicable theories and issues of international business relates to the selected case.
Third, as well, you are required to provide your reflections and conclusions using contemporary aspects of
international business relating to the case.
The expectation is that you are required to use academic and professional authentic references in analysing
the case and writing the report. Please go through unit outline for guidelines about Turnitin submission and
referencing style.
The Group Assignment develops students’ theoretical and technical skills in international business theory and
strategy as well as their written communication skills. You are required to form a group by Week 4 with no
more than THREE members of your class. Each member is fully responsible for the discussion, preparation,
composition and submission of the integrated case analysis in group. Failure by a student to attend,
contribute, and submit the assignment will result in the said student receiving a zero (0) mark weighting for
this assessment task. You must attach a completed, signed coversheet and a self and peer contribution
evaluation form with your written assignment.

Attachments:

Michael operates his own business selling pool equipment and materials as well as servicing…

Michael operates his own business selling pool equipment and materials as well as servicing swimming pools. During the year
ended 30 June 2019 Michael received $915,000 in cash for sales of equipment andmaterials and for pool services. Wages of
$275,000 were paid to his staff. This included an amount of $50,000 paid to his brother. The work of the brother could have been
done by an unrelated person for $10,000. On 1 June 2019, Michael paid $4,530 to his lawyer to complete the winding up of a
business he had operated at a loss in earlier years. One of Michael’s customers bought some pool materials for $600 on credit
on 21 June 2018 but could not pay the account which was issued on the same day because he went bankrupt in November 2018.
Michael wrote off the debt on 1 July 2019. During the year ended 30 June 2019 Michael paid rates and taxes of $5,270 on a
vacant block of land. Michael was thinking of putting a holiday house on the block of land.
Michael made an interest free loan of $500,000 on 1 January 2019 to one of his employees. The employee used the loan for two
purposes: 30% for the purchase of an investment property and 70% to pay off his home mortgage. On 1 March 2019 Michael
paid the life Insurance premium for one of his employees in the amount of $25,000.
Michael bought a rental property on 4 July 2018 for $1,000,000. He borrowed $750,000 of this money on the same day from
the bank to buy the property. The term of the loan was 4 years. The property was leased on 4 July 2018. He received rent in
cash from his tenants during the year ended 30 June 2019 in the amount of $95,000. On 1 July 2018 Michael paid the bank a loan
application fee of $1,570

Wayland Custom Woodworking is a firm that manufactures custom cabinets and woodwork for business…

Wayland Custom Woodworking is a firm that manufactures custom cabinets and woodwork for business and residential customers Students will nave the opportunity to establish payroll records and to complete a month of payroll information for Wayland. Wayland Custom Woodworking is located at 1716 Nichol Street. Logan. Utah. 84321. phone number 435-555-9877. The owner is Mark Wayland. Wayland’s EN is 91-7444533. and the Utah Employer Account Number Is 999.92904 Wayland has determined it will pay their employees on a semimonthly basis. Federal income tax should be computed using the percentage method.
For Pan 2 of this project, you will complete payroll for the last month (December) of the fourth Quarter (Q4) of 2018. which consists of the final two pay periods of the year. Then file the annual tax forms for Wayland as well as prepare each employee’s Form W-2 In Part 2.
The SUTA (Ur) rate for Wayland Custom Woodworking is 2.6 percent on the first $34,300. The state withholding rate is 4.95 percent for all Income levels and marital statuses.

Amandeep born in India and migrated to Australia. He lives in Australia permanently. He still…

Amandeep born in India and migrated to Australia. He lives in Australia permanently. He still holds
Indian passport. Amandeep works with the New Zealand Princess Cruises tours and most of the
income year is in New Zealand. He signed an employment contract for this position in the company’s
Australian office in Sydney. Amandeep has two kids that are living with his wife Sandeep in Sydney.
Three years ago, Amandeep purchased a unit apartment in Sydney. Amandeep and his wife holding
dividend yielding shares in an Indian public company called Hindustan Unilever. Amandeep and
Sandeep have an Australian bank account as well. Amandeep’s employer pays his salary to this bank
account every fortnight.
Biannually Amandeep receives a holiday package from his employer, New Zealand Princess Cruises
tours and he is using this package with his family traveling in Australia interstates or moves to India to
visit his in laws.
Required:
With reference to the relevant laws, discuss whether Amandeep is an Australian resident for tax
purposes and also critically discuss whether Amandeep needs to pay income tax on his salary and
investment income explained above. (10 marks, maximum 400 words)

Lendlease is an international property and infrastructure Company. It is currently the…

Lendlease is an international property and infrastructure Company. It is currently the
fifth largest in Australia.
The 2019 integrated annual report for the Company is provided on the subject Moodle shell.
Using the 2019 Report, compare the financial results of the Company between 2018 and
2019. You should use any financial information provided in the 2019 reports (including
ratios, and narratives) to conclude on the improvements or not in financial position and
profitability. You discussion should focus on reasons for this.
What other information would you need to make an assessment of Lendlease?
Word Limit 1100 words, Marks = 45
Question 2.
The 2019 integrated annual report is the fourth for Lendlease. Explain what is an
integrated report, and how Lendlease is Managing and Measuring Value.
What is your opinion of the Sustainability achievements of Lendlease?

Consider the judgement delivered on 30 October 2019 by Justice Logan in the Federal…

Consider the judgement delivered on 30 October 2019 by Justice Logan in the Federal
Court of Australia decision Addy v Commissioner of Taxation [2019] FCA 1768.
(Hint: you may either read the decision or read at least one of the several
commentaries available online)
Task
Answer the following questions
1. What are the possible consequences of this decision for ‘backpackers’ who have
already paid tax in accordance with WHMR Act? Give reasons.(20 marks)
2. How has the Australian Tax Office (ATO) responded to the decision in Addy v
Commissioner of Taxation? (10 marks)

Santa Ana Services was formed on May 1, 2014. The following transactions took place during the…

Santa Ana Services was formed on May 1, 2014. The following transactions took place during the first month.

Transactions on May 1:

Don Humes invested $40,000 cash in the company, as its sole owner.
Hired two employees to work in the warehouse. They will each be paid a salary of $3,050 per month.
Signed a 2-year rental agreement on a warehouse; paid $24,000 cash in advance for the first year.
Purchased furniture and equipment costing $30,000. A cash payment of $10,000 was made immediately; the remainder will be paid in 6 months.
Paid $1,800 cash for a one-year insurance policy on the furniture and equipment.

Transactions during the remainder of the month:

Purchased basic office supplies for $500 cash.
Purchased more office supplies for $1,500 on account.
Total revenues earned were $20,000—$8,000 cash and $12,000 on account.
Paid $400 to suppliers for accounts payable due.
Received $3,000 from customers in payment of accounts receivable.
Received utility bills in the amount of $350, to be paid next month.
Paid the monthly salaries of the two employees, totalling $6,100.

Instructions

Alice J. and Bruce M. Jones are married taxpayers who file a joint return. Alice’s birthday is…

Alice J. and Bruce M. Jones are married taxpayers who file a joint return. Alice’s birthday is September 21, 1961, and Bruce’s is June 27, 1960. Bruce is the office manager for Ames Dental Clinic. Alice is the CPA at Lehman, York & Hunter CPA, LP. The Jones provide over half of the support of their two children, Cynthia (born January 25, 1994, Social Security number (017-44-9126) and John (born February 7, 1995, Social Security number (017-27-4148), who live with them. Both children are full-time students and live with the Jones except when they are away at college. Cynthia is in her third year of college, and earned $8,750 from a summer internship in 2019, and John is in his first year of college and he earned $6,500 from a part-time job in 2019. In 2019, the Jones’ paid $4,500 for Cynthia’s college tuition and $7,500 for John’s college tuition. The Jones also provided all the support for their 26-year-old son Ryan who recently graduated from law school but cannot find employment. Ryan lives in DC. According to Mr. Jones on July 01, 2019, he and his wife exchanged their two-family house in Westchester County (378 Pinebrook Blvd, New Rochelle, NY), which they rented entirely from January 01, 2005 to July 01, 2019, for a four family rental property located at 581 Atlantic Avenue, Brooklyn, NY. At the time of the exchange, the FMV of the two-family house was $900,000, and the adjusted basis was $275,000. The four-family house had an adjusted basis of $600,000 and a FMV of $800,000. The two-family home was subject to a $100,000 mortgage, which the buyer assumed. The Jones also owned and rented a two-unit commercial retail building located at 1560 Avenue A, New York NY, which they purchased on December 01, 2018 and placed in service on January 01, 2019. Information for all three of the rental properties is listed below. In March 2019, Bruce decided to start his own business; a retail bicycle shop to be located in NYC near Central Park called “Bruce’s Bikes.” On April 20, 2019, Bruce signed a 10-year lease at a monthly rental rate of $10,000, effective May 01, 2019, for retail space on 110th Street and CPW. The lease provided that Bruce was responsible for the costs of improving the retail space for its intended use. The terms of the lease also provided that the first three months were rent-free so that Bruce could complete the construction needed to operate a retail bike shop. When Bruce executed the lease he paid the landlord $30,000 as a security deposit. On May 01, 2019, Bruce paid a contractor $225,000 to provide all construction work relating to the build-out, which included electrical, plumbing, and carpentry. On June 01, 2019, Bruce purchased the following assets for the business:

Attachments:

Pick a company and discuss how it an collaborate with key suppliers -Discuss how management…

Assignment In recent years, successful companies have begun to focus on managing cross-company processes with suppliers to reduce costs, increase speed, and improve quality. In tis print advertisement J.D. Edwards, a producer of ERP software systems notes that companies must ‘collaborate or die’. Required: a) Pick a company and discuss how it an collaborate with key suppliers b) Discuss how management accounting information can play a role in different stages of collaboration Limit: 4-6 pages Instructions: Format: A4 paper, corner stapled; no folders accepted; typewritten in 1½ spacing; pages must be numbered. A completed assignment cover sheet must be attached to the front of your assignment. Style Guide: Assignments should be closely checked for errors of typing, spelling, grammar, etc. Where you use specific material from any source, you must provide reference to the specific quotation, and all sources consulted must be included in a bibliography at the end of your assignment. Penalties for late lodgement: A maximum penalty of 10 per cent of the mark allocated to this assignment will be deducted for each day that the assignment is late

You are required to summarise, IN YOUR OWN WORDS, the requirements and the key highlights…

You are required to summarise, IN YOUR OWN WORDS, the requirements and the key highlights
of ANY ONE of the following pronouncements published by AUASB:
• Framework for Assurance Engagements
• ASQC 1: Auditing Standard ASQC 1 Quality Control for Firms that Perform Audits and
Reviews of Financial Reports and Other Financial Information, Other Assurance
Engagements and Related Services Engagements
• ASA 220: Quality Control for an Audit of a Financial Report and Other Historical
Financial Information
• ASA 315: Identifying and Assessing the Risks of Material Misstatement through
Understanding the Entity and Its Environment
The maximum length for the essay is 1,000 words. You should address all the key requirements in
the essay, followed by a Reference List.

Debates on whether the converged International Financial Reporting Standards have resulted in…

Debates on whether the converged International Financial Reporting Standards have resulted in harmonised international accounting practices across countries have been growing over the last ten years. Study based in emerging economies, such as China (He et al., 2012), Romania (Albu et al., 2014), India, Pakistan, and Bangladesh (Ali et al., 2006), South Pacific Island countries (Chand, 2005), United Arab Emeritus (Irvine, 2008), and Turkey (Misirlioglu et al., 2013), have consistently reported the challenge of effectively implementing IFRS in those countries due to country-specific contextual issues. Nobes (2015) also reported challenging issues in implanting IFRS in developed countries.
Assignment questions
1. Prepare a report critically arguing why having a single set of accounting standards (i.e. IFRS) for a world-wise use is inherently problematic.
2. Review literature explaining the contextual issues of implementing IFRS in emerging economies and in developed countries.
3. Critique whether adoption and use of IFRS will lead to improved financial reporting quality.

Online Educational Systems’ (Online) has developed a package to deliver integrated curriculum…

Question 1 (2 marks) ‘Online Educational Systems’ (Online) has developed a package to deliver integrated curriculum and face to face group learning, for all levels of students around the world, due to the Covid-19 pandemic. Online has asked you to research customer preferences and to recommend a pricing policy. There are limited price differences relating to the timing of classes in the Northern Hemisphere. However, for Southern Hemisphere classes running a class at or below 45 students (normal class size is 50) costs significantly more for Online to run the class. Required (200 words): a. In addition to customer preferences, what information would you like to gather before recommending a pricing policy? Explain why each item you list is relevant. b. Explain why it is important to understand customer preferences before investing in the infrastructure to run the system. c. Is the need to consider customer preferences different for this organisation than for another type of organisation? Why or why not? Question 2 (3 marks) Given you are constrained to your house due to Covid-19 you have decided to try and launch your own small business. Required (200 words): a. Design a small business and document 1 key product. Name your business and product. List a maximum of 10 costs that will be involved in selling your product and explain why they are either a variable or fixed cost. b. Estimate a reasonable selling price per unit for your product and estimate a value for each of the costs you listed in part a. c. Workout your Breakeven point, showing all calculations. d. Assume you require a profit of $25,000, calculate your new breakeven point, showing all calculations. e. Define and calculate the ‘Margin of Safety’, in both units and dollars, assuming you sell 75,000 units. Ensure you include all calculations.

Direct professional labour budget for the months of May and June:…

Direct professional labour budget for the months of May and June:
May June
Budgeted hours 6 000 8 000
One-hour visits (hrs x 0.2 x 1) 1 200 1 600
Half-hour visits (hrs x 0.8 x .5) 2 400 3 200
Total direct professional labour 3 600 4 800
Hourly wage rate for dentists $200 $200
Total direct professional labour cost $720 000 $960 000

Winnie T. P. Bear runs a small ceramic honey pot store at “The Woods” shopping precinct….

Winnie T. P. Bear runs a small ceramic honey pot store at “The Woods” shopping
precinct. The business, called the “Hunny Pots”, sells two types of pots, Large and
Small.
The Business has registered for GST and has an ABN 40 741 258 639. It pays GST
quarterly to the Australian Tax Office.
Accounting system
The company has financial year end 30 June and prepares adjusting entries at the
end of the each month. The firm uses the following journals to maintain its accounting
records
? Sales Journal: to record all credit sales of inventory
? Purchased Journal: to record credit purchases of inventory
? Cash Receipts Journal: to records all cash receipts
? Cash Payments Journal: to records all cash payment
? General Journal: to record all transactions other than the above
The company maintains a general ledger for each account. Subsidiary ledgers are
used to record separate details that Accounts Receivable and Accounts Payable.
The company uses a perpetual inventory recording system.
Goods and services tax (GST)
The company is registered for GST and therefore is required to pay GST on its
purchases and collect GST on its sales. All prices include GST unless specifically
excluded
Unadjusted Trial Balance and Chart of Accounts
The unadjusted Trial Balance as at 29 February 2020 and a Chart of Accounts is
presented on the next page.
Accounting Procedures
The transactions are recorded by you, the accountant for Hunny Pots on a daily basis
in the appropriate journal. Transactions are posted daily from the General Journal.
Transactions are also posted daily to the Accounts Receivable and Accounts Payable
subsidiary ledgers. Total of the Special Journals are posted to the appropriate
accounts at the end of the account period.

o demonstrate an in-depth understanding of, and engagement with, contemporary taxation issues…

o demonstrate an in-depth understanding of, and engagement with, contemporary taxation issues related to the materials covered in this course. In the contemporary discussion forum participation, students will be required to contribute informative responses during the specified period, demonstrating engagement and interaction with contemporary tax issues. In considering the development of your responses, you will need consider what each of the articles are concerned about and what the relevance to the tax system is. For example, is the topic about some event that has occurred to a particular taxpayer(s) or perhaps there is a particular kind of activity that needs considering? Determine what the relevant tax issues might be, in terms of the topics we have been covering in this course. There is no mandatory word limit, however a good guide is to consider a paragraph or two, per post.

Please note that weeks do not necessarily corelate perfectly with topics and therefore I do not generally reference/align content or assessments to particular weeks. Moreover, although we have provided a structure to scaffold learning by splitting the syllabus into topics, there are a lot over cross overs and interactions between topics. As such, I would ensure you are familiar with how things fit together.

For example, if you are a foreign resident (topic 2) who undertakes some kind of activities in Australia, then your tax rates will differ (topic 1) to tax residents. You will include only Australian sourced income (topic 2), and you will need to consider whether the activities are amount to assessable income (topic 3), or perhaps are captured by capital provisions (topic 4), or neither, and if so whether any expenditure may be deductible (topics 6,7), and so on.

We generally assign topics 1-9 to Assessment 1.

Marking Criteria	Short Description	Mark
1. Relevant Contribution.	Demonstrated ability to prepare and contribute relevant posts to the discussion forum topic(s).	2.5
2. Synthesis and Analysis.	Ability to synthesise material in order to raise issues or construct a persuasive and substantive response.	2.5
3. Interaction and Engagement.	Ability to engage in a reflective discourse. The extent of engagement with students, in terms of interaction, insight and direction offered.	2.5
4. Presentation and Referencing.	The extent of appropriate organisation and structure; legal terminology and writing skills.

Business Assignments Help USA, Canada & Singapore

One of the most popular questions that I often come across is “Where can I get someone to help me solve my tough college assignments?” or “Which is the best and affordable website for homework help where tutors give discounts throughout the year?” Well the answer is simple – https://www.homeworknest.com/. I have tried it and can testify without hesitation. Last time I was facing it rough on coming up with my PHD thesis ideas and research and Homework Nest Tutors came in hand. You see, College life is not a walk in the park especially for those who double it with a day job to keep their bills on check. You can find the best ElantSolutions at Homework Nest. You can also find the best VarsityTutors at Homework Nest. I will also add that you can find the best TransTutors at Homework Nest. All Homework and assignments are handled in minutes. In conclusion, the Best Known Website for Helping with College Homework for students is Homework Nest. If your homework deadline fast approaching and you do not have time? I used Homework Nest (https://www.homeworknest.com/) to Ace My Homework and Got As in my Final Exams. Hey, all the tutors are verified!

Q1.

Develop your SWOTs.-Compare your product with your forecast environment. How will your product fit in the external competitive environment? Demand-system support-Strong-Weak relationships relative to competitors? What is its competitive position-advantages/disadvantage relative to competitors? (SEE THE TRIANGULATION APPROACH FROM THE LECTURES). For opportunities and threats does the potential size and likely growth or demand-shrinkage rely on end-user numbers? End-user acceptance of the product-Pros/Cons? (Note: these are broad estimates) Potential threats and opportunities emerging in the macroenvironment, mesoenvironment or microenvironment-Please use attached table to summarise.

Tired of low grades? Worry No More:)

Do you need help in choosing an appropriate argumentative essay topic or want somebody to do the paper for you? We at https://homeworknest.com are more than ready to help you. Our team of qualified writers will come in speedy to sort you out whenever you may require the service. Contact us today. We have helped many like you through our one – of – a kind tutoring service, Why not You? … and Improve Your Grades Today!

Examine conceptual issues and the sources of authority for the accounting requirements which
apply to reporting by Australian companies, including Company Law, International and Australian
Accounting Standards, and Stock Exchange requirements;
2. Understand and evaluate different theories of accounting such as positive accounting theory,
normative accounting theory, stakeholders’ theory, legitimacy theory, institutional theory, and
different initiatives of relevant global organisations such as GRI, IR;
3. Apply Australian Accounting Standards and Corporate Legislation to the financial reporting
processes;
4. Evaluate advanced level financial accounting problems and select appropriate accounting
strategies for the accounting entity;
5. Understand different provisions of accounting standards and the compliance requirements of the
professional and legal bodies in Australia;
6. Make judgments about appropriate use of accounting standards and accurately apply appropriate
treatments for different advanced level accounting issues;

Define the specific public health nutrition issue chosen, its underlying factors giving rise to this health problem? Apply principles of public health nutrition and a ’systems approach’ to analyse YOUR CHOSEN population-level food and nutrition issue.

With regard to your chosen Nutrition issue, analyse relevant portions of the food and nutrition system in Australia. In your ‘background’ discuss the relevant drivers: economic, political, environmental and/or social and evaluate their impact on the whole system and its components.

Identify populations and ‘at risk subgroups’ to consider when developing interventions for your nutrition issue. Why is your target group community at risk? What are the past, current and future consequences of health due to this issue to the community?

From a Public Health Nutrition perspective, critique current 1) policies, 2) strategies and 3) advocacy practices associated with your chosen nutrition issue and examine how priorities have been addressed and their outcomes.

What does your analysis recommend should be done? What is your strategy intervention to address this issue? This must be clear, itemised and detailed. From your new level of expertise, make recommendations to improve this nutrition issue based upon topics in readings and in class, not limited to:
1. Government policy, funding and new laws. However, be mindful that Australia allows individual self-determination and that the banning of: alcohol (a nutrition issue), sugar (a nutrition issue) or cigarettes (a significant risk factor in CVD, but, not a nutrition issue and therefore not relevant to any of our assignments) is impossible;
2. Where to position the intervention: Upstream, Downstream and Midstream – support your choices with clear examples linked directly to your Nutrition issue. Include proper definitions as several in class have misunderstood the terminology, refer to the readings and quote references;
Other than a reduction in the public health nutrition issue (which may include these or these or additional markers – Incidence? Complications? Years lost (lifespan) or years of disability) what other indicators should be monitored to indicate successful strategies and interventions? (Government policies? Media coverage?) Why and what do you expect from reports by other researchers?

Communicate professionally and effectively. What will be the result if this issue is not addressed?

Q5
Question 1 3 Marks
(a) On 24 March 2020 an ANZ share was trading at $14.60 in ASX. The premium of Calls option with a
strike price (exercise price) of $16.00 with an expiry date on the month of your next birthday was
$1.00 per share. Draw the line curve of return (Profit/Loss) from the investment in this option against
share price varying from $0 to $30. (Draw the price per share on X-axis from $0 to $30 and Profit/Loss
in Y-axis. Must use Excel or similar software for the plot.) 2 marks
(b) If you had $2,000 to invest, how much profit would you make if the price jumped to $26.00 per share
of ANZ bank. Note that you have to pay a total brokerage fee of $19, options are traded in bundles of
100 shares in ASX, and you cannot overspend. (You may not be able to spend some amount of
money if it is too little for a bundle of shares.)
One of the most popular questions that I often come across is “Where can I get someone to help me solve my tough college assignments?” or “Which is the best and affordable website for homework help where tutors give discounts throughout the year?” Well the answer is simple – https://www.homeworknest.com/. I have tried it and can testify without hesitation. Last time I was facing it rough on coming up with my PHD thesis ideas and research and Homework Nest Tutors came in hand. You see, College life is not a walk in the park especially for those who double it with a day job to keep their bills on check. You can find the best ElantSolutions at Homework Nest. You can also find the best VarsityTutors at Homework Nest. I will also add that you can find the best TransTutors at Homework Nest. All Homework and assignments are handled in minutes. In conclusion, the Best Known Website for Helping with College Homework for students is Homework Nest. If your homework deadline fast approaching and you do not have time? I used Homework Nest (https://www.homeworknest.com/) to Ace My Homework and Got As in my Final Exams. Hey, all the tutors are verified!
Q6
This section will be a short paragraph that summarises the intent of the project. It should include: • The purpose and/or the desired outcome of the project • Timeframes for completion • Budget required (estimated) For example: “This project aims to increase the capacity of University of the Sunshine Coast (USC) staff and students to access health and wellbeing services by instituting a Health Promoting University Policy. The project is intended to be completed within 2 years, within a budget of $15 000.”
Q7
This assignment requires students to develop a crowdfunding proposal that incorporates key elements of a business plan.
The proposal may vary in length but students must be aware that this is in essence, a Web Pitch in which your product or service is the star of the show.
Here, you are asked to develop an online crowdfunding proposal that (1) reflects what an online user would see when reviewing your business and (2) serve as a serious business proposal. In writing your pitch, aim to incorporate the edited work you have completed for assignments 1 and 2.
a. A detailed written description of your product/ service (with diagrams/photos). [6 marks) b. A video description of your product/ service. [6 marks] c. What makes your product different? [3 marks) d. What’s your story? (Note: A good crowdfunding pitch tells a story). [3 marks) e. What rewards are you offering investors’, [2 marks)
Q8

Amber Turing was hoping for Frothly to be acquired by a potential competitor which fell through,
but visited their website to find contact information for their executive team. What is the
website domain that she visited?
2. Amber found the executive contact information and sent him an email. What is the CEO’s name?
Provide the first and last name.
3. After the initial contact with the CEO, Amber contacted another employee at this competitor.
What is that employee’s email address?
4. What is the name of the file attachment that Amber sent to a contact at the competitor?
5. What is Amber’s personal email address?
6. What version of TOR did Amber install to obfuscate her web browsing? Answer guidance:
Numeric with one or more delimiter.
7. What is the public IPv4 address of the server running www.brewertalk.com?
8. Provide the IP address of the system used to run a web vulnerability scan against
www.brewertalk.com.
9. The IP address from Question 8 is also being used by a likely different piece of software to attack
a URI path. What is the URI path?
10. What SQL function is being abused on the URI path from Question 9?
11. What is Frank Ester’s password salt value on www.brewertalk.com?
12. What is user btun’s password on brewertalk.com?
13. What was the value of the cookie that Kevin Lagerfield’s browser transmitted to the malicious

One of the most popular questions that I often come across is “Where can I get someone to help me solve my tough college assignments?” or “Which is the best and affordable website for homework help where tutors give discounts throughout the year?” Well the answer is simple – https://www.homeworknest.com/. I have tried it and can testify without hesitation. Last time I was facing it rough on coming up with my PHD thesis ideas and research and Homework Nest Tutors came in hand. You see, College life is not a walk in the park especially for those who double it with a day job to keep their bills on check. You can find the best ElantSolutions at Homework Nest. You can also find the best VarsityTutors at Homework Nest. I will also add that you can find the best TransTutors at Homework Nest. All Homework and assignments are handled in minutes. In conclusion, the Best Known Website for Helping with College Homework for students is Homework Nest. If your homework deadline fast approaching and you do not have time? I used Homework Nest (https://www.homeworknest.com/) to Ace My Homework and Got As in my Final Exams. Hey, all the tutors are verified!
1. URL as part of a XSS attack?
  14. The brewertalk.com web site employed Cross Site Request Forgery (CSRF) techniques. What was
  the value of the anti-CSRF token that was stolen from Kevin Lagerfield’s computer and used to
  help create an unauthorized admin user on brewertalk.com?
  15. What brewertalk.com username was maliciously created by a spear phishing attack?
  16. According to Frothly’s records, what is the likely MAC address of Mallory’s corporate MacBook?
  HINT: Her corporate MacBook has the hostname MACLORY-AIR13.
  17. What episode of Game of Thrones is Mallory excited to watch?
  18. What is Mallory Krauesen’s phone number?
  19. Enterprise Security contains a threat list notable event for MACLORY-AIR13 and suspect IP
  address 5.39.93.112. What is the name of the threat list (i.e. Threat Group) that is triggering the
  notable event?
  20. Considering the threat list you found in Question 19, and related data, what protocol often used
  for file transfer is actually responsible for the generated traffic?

Q9
Again, using the four functions as your guide, do you think the managerial challenges Jeff Bourk faced when getting the airport up and running are different from what he faces now in actually overseeing the airport’s operation? Explain
Q10
You are required to conduct a literature search and discussion in this assignment.
You are to choose a peer reviewed journal article (from any country) on the:
-Use of Budgeting as a management technique for managing resources.
The article should be published between 2010 – 2020. Choose your article only after you have accessed several relevant articles, and then choose the best articles that will answer the assignment question below.
Required: Critically evaluate the relevance and challenges of budgeting systems by answering the 5 questions below:
Questions:
1. Briefly discuss the budgeting process. (5 marks)
2. Based on your selected journal article, discuss citing examples whether the budgeting process satisfies the purpose of planning, controlling and evaluating performance. (5 marks)
3. The two widely used practices in preparing budgets are ‘top down’ budgeting and ‘bottom up’ budgeting. Identify and explain the practice adopted by the organisation discussed in your selected journal article and further explain the behavioural implications of adopted practice. (5 marks)
4. Based on your literature findings (above), critically evaluate the comment that ‘traditional budgeting practices are constraint on creativity, and the time and energy spent on budget formulation is better spent elsewhere’.
One of the most popular questions that I often come across is “Where can I get someone to help me solve my tough college assignments?” or “Which is the best and affordable website for homework help where tutors give discounts throughout the year?” Well the answer is simple – https://www.homeworknest.com/. I have tried it and can testify without hesitation. Last time I was facing it rough on coming up with my PHD thesis ideas and research and Homework Nest Tutors came in hand. You see, College life is not a walk in the park especially for those who double it with a day job to keep their bills on check. You can find the best ElantSolutions at Homework Nest. You can also find the best VarsityTutors at Homework Nest. I will also add that you can find the best TransTutors at Homework Nest. All Homework and assignments are handled in minutes. In conclusion, the Best Known Website for Helping with College Homework for students is Homework Nest. If your homework deadline fast approaching and you do not have time? I used Homework Nest (https://www.homeworknest.com/) to Ace My Homework and Got As in my Final Exams. Hey, all the tutors are verified!

Q11
Computer BIOS (Basic Input Output System) has been traditionally
responsible for the booting process. However, it has largely been replaced by
the Unified Extensible Firmware Interface (UEFI).
Find and summarise ONE resource that describes UEFI. The resource, and
your summary, must focus on UEFI, however, you may mention how it differs
from BIOS.
Title, Link and Reference:
here.>
Summary:
and why it is relevant to the task here>

Q12
Using the information provided about Noyers Ltd and appropriate research regarding the
industry and other economic factors:
a. Assess the key business risks of Noyers Ltd from the information available to you (at
least six (6) need to be identified);
b. Explain the implications of each risk identified on the financial statements;
c. Identify the related financial statement accounts at risk.
d. Identify the related management assertion (refer to ASA 315) most at risk for each
financial statement account identified as being at risk.
e. Justify your identification of the management assertion at risk.
Use the spreadsheet template tab Task 1 in order to complete this task.
Task 2
Materiality assessment requires an auditor to make judgements about the size of
misstatements that would be considered ‘material’ to the users of the financial statements.
The auditor will design procedures in order to identify and correct errors or irregularities that
would have a material effect on the financial report and affect the decision making of the
users of the financial report. Materiality is used in determining audit procedures, sample
selections, and evaluating differences from client records to audit results. It is the maximum
amount of misstatement, individually or in aggregate, that can be accepted in the financial
report.
In selecting the base figure to be used to calculate materiality, an auditor should consider the
key drivers of the business. They should ask, ‘What are the end users (i.e. shareholders, banks
etc.) of the accounts going to be looking at?’ For example, will shareholders be interested in
profit figures that can be used to pay dividends and increase share price?
S & A Partners’ audit methodology dictates that one planning materiality (PM) amount is to
be used for the financial report as a whole (that is, rather than separate PMs for the income
statement and the balance sheet). The basis selected is the one determined to be the key
driver of the business.
Q13
You are tasked with creating a text-based program for storing data on Hotel Room Bookings – however, as this
is a comparative languages course, you will be creating the same application in the following three programming
languages:
• Java,
• Python, and
• Lisp
As you implement the application in each language you should keep notes on:
– The features of the languages used,
– Which features you found useful, and
– Any issues or complications which arose due to the complexity or lack of any language features.
A brief discussion document based on these programming features for each individual language accompanying
each implementation is required. Finally, a comparative overview of the languages highlighting how they were
suitable or not suitable for the creating this type of application is also required.
It is recommended that the first version of the application you write is in the programming language which is
most familiar to you. This will help you to have a working ‘template’ for storing room bookings which you can
then translate into the other programming languages.
One of the most popular questions that I often come across is “Where can I get someone to help me solve my tough college assignments?” or “Which is the best and affordable website for homework help where tutors give discounts throughout the year?” Well the answer is simple – https://www.homeworknest.com/. I have tried it and can testify without hesitation. Last time I was facing it rough on coming up with my PHD thesis ideas and research and Homework Nest Tutors came in hand. You see, College life is not a walk in the park especially for those who double it with a day job to keep their bills on check. You can find the best ElantSolutions at Homework Nest. You can also find the best VarsityTutors at Homework Nest. I will also add that you can find the best TransTutors at Homework Nest. All Homework and assignments are handled in minutes. In conclusion, the Best Known Website for Helping with College Homework for students is Homework Nest. If your homework deadline fast approaching and you do not have time? I used Homework Nest (https://www.homeworknest.com/) to Ace My Homework and Got As in my Final Exams. Hey, all the tutors are verified!
Q14
1 Outline three examples of barriers to the implementation of a WHS Management System. For each
barrier, identify a strategy that can be used to overcome the barrier.
2 List three reasons why it is important to consult with staff when implementing or reviewing WHS
procedures and policies in the workplace.

Q15
Q9: Provide an understanding of the complexities of case
management in the following areas:
a. Family structure
b. Dynamics
c. Communication
d. Decision making
MR FER
Q10: Identify at least two relevant Mental Health / AOD related information in each
of the following areas:
? Organisation and regulatory standards
? Policy and procedures
? Legislation and statutory mandates
MR FER
Q11: Please provide the requirements for making a referral process to another service
where needs have been identified.
MR FER
Q12. Explain the principles and practices for the following:
a. Planning complex service inputs
b. Working across multiple services
MR FER
Q13: How can we as Case Managers in the mental health or AOD sector,
a. Understand the impact of service duplication
b. Recognise the issues faced by clients, their families and carers accessing multiple
services?
MR FER
Q14. What are the requirements of evidence – based practices? MR FER
Q15. Describe how a Case Manager recognises at least two indicators of imminence of
self-harm or harm to other.

Q16
Choose any three concepts. Write a short essay defining and explaining the importance of each of the chosen concept. Each concept essay should not exceed 500 words (or 1500 words in total for the three concepts). Email your essay directly to me (ranald.taylor@murdoch.edu.au). 1. Consumer equilibrium 2. Income and substitution effects 3. Marginal rate of substitution 4. Backward bending labour supply curve 5. Producer equilibrium 6. Returns to scale 7. Short-run and long-run costs 8. Total factor productivity growth

Q17
Choose any three concepts. Write a short essay defining and explaining the importance of each of the chosen concept. Each concept essay should not exceed 500 words (or 1500 words in total for the three concepts). Email your essay directly to me (ranald.taylor@murdoch.edu.au). 1. Consumer equilibrium 2. Income and substitution effects 3. Marginal rate of substitution 4. Backward bending labour supply curve 5. Producer equilibrium 6. Returns to scale 7. Short-run and long-run costs 8. Total factor productivity growth
One of the most popular questions that I often come across is “Where can I get someone to help me solve my tough college assignments?” or “Which is the best and affordable website for homework help where tutors give discounts throughout the year?” Well the answer is simple – https://www.homeworknest.com/. I have tried it and can testify without hesitation. Last time I was facing it rough on coming up with my PHD thesis ideas and research and Homework Nest Tutors came in hand. You see, College life is not a walk in the park especially for those who double it with a day job to keep their bills on check. You can find the best ElantSolutions at Homework Nest. You can also find the best VarsityTutors at Homework Nest. I will also add that you can find the best TransTutors at Homework Nest. All Homework and assignments are handled in minutes. In conclusion, the Best Known Website for Helping with College Homework for students is Homework Nest. If your homework deadline fast approaching and you do not have time? I used Homework Nest (https://www.homeworknest.com/) to Ace My Homework and Got As in my Final Exams. Hey, all the tutors are verified!
Q18
Over time most businesses will have goals to grow and expand. One growth option is to target a new market segment (known as market development). You need to determine whether the Pizza restaurant in the case below will need to modify its marketing mix as they pursue another target market.
Gino Pizza restaurant offers a unique range of high-quality pizzas. The restaurant is well known for its innovative and unique pizza tastes. They originally segmented their market based on demographics and attitudes. As a result, they decided that their target market would be “pizza purists”, “variety seekers” and “experience seekers” who are willing to pay a premium price for unique tastes. The business was built around a general positioning of: “Set new standards for pizza restaurants”. Their marketing mix/strategy is as follows:

Marketing Mix Element	General Approach
Product	Unique range of high-quality pizzas. Use unusual ingredients (with choices such as oysters, kangaroo, avocado). Great wine list.
Price	Premium pricing. Membership discounts.
Place	Located in a beautiful historic building. No home delivery but offers takeaway option.
Promotion	Food magazines, word of mouth, digital marketing, targeted television commercials.
People	Knowledgeable, cheerful, approachable, multi-skilled and friendly staff.
Process	Reservation is a must. Impeccable and multilingual service. High ratio of serving personnel to patrons. The pizza is immediately prepared and served hot.
Physical Evidence	Intellectual atmosphere, surrounded by books and old portraits of intellectuals.

The store has now decided to grow the business by offering “something for everyone” targeting ‘value seekers’ and ‘convenience seekers’ and have a ‘value’ based positioning focus. Please answer the following question using the textbox provided below:
Considering the restaurant’s new target market, explain how you would structure the new marketing mix, across the 7Ps, for the restaurant to successfully pursue its new target market. Feel free to make assumptions and try to be creative!
One of the most popular questions that I often come across is “Where can I get someone to help me solve my tough college assignments?” or “Which is the best and affordable website for homework help where tutors give discounts throughout the year?” Well the answer is simple – https://www.homeworknest.com/. I have tried it and can testify without hesitation. Last time I was facing it rough on coming up with my PHD thesis ideas and research and Homework Nest Tutors came in hand. You see, College life is not a walk in the park especially for those who double it with a day job to keep their bills on check. You can find the best ElantSolutions at Homework Nest. You can also find the best VarsityTutors at Homework Nest. I will also add that you can find the best TransTutors at Homework Nest. All Homework and assignments are handled in minutes. In conclusion, the Best Known Website for Helping with College Homework for students is Homework Nest. If your homework deadline fast approaching and you do not have time? I used Homework Nest (https://www.homeworknest.com/) to Ace My Homework and Got As in my Final Exams. Hey, all the tutors are verified!

Q19
Portfolio guidelines
The main part of the portfolio which students should prepare for this course consists of a qualitative
case study.
To produce the qualitative case study, students should first clarify (in a form of an abstract) the
dimensions of their PhD research, that is – to state the problem they wish to explore, the purpose of
their research, and the methodology they intend to apply. Next, students should select a person, a single
institution or company, or a particular policy to be their case, i.e. unit of analysis; this case should
correspond to the student’s PhD research purpose and question(s). Then, students need to conduct one
observation of the selected unit of analysis (i.e. the case). In addition, students need to conduct an
interview with a key informant relevant to the selected case. In other words, the observation report and
the interview transcript (along with other gathered documents relevant to the case) should serve as
bases for the writing of the qualitative case study.
Eventually, students should submit by email four documents:
1. Abstract of your PhD research (300-400 words).
Your abstract should include background of the problem, purpose statement, research question(s),
clarification of the methods and techniques you intend to use, as well as a brief mention of the
expected findings of your research. To find out more about writing abstracts, please see the
document entitled ‘How to write an abstract’ which is available from the student platform Moodle.
Also, please consider the examples of purpose statement given in the textbook (see Merriam, pp.
62-63). Do not forget to add an appropriate title to your research. To learn more about titles, please
see the document entitled ‘How to write a great title’ which is available from the student platform
Moodle.
2. Written transcript of an interview (1000-2000 words).
You need to plan and conduct one interview with a key informant from whom you can gather
relevant data that will help you to write the case study. Make sure you use open-ended questions in
order to gather sufficient information about the person’s direct experience and views about the
problem so that you can write the case study in a form of a convincing narrative. The content of the
recorded interview should be transcribed according to the model given in the textbook (see
Merriam, pp. 111-113).
3. Observation report (field note) (1000-2000 words).
You need to plan and carry out one observation of the selected unit of analysis (i.e. the case). This
could be a systematic, planned observation during a field visit to a site and situation relevant to your
chosen case. You need to produce a field report, i.e. an observation note/report according to the
model given in the textbook (see Merriam, pp. 132-135). Your observation comments should be
added in the note either within the text (in brackets) or on the right hand margins.
One of the most popular questions that I often come across is “Where can I get someone to help me solve my tough college assignments?” or “Which is the best and affordable website for homework help where tutors give discounts throughout the year?” Well the answer is simple – https://www.homeworknest.com/. I have tried it and can testify without hesitation. Last time I was facing it rough on coming up with my PHD thesis ideas and research and Homework Nest Tutors came in hand. You see, College life is not a walk in the park especially for those who double it with a day job to keep their bills on check. You can find the best ElantSolutions at Homework Nest. You can also find the best VarsityTutors at Homework Nest. I will also add that you can find the best TransTutors at Homework Nest. All Homework and assignments are handled in minutes. In conclusion, the Best Known Website for Helping with College Homework for students is Homework Nest. If your homework deadline fast approaching and you do not have time? I used Homework Nest (https://www.homeworknest.com/) to Ace My Homework and Got As in my Final Exams. Hey, all the tutors are verified!
4. Case study (2000-4000 words).
The case study should be written as a report in a narrative form, and it should include rich, ‘thick’
descriptive parts. Besides an effective introduction, you should provide some background of the
problem; indicate your intentions and methodology; provide description of the findings; and offer
conclusions. Also, do not forget to add in Appendix the inventory of all the documents used while
preparing the case study. You may wish to follow the outline of a case study report which is given as
an example in the textbook (see Merriam, p. 263). Do not forget that qualitative research is about
people’s interpretation of the phenomenon that you investigate, so presenting their personal story
in the narrative report is essential to making a convincing case.
Studying the chapters from the main textbook (especially chapters 3, 5, 6, 7, 8 and 10 in Merriam, 2009)
may appear essential to writing a successful portfolio. Indeed, further useful information can be found in
the other textbooks which are available from the student platform Moodle.

Homework Nest is the best website for helping busy college student with their Assignments. Is your homework deadline fast approaching and you do not have time? I used Homework Nest to Ace My Homework and Got As in my Final Exams

Q20
Therefore, you should not include a lengthy literature review on your topic and research question. Instead you should mainly focus on the following:
– Explaining your data collection methods and justifying why these are appropriate to your research question.
– Explaining your sampling strategy and showing how it was guided by your research question as well as practical concerns (and your recruitment/access strategy if relevant).
– Explaining your analysis strategy, choices you made along the way, why these are appropriate to your research question and the data you collected.
– Explaining any changes you made to your research question or sample, data collection or analysis strategies after starting the study and justifying them.
– Presenting the results of your analysis including your interpretation.
– Showing your interpretative claims are supported by (grounded in) your data.
Nevertheless, it is always necessary to properly contextualize a study. Thus, you should also address the following:
– What is your research question?
– Why is it important to you and/or why should it be important to others? (Does it address a theoretical gap, respond to a practical concern or investigate an interesting phenomenon?)
– What does some existing literature say about this research question and how does your study fit with this literature? (for example, does it confirm, extend or contradict current knowledge?) To do this you will have to cite some existing theory and/or a few studies, but do not conduct a lengthy literature review.
– Why you have taken the approach you have taken, your views on qualitative research and your view of your role as the researcher and how you affect the research process.
– Strengths and limitations of your study and possible next steps.
You can use any you wish but you must use more than one method, and use each method to collect data several times. The minimum for each method is as follows:
1.4 interviews
2.3 observations
3.2 focus groups
4.5 documents/texts for archival analysis
More important than satisfying a numerical minimum, however, is showing that you obtained sufficiently rich data to allow for interesting and credible analysis and interpretations, showing that you know how to use the methods appropriately and showing that you were deliberate and thoughtful about your choice of method, sampling, etc.
You must obtain consent from any participants (except when you observe in a public space or use publicly available data). You should use pseudonyms to maintain the anonymity of all sources.
One of the most popular questions that I often come across is “Where can I get someone to help me solve my tough college assignments?” or “Which is the best and affordable website for homework help where tutors give discounts throughout the year?” Well the answer is simple – https://www.homeworknest.com/. I have tried it and can testify without hesitation. Last time I was facing it rough on coming up with my PHD thesis ideas and research and Homework Nest Tutors came in hand. You see, College life is not a walk in the park especially for those who double it with a day job to keep their bills on check. You can find the best ElantSolutions at Homework Nest. You can also find the best VarsityTutors at Homework Nest. I will also add that you can find the best TransTutors at Homework Nest. All Homework and assignments are handled in minutes. In conclusion, the Best Known Website for Helping with College Homework for students is Homework Nest. If your homework deadline fast approaching and you do not have time? I used Homework Nest (https://www.homeworknest.com/) to Ace My Homework and Got As in my Final Exams. Hey, all the tutors are verified!
As mentioned, I do request that you connect your study to some existing research or theory, particularly in the introduction and in the discussion sections. You might be able to use some of the readings in our module (e.g. exemplary articles) or in one of your other modules.
Your essay should be typed, double spaced, fully referenced1, and in 12-point font. The 3,000 word limit excludes the bibliography and any tables or figures.
Deadline:
Monday, December 14, 2015, 4:00 PM
(1) Submit one electronic copy on moodle, and (2) hand in one hard (printed) copy to the Faculty Office of Social Science (FOSS) along with your portfolio (see below) before the deadline.
1 Any academic citation style used in social science journals is acceptable as long as it is used consistently throughout the document.
Portfolio
(Submit this to the Faculty Office of Social Science (FOSS) with the hard copy of your essay before the deadline mentioned above.)
Your portfolio gathers in one place evidence of what you have learned and accomplished during this module and demonstrates what you are now capable of as a qualitative researcher.
From the exercises you conducted outside of class, your portfolio should include:
1. Research question, purpose and/or propositions for your observation
2. Field notes from your observation (during and/or after)
3. Memo for your observation (optional)
4. Research question, purpose and/or propositions for your interviews (if different from research question/purpose for observation)
5. Notes from your interviews
6. Transcript of your interview
7. Memo for your interview (optional)
8. Signed consent form for your interview
9. Coded interview transcript
From the qualitative study you conducted for your individual coursework, your portfolio should include copies of the materials (artefacts) of your data collection and analysis, such as, for example, transcripts, archival texts, fieldnotes, consent forms, memos, examples of coding, etc.
One of the most popular questions that I often come across is “Where can I get someone to help me solve my tough college assignments?” or “Which is the best and affordable website for homework help where tutors give discounts throughout the year?” Well the answer is simple – https://www.homeworknest.com/. I have tried it and can testify without hesitation. Last time I was facing it rough on coming up with my PHD thesis ideas and research and Homework Nest Tutors came in hand. You see, College life is not a walk in the park especially for those who double it with a day job to keep their bills on check. You can find the best ElantSolutions at Homework Nest. You can also find the best VarsityTutors at Homework Nest. I will also add that you can find the best TransTutors at Homework Nest. All Homework and assignments are handled in minutes. In conclusion, the Best Known Website for Helping with College Homework for students is Homework Nest. If your homework deadline fast approaching and you do not have time? I used Homework Nest (https://www.homeworknest.com/) to Ace My Homework and Got As in my Final Exams. Hey, all the tutors are verified!
Q21
Conduct a semi-structured qualitative interview on a topic that is directly relevant to a sociological issue.
a. Make a transcript, which should be presented in an appendix.
b. Include in the appendix the interview topic guide
c.Your report, which should be no more than 2,000 words (excluding the appendix), should:
a. construct a research question and provide a brief sociological account of existing empirical research in your selected subject area
b. put your data in context, for example, explain the aim of an interview,
c. provide a theoretically informed account of the methodology applied to generate the qualitative data i.e., discuss qualitative interview methodology
d. discuss which technique,or combination of techniques you are using to analyse your data You should demonstrate that you have read some theoretically informed discussion of your chosen technique of data analysis
e. discuss the procedure applied to systematically code your data patterns of association)
f.discuss the validity and reliability of your findings
……. QUESTION TITLE :- semi-structured qualitative interview

One of the most popular questions that I often come across is “Where can I get someone to help me solve my tough college assignments?” or “Which is the best and affordable website for homework help where tutors give discounts throughout the year?” Well the answer is simple – https://www.homeworknest.com/. I have tried it and can testify without hesitation. Last time I was facing it rough on coming up with my PHD thesis ideas and research and Homework Nest Tutors came in hand. You see, College life is not a walk in the park especially for those who double it with a day job to keep their bills on check. You can find the best ElantSolutions at Homework Nest. You can also find the best VarsityTutors at Homework Nest. I will also add that you can find the best TransTutors at Homework Nest. All Homework and assignments are handled in minutes. In conclusion, the Best Known Website for Helping with College Homework for students is Homework Nest. If your homework deadline fast approaching and you do not have time? I used Homework Nest (https://www.homeworknest.com/) to Ace My Homework and Got As in my Final Exams. Hey, all the tutors are verified!
Q22
Prepare a 1 page double-spaced paper in APA format. The paper should have �1� margins all around, 12 point font, Times New Roman, pages numbered in upper right corner, running head and proper citations within the body of paper in APA format. The paper should include a cover page and reference page in APA format which is not include in the page count. This is a DBA in Business Administration course. The title of the course is Qualitative and Case Study Research for Business Analysis. Please write this paper as if it is your own assignment. The paper has to be scholarly written. This assignment will be submitted to turnitin. Please do not use information from another paper. Please use peer-reviewed references no older than 5 years old. Please us at least 2 of the references below. The assignment is due by April 08, 2015 by 6PM EST. I will upload the research study that we are to use for this project. You must focus on the background, problem statement, purpose statement, research question and conceptual/theoretical framework against the doctoral Study Rubric which I will upload. I am requesting you writer 337512 because you are completing my week 6 application which this should be included with this project. I know that I uploaded but apparently the professor felt that it was not correct. The professor is allowing me to correct the assignment. Thank you in advance. Catalog Description The D.B.A. capstone project requires that students know how to collect, organize, and interpret data. In this course, students broaden their research and general analysis skills as they further explore methodology and project types to incorporate into their doctoral study. Students engage in coursework focusing on qualitative and case study research methods, through which they learn to focus their analysis on efforts to improve the quality of an organization and its performance. Students examine techniques for thinking in an action-oriented manner, as if they were consultants, so that they can apply their own doctoral study in the real world. Finally, students engage in an iterative process of writing a proposal, incorporating feedback from peers and the course instructor. Ultimately, the proposal is offered by students as a document for review for consideration by potential mentors for their doctoral study. Designing a Qualitative Study and Approach The foundation of every successful doctoral study is a well-formulated business problem statement. You have likely already identified a business topic about which you are passionate, but is it a business problem that you can actually investigate? For example, does the business problem statement have a limited enough scope, and does enough research exist to support your inquiry? Critically thinking about factors such as these is necessary for constructing a pragmatic research question and a focused and promising doctoral research study. This week, you will focus on developing your business problem statement for your own study, concentrating on its scope and on the potential resources and research methods that you can apply to it. Be sure to follow the criteria in the Walden doc study rubric. Work with your colleagues and Instructor to determine your statement’s feasibility and appropriateness as it relates to your doctoral study. You will use their feedback to hone and refine your business problem statement. In addition, you will continue your evaluation of your selected doctoral study, focusing on the data collection methods and their fit with the identified problem and approach. Consider the relationship between the problem, the methods, and data collection techniques and how this relationship helps to focus a study. Learning Outcomes
By the end of this week, you will be able to: �Evaluate data collection methods for qualitative research in a business-related doctoral study
�Examine how to focus an appropriate qualitative study
�Create a first draft of your business problem statement
�Assess ethical challenges in conducting qualitative research Resources Week 3: Designing a Qualitative Study and Approach This page contains the Learning Resources for this week. Be sure to scroll down the page to see all of the assigned resources for this week. To view this week’s video resources, please use the streaming media players below. Media �Laureate Education (Producer). (2012). Interview techniques part II [Video file]. Retrieved from http://class.waldenu.edu Note: The approximate length of this media piece is 14 minutes. This video program focuses on strategies needed to ensure the success of qualitative interviews. It discusses relevant subtopics, such as types of interview questions, the importance of neutrality, cross-cultural interview considerations, potential ethical issues, and tips for effectively recording data gathered during the interview process………………………………………. For a custom paper on the above topic, place your order now! What We Offer: • On-time delivery guarantee • PhD-level writers • Automatic plagiarism check • 100% money-back guarantee • 100% Privacy and Confidentiality • High Quality custom-written papers
One of the most popular questions that I often come across is “Where can I get someone to help me solve my tough college assignments?” or “Which is the best and affordable website for homework help where tutors give discounts throughout the year?” Well the answer is simple – https://www.homeworknest.com/. I have tried it and can testify without hesitation. Last time I was facing it rough on coming up with my PHD thesis ideas and research and Homework Nest Tutors came in hand. You see, College life is not a walk in the park especially for those who double it with a day job to keep their bills on check. You can find the best ElantSolutions at Homework Nest. You can also find the best VarsityTutors at Homework Nest. I will also add that you can find the best TransTutors at Homework Nest. All Homework and assignments are handled in minutes. In conclusion, the Best Known Website for Helping with College Homework for students is Homework Nest. If your homework deadline fast approaching and you do not have time? I used Homework Nest (https://www.homeworknest.com/) to Ace My Homework and Got As in my Final Exams. Hey, all the tutors are verified!
Q23
Research Report :
The assignment is to produce a research report (max. 3000 words) based on an analysis of qualitative data you will each collect by undertaking an interview. Your task is to conduct an interview, record it, transcribe a sample of your recordings, undertake some initial analysis of the content of the conversation and reflect on the process of collecting data this way. It is expected you will support this using insights gained by your wider reading on the subject of qualitative interviewing.

The aims of the assignment are:
• to familiarise yourself with the use of a qualitative method (in this case interviewing) for both data production and data analysis
• to develop your research interviewing and transcription skills
• to promote reflection on the process of doing qualitative research.
The assignment task is to use a semi-structured or an unstructured interview process to discover your interviewee’s views and perspectives on the subject of the experiences of postgraduate students who study abroad.
This will involve using interview approaches to probe the subject and gather and analyse your interviewee’s own responses to this topic (in his or her own words).

The expectation is that you will interview a fellow postgraduate student, possibly someone from your own course. You will have to use your initiative to find a person who will be willing to be interviewed. It is preferable to make contact with someone you don’t know very well; a useful approach to do this may be to seek someone who is a friend of a friend.
You decide if you want to use a unstructured or semi-structured interview approach. You must explain your choices in the method discussion of your report. If you use a semi-structured approach prepare a schedule of interview topics you think it may be useful to discuss (please include these as an appendix to your report and comment on the practical and theoretical relevance of these in your analysis).

If you use unstructured interviewing approaches describe in your report how you started the discussion and used follow-up questions. You should lead your interviewee into the topic gently without putting words into his or her mouth; so you should not introduce too much rigid structure or artificiality into the conversation. The atmosphere should be relaxed allowing your interviewee to talk in detail about events important to him or her. Your role is to keep the interview flowing and on-course and respond to their conversation appropriately with follow-up questions and comments. Ideally you want to capture rich, descriptive details of their experiences and perspectives.

• The interview must be recorded – this must be kept safe and made available to the tutor if requested. You should be able to use your phone, mp3 player, computer or a recorder to complete this task. (Loan audio/video equipment if required is under the supervision of Media Loans, Ground Floor, MHT building; equipment is limited so book early!)
• Your report should include an account of the methods used and your methodological approach. Academic references should be used to indicate how your approach was informed by background reading on qualitative interviewing. You should also discuss how and why any themes were chosen to help structure the interview and how the resulting data was analysed.

2) Transcription (approx. 500 words of actual conversation from the interview):
• The assignment must include a transcript of part of the interview; which should demonstrate the use of transcription techniques.
• Students need to familiarise themselves with the ‘script’ of the resulting interview. They should listen to the tape several times to work out which parts of the conversation are most relevant, interesting and able to demonstrate your transcription skills. This extract from the interview should be around 500 words and must include (as a minimum) the exact words as spoken during part of the interview.

• The interview should be conducted in English (even if the interview participants English is not perfect). Your transcript should be of the interview as spoken, and this may include mistakes and unusual sentences. You may however sometimes have to include some explanatory comments in order to make the sense clear to the reader.
• In the extremely unlikely event you are unable to interview in English you would need to make a full transcription in the first language and then a full translation. Your reasons for doing this must be justified and discussed in the method section and it should be noted that this is NOT RECOMMENDED
One of the most popular questions that I often come across is “Where can I get someone to help me solve my tough college assignments?” or “Which is the best and affordable website for homework help where tutors give discounts throughout the year?” Well the answer is simple – https://www.homeworknest.com/. I have tried it and can testify without hesitation. Last time I was facing it rough on coming up with my PHD thesis ideas and research and Homework Nest Tutors came in hand. You see, College life is not a walk in the park especially for those who double it with a day job to keep their bills on check. You can find the best ElantSolutions at Homework Nest. You can also find the best VarsityTutors at Homework Nest. I will also add that you can find the best TransTutors at Homework Nest. All Homework and assignments are handled in minutes. In conclusion, the Best Known Website for Helping with College Homework for students is Homework Nest. If your homework deadline fast approaching and you do not have time? I used Homework Nest (https://www.homeworknest.com/) to Ace My Homework and Got As in my Final Exams. Hey, all the tutors are verified!

– as it takes much longer to do and is much harder to capture the meaning of the conversations.
3) Reflection on research findings and process (approx.. 1000 words):
• Students need to write a short reflection on the interview they conducted.
• This should include a summary of the findings – including a summary of key themes emerging from the interviews and the lessons learnt.
• You might want to discuss the differences between your original expectations of themes for conversation and those discussed in the interview itself.

• You should reflect on the success or otherwise of the interview in addressing the overall original objective of the research.
• You may want to relate this discussion to the known strengths and weaknesses of the technique you chose (giving academic references). Remember this should always relate to a reflection on the process of your interview and its outcomes not a general discussion.
The structure of the report should be as follows:
• Method Description and Discussion (approx. 1000 words) – 40% of marks
• Transcript. Presentation of an extract from the interview, a sample transcript with annotations (approx. 500 words)
– 30% of marks
• Reflection on the interview findings and approach (approx. 1000 words) – 20% of marks
• References (using Harvard conventions) – demonstrating appropriate wider reading and skills in referencing – 10% of marks
Suggested Further Reading
Bryman A & Bell E (2007) Business Research Methods 2nd Edition Oxford University Press
Denzin N & Lincoln Y (2005) The SAGE handbook of Qualitative Research London: Sage
Eriksson, P & Kovalainen, A (2008) Qualitative Methods in Business Research London, Sage

Gummesson E (1991) Qualitative Methods in Management Research London: Sage.
Marschan,-Piekarit, R & Welch, C, (2005) Handbook of Qualitative Research Methods for International Business London: Edward Elgar.
Mason, J. (2002) Qualitative Researching. London: Sage
Saunders, M et al (2006) Research Methods for Business Students London: Financial Times/Prentice Hall
Silverman, D. (2001) Interpreting Qualitative Data: Methods for Analysing talk, text and interaction. London: Sage
Silverman, D (2000) Doing Qualitative Research: A Practical Handbook London: Sage

One of the most popular questions that I often come across is “Where can I get someone to help me solve my tough college assignments?” or “Which is the best and affordable website for homework help where tutors give discounts throughout the year?” Well the answer is simple – https://www.homeworknest.com/. I have tried it and can testify without hesitation. Last time I was facing it rough on coming up with my PHD thesis ideas and research and Homework Nest Tutors came in hand. You see, College life is not a walk in the park especially for those who double it with a day job to keep their bills on check. You can find the best ElantSolutions at Homework Nest. You can also find the best VarsityTutors at Homework Nest. I will also add that you can find the best TransTutors at Homework Nest. All Homework and assignments are handled in minutes. In conclusion, the Best Known Website for Helping with College Homework for students is Homework Nest. If your homework deadline fast approaching and you do not have time? I used Homework Nest (https://www.homeworknest.com/) to Ace My Homework and Got As in my Final Exams. Hey, all the tutors are verified!
Q24
Research Paper-
The final paper must be in APA format, including a title page, abstract, body and references. The total paper must be a minimum of 10 pages, meaning that the body of the paper must be at least 7 pages in length.
Prior to writing the paper, students must conduct one interview each with their contact person and conduct their observations at the agency. During the interviews and observations, students must explore the concepts of case management as identified and observed within the agency in accordance with material covered in this course in the textbooks. Woodside, M. and McClam, T. (2018). Generalist Case Management: A Method of Human Service Delivery (5th Edition). Belmont, CA: Cengage.
[ISBN-978-1-305-94721-4]
In the paper, students will analyze the agencys use of the case management concepts covered in the course through their observations and input from the interviews. Data from observations and interviews must be incorporated in the analysis of each topical area. Students must attribute information obtained from the interviews to their contact people using APA-formatted personal communication citations. The analysis also must be supported by evidence obtained from the reference material listed on the reference page and the texts in the course. A minimum of three peer-reviewed journal articles must be cited in the paper.
Students must use the following topical outline and include the following headings to organize the paper:
Agency name and description: several paragraphs detailing the agencys function and its clientele. This section should introduce the contact person for the project, including job title and credentials.
Principles and goals of case management: an analysis of the agencys application of the concepts supported by interview and observation as well as peer-reviewed sources.
Three components of case management: an analysis of the agencys application of the concepts supported by interview and observation as well as peer-reviewed sources.
Model(s) of case management: an analysis of the agencys application of the concepts supported by interview and observation as well as peer-reviewed sources.
Role(s) of the case manager: an analysis of the agencys application of the concepts supported by interview and observation as well as peer-reviewed sources.
Three phases of case management: an analysis of the agencys application of the concepts supported by interview and observation as well as peer-reviewed sources.
Summary: several paragraphs detailing the students experience with the project, including a summary analysis and objective evaluation of the agencys performance in carrying out the case management concepts covered in the course.
One of the most popular questions that I often come across is “Where can I get someone to help me solve my tough college assignments?” or “Which is the best and affordable website for homework help where tutors give discounts throughout the year?” Well the answer is simple – https://www.homeworknest.com/. I have tried it and can testify without hesitation. Last time I was facing it rough on coming up with my PHD thesis ideas and research and Homework Nest Tutors came in hand. You see, College life is not a walk in the park especially for those who double it with a day job to keep their bills on check. You can find the best ElantSolutions at Homework Nest. You can also find the best VarsityTutors at Homework Nest. I will also add that you can find the best TransTutors at Homework Nest. All Homework and assignments are handled in minutes. In conclusion, the Best Known Website for Helping with College Homework for students is Homework Nest. If your homework deadline fast approaching and you do not have time? I used Homework Nest (https://www.homeworknest.com/) to Ace My Homework and Got As in my Final Exams. Hey, all the tutors are verified!
Q26
Topic: Discussions of the logistics of a case study The case study can be an existing company or a self-developed innovative e-commerce business-model. The content should include: – Description of the case study incl. the specific business idea (the unique selling proposition, the main markets and customers, the products and services).. – Description of the logistics network, operations and framework include. figures – Identification of the main 3 drivers in logistics which the case study is facing include the positive resp. negative effects on the case study and the explanation for the choice by using an appropriate methodology or argumentation. – Derivation of recommendations how the case study should face the drivers and (negative) solve or (positive) make use of the effects named before.
Q27
“Media do have influence, but they are among many influences on human awareness, attitudes and behaviour and their effects are contingent and contextual” (Macnamara 2012, p. 153). Discuss how Public Relations practice is informed by the application of media theories.
“Theories are…alive and relevant. Discovering them is unlocking the door to chambers of hidden treasures…” (Macnamara 2012, p. 14). Using at least two of the theories or theoretical concepts described in Topic 8, discuss the relevance of theory to the contemporary Public Relations manager.
Length: 1800 words
Resources:
The following resources will be made available on the course website to assist in the completion of this assessment:

An example of a well-structured and argued essay on another topic;
Links to guides on essay writing; and
Links to information on searching academic databases.

Format:
The paper is to be presented as a formal academic essay. No headings should be used, however there should be a clear structure that leads from one point to the next and supports an overall position or argument throughout.
Referencing Style:
The Harvard Referencing Style is to be used in blog posts for academic references. See Referencing Guides on the UniSA Library website.
Students will be assessed on:
• a demonstrated understanding of relevant theories,
• strong evidence of scholarly research to support the discussion (including referencing skills),
• a logical presentation of arguments that lead to a stated position on the topic, and
• professional standard of writing style including expression, grammar, punctuation and spelling

Q29
This Task is an individual research task which will involve an in-depth examination of ONE Old Testament OR New Testament story. Your NRSV Bible will be beneficial for this Task as it provides important information regarding context. Structure of the Research: ? Choose ONE Bible Story from the list below: ? Noah (Gen 6-9) (Myth) ? Jonah (Prophecy) ? The Red Sea (Narrative) ? Paul’s Conversion (Acts. (Narrative) ? Ps 137 (Wisdom) ? Complete detailed research on this story using the scaffold attached. This research will be checked progressively in class. Simply typing up the scaffold information does not mean that you are answering the question below! The scaffold is designed to structure your research and order your thoughts so that you are able to complete the written response. ? Complete a correctly referenced bibliography as a part of your research. ? Your research will be used to answer the following question in PEEL format: How do the Scriptures communicate the mystery and truth of God
One of the most popular questions that I often come across is “Where can I get someone to help me solve my tough college assignments?” or “Which is the best and affordable website for homework help where tutors give discounts throughout the year?” Well the answer is simple – https://www.homeworknest.com/. I have tried it and can testify without hesitation. Last time I was facing it rough on coming up with my PHD thesis ideas and research and Homework Nest Tutors came in hand. You see, College life is not a walk in the park especially for those who double it with a day job to keep their bills on check. You can find the best ElantSolutions at Homework Nest. You can also find the best VarsityTutors at Homework Nest. I will also add that you can find the best TransTutors at Homework Nest. All Homework and assignments are handled in minutes. In conclusion, the Best Known Website for Helping with College Homework for students is Homework Nest. If your homework deadline fast approaching and you do not have time? I used Homework Nest (https://www.homeworknest.com/) to Ace My Homework and Got As in my Final Exams. Hey, all the tutors are verified!
Q30
1. (3 Marks) Identify the main research question addressed by the authors. This should be expressed in
a paragraph of about 7 sentences.
2. (3 Marks) What are the main approaches other researchers have previously used to address the problem?
3. (3 Marks) What approach is being proposed by the authors of this paper? Why are the previous
approaches different from what is being proposed in this paper? Specifically identify the problem faced
by previous approaches.
4. (3 Marks) Summarize/state the description (demographic) of the participants used in this study, how
they were selected and payments received. Comment on any item that may have caught your attention
with regard to generalizing the results obtained in this study.
5. (3 Marks) The authors have used a factorial design in their study. Justify their choice. How else could
they have constructed the study and what will be the potential benefit or otherwise of the approach you
have suggested?
6. (4 Marks) In the study carried out in this paper, what are the dependent variables? Explain in your
own words why the choice of these dependent variables are appropriate for the research question.
7. (12 Marks) Factorial design entails a decision on the factors to be considered (i.e. independent variables). In this study what are the factors? What are the various conceptual questions the choice of these
factors allow the researchers to answer? Explain each of your conceptual questions and how it relates to
the main research question. Draw a diagram/table showing the factorial design along with the factors.
8. (15 Marks) Explain in detail how the data collected by the researchers would be combined to determine
the main effects. In determining the main effects how would you state the hypothesis tests (both null and
alternate)? What test would be conducted? What are the first order interactions? Using the material
provided in the paper, what are their implications?

Q31
Portfolio guidelines
The main part of the portfolio which students should prepare for this course consists of a qualitative
case study.
To produce the qualitative case study, students should first clarify (in a form of an abstract) the
dimensions of their PhD research, that is – to state the problem they wish to explore, the purpose of
their research, and the methodology they intend to apply. Next, students should select a person, a single
institution or company, or a particular policy to be their case, i.e. unit of analysis; this case should
correspond to the student’s PhD research purpose and question(s). Then, students need to conduct one
observation of the selected unit of analysis (i.e. the case). In addition, students need to conduct an
interview with a key informant relevant to the selected case. In other words, the observation report and
the interview transcript (along with other gathered documents relevant to the case) should serve as
bases for the writing of the qualitative case study.
Eventually, students should submit by email four documents:
1. Abstract of your PhD research (300-400 words).
Your abstract should include background of the problem, purpose statement, research question(s),
clarification of the methods and techniques you intend to use, as well as a brief mention of the
expected findings of your research. To find out more about writing abstracts, please see the
document entitled ‘How to write an abstract’ which is available from the student platform Moodle.
Also, please consider the examples of purpose statement given in the textbook (see Merriam, pp.
62-63). Do not forget to add an appropriate title to your research. To learn more about titles, please
see the document entitled ‘How to write a great title’ which is available from the student platform
Moodle.
2. Written transcript of an interview (1000-2000 words).
You need to plan and conduct one interview with a key informant from whom you can gather
relevant data that will help you to write the case study. Make sure you use open-ended questions in
order to gather sufficient information about the person’s direct experience and views about the
problem so that you can write the case study in a form of a convincing narrative. The content of the
recorded interview should be transcribed according to the model given in the textbook (see
Merriam, pp. 111-113).
3. Observation report (field note) (1000-2000 words).
You need to plan and carry out one observation of the selected unit of analysis (i.e. the case). This
could be a systematic, planned observation during a field visit to a site and situation relevant to your
chosen case. You need to produce a field report, i.e. an observation note/report according to the
model given in the textbook (see Merriam, pp. 132-135). Your observation comments should be
added in the note either within the text (in brackets) or on the right hand margins.
4. Case study (2000-4000 words).
The case study should be written as a report in a narrative form, and it should include rich, ‘thick’
descriptive parts. Besides an effective introduction, you should provide some background of the
problem; indicate your intentions and methodology; provide description of the findings; and offer
conclusions. Also, do not forget to add in Appendix the inventory of all the documents used while
preparing the case study. You may wish to follow the outline of a case study report which is given as
an example in the textbook (see Merriam, p. 263). Do not forget that qualitative research is about
people’s interpretation of the phenomenon that you investigate, so presenting their personal story
in the narrative report is essential to making a convincing case.
Studying the chapters from the main textbook (especially chapters 3, 5, 6, 7, 8 and 10 in Merriam, 2009)
may appear essential to writing a successful portfolio. Indeed, further useful information can be found in
the other textbooks which are available from the student platform Moodle.
One of the most popular questions that I often come across is “Where can I get someone to help me solve my tough college assignments?” or “Which is the best and affordable website for homework help where tutors give discounts throughout the year?” Well the answer is simple – https://www.homeworknest.com/. I have tried it and can testify without hesitation. Last time I was facing it rough on coming up with my PHD thesis ideas and research and Homework Nest Tutors came in hand. You see, College life is not a walk in the park especially for those who double it with a day job to keep their bills on check. You can find the best ElantSolutions at Homework Nest. You can also find the best VarsityTutors at Homework Nest. I will also add that you can find the best TransTutors at Homework Nest. All Homework and assignments are handled in minutes. In conclusion, the Best Known Website for Helping with College Homework for students is Homework Nest. If your homework deadline fast approaching and you do not have time? I used Homework Nest (https://www.homeworknest.com/) to Ace My Homework and Got As in my Final Exams. Hey, all the tutors are verified!

Q32
Scenario 1. North Korea Nuclear & Ballistic Missile Program: You are a Defence Intelligence
Organisation (DIO) or Headquarters Joint Operations Centre (JOC), J2 (Intelligence
Directorate), Bungendore intelligence analyst and you have been directed to research,
analyse and deliver a comprehensive yet concise ‘Intelligence Estimate’ & one-page ‘Issue
Paper’ on the historical, current and projected situation in North Korea concerning its
Nuclear Weapons and Ballistic Missile programs. Your assigned mission is to provide an
intelligence assessment on this problem using an intelligence preparation of the operational
environment approach to support the development of potential future Australian national
courses of action (CoAs). You will need to assess North Korea’s Nuclear and Ballistic Missile
program capabilities and assess its intent to employ them: how, when and where — most
likely and most dangerous courses of action (COAs).
Scenario 2. PRC Maritime Territorial Ambitions in the South China Sea: You are a Defence
Intelligence Organisation (DIO) or Headquarters Joint Operations Centre (JOC), J2
(Intelligence Directorate), Bungendore intelligence analyst and you have been directed to
build a comprehensive yet concise ‘Intelligence Estimate’ & one-page ‘Issue Paper’ on the
historical, current and projected situation in the South China Sea involving expansive
People’s Republic of China (PRC) maritime territorial claims. Your assigned mission is to
provide an intelligence assessment on this problem using an intelligence preparation of the
operational environment approach to support the development of potential future
Australian national courses of action (CoAs). You will need to assess the PRC’s expansive
maritime territorial claims and supporting activities in the South China Sea, as well as
China’s future intentions, to include most likely and most dangerous potential courses of
action (COAs).
Q33
During the instructional design and technology specialization courses, you will be developing instructional materials supporting a learning intervention solution that will be developed and delivered using the Lectora instructional authoring system. Consequently, you will need to develop a working knowledge of the Lectora instructional authoring system. Therefore, for this assignment, you will design and develop a standalone learning module on how to use Lectora’s Title Wizard feature. Your Lectora deliverable will be published to the Single File Executable format (*.exe) and must include a minimum of the following: ? Welcome screen ? Learning objectives screen ? 6-8 screens describing and depicting the steps required to create a basic Lectora title using the Title Wizard function Follow the instructions in Lectora for the “Publish for Offline Use” option to publish your Lectora file to the Single File Executable format. Submit your assignment in this .exe format. The maximum Lectora published file size submitted to your individual submitted files area cannot exceed 20MB unless the file is submitted in compressed form (.zip). Compressed files (.zip) not to exceed 200MB.
One of the most popular questions that I often come across is “Where can I get someone to help me solve my tough college assignments?” or “Which is the best and affordable website for homework help where tutors give discounts throughout the year?” Well the answer is simple – https://www.homeworknest.com/. I have tried it and can testify without hesitation. Last time I was facing it rough on coming up with my PHD thesis ideas and research and Homework Nest Tutors came in hand. You see, College life is not a walk in the park especially for those who double it with a day job to keep their bills on check. You can find the best ElantSolutions at Homework Nest. You can also find the best VarsityTutors at Homework Nest. I will also add that you can find the best TransTutors at Homework Nest. All Homework and assignments are handled in minutes. In conclusion, the Best Known Website for Helping with College Homework for students is Homework Nest. If your homework deadline fast approaching and you do not have time? I used Homework Nest (https://www.homeworknest.com/) to Ace My Homework and Got As in my Final Exams. Hey, all the tutors are verified!
Q34
his paper has no formatting guidelines. You can write it in essay style, or you can answer the questions using numbers or bullet points. Overall assignment should be at least 3-4 paragraphs, minimum. Just be sure to make your answers clear and distinct, and fully answer the prompt.
Directions:
Pick one of the minority groups that have been discussed in Unit 2 of our text, specific cultural groups. This will entail Hispanic and Latinx populations, American Indian and Native American populations, African American populations, Asian American populations, European and Mediterranean American populations, and Nonethnic cultures. In your written assignment, answer the following questions:

Find an organization that provides resources and services to this cultural group. Briefly describe the organization, what services and resources they provide, and any other information that you see pertinent. In terms of health, what programs and services do they offer that target health. Try and find an organization that is in Clark County. 1- 2 paragraphs, minimum.Cite your source.
Describe cultural factors to be considered when providing health services to this population. Name at least 3. When a health provider (eg. a nurse, doctor, dentist, counselor, etc.) is working with someone from the cultural group you picked, what are some tips you would give them? Consider whether the group you chose has strong roots in complementary and/or alternative medicine, or if they are based in traditional Western practices. As an example, pages 166- 167 in our textbook offers tips to working with Hispanic populations and creating public health programs. 1 paragraph, minimum
List 3 strategies to reduce or eliminate health disparities within your population. Strategies can be found in Chapter 13 of your text. The strategies are not geared toward one specific cultural group but use your critical thinking skills to apply it to the cultural group you chose. 1 paragraph, minimum

Q36
NUR3003: Monash University- Clinical Motor Skills of Taking TPR & BP- Education For Clinical Practice-
Task:
To teach the BLS session, you will need to design and develop an evidence-based teaching plan for apeer teaching session you will be conducting in the clinical laboratories for 1st year students in weekeleven (11). The session involves teaching BLS.
Apart from Part 2 where a table format and dot points may be used, the ‘usual’ academic writingstandards apply to this assignment as follows:
• The header must include (a) student university student ID number and (b) the unit code.
• The footer must contain (a) assignment number, (b) page number and (c) date of submission.
• The lesson plan template provided can be cut and pasted into your assignment document.
• Use A4 format only; use 11 or 12 font Arial or Times New Roman.
• Use 2.5cm margins on each side of the page with double line spacing between lines.
• Sub-headings can be used to guide the reader.
• Submit in word format; do not submit as PDF or Pages document.

Q37
Assessment Task 2: Written Assignment – Searching for evidence
Description: Students are required to: identify, demonstrate and explain the rationale for conducting a structured search for evidence based on a health scenario. Student are also required to discuss how relevant the search is to the clinical question.
Instructions:
From the scenario/answerable question provided (LEO HLSC122, Assessment submission & resources) choose any one (1) as a basis for your inquiry.
Writing in an essay format (introduction, body, conclusion, reference list). The table/s are included in the word count, do not use an appendix. Minimum four (4) references (two to support your search strategy, two examples from your final search). Small/short headings may be used. Do not repeat the questions or scenario.
1. Based on the answerable question, identify key words, search terms and alternative words that you will then use to complete a structured search for evidence.
2. Identify the best two (2) databases that you would use to search for evidence related to the clinical question.
3. Explain why these two (2) databases are the best databases for conducting your structured search.
4. Use one (1) database described above to demonstrate your comprehensive and structured search for evidence using the table from Richardson-Tench et al. (2016, p. 47). Use the following headings in the table: ‘actions’, ‘search mode’, ‘results’, and ‘limiters’.
5. The table should demonstrate the use of a variety of search strategies (example Boolean operators, truncation, wildcard, limiters).
6. Your final search should demonstrate a significantly smaller number of results than your initial search.
7. Discuss how relevant your final search results were related to the PICO/PICo question/elements.
8. Include the best two (2) examples from your final search results as a full reference in the reference list.
Due date: Friday 01/09/2017, 1200 hours (midday)
Weighting: 30%
Length and/or format: 800 words
Purpose: This assignment requires your understanding of step one and two of the evidence-based practice (EBP) process. By undertaking this assessment task you will demonstrate your ability to use an answerable question to search for the best available evidence related to a clinical scenario.
Learning outcomes assessed: 2, 4, 5, 6
How to submit: Submission is via the Turnitin drop box available in LEO HLSC122 2017 Semester 2 (Assessment submission & resources tile).
Return of assignment: Feedback (written, rubric and/or voice comments) will be available in the Turnitin drop box in LEO not more than three weeks after the final submission date.
Assessment criteria: The marking guide (rubric) for this assessment task is in the unit outline and Turnitin.
One of the most popular questions that I often come across is “Where can I get someone to help me solve my tough college assignments?” or “Which is the best and affordable website for homework help where tutors give discounts throughout the year?” Well the answer is simple – https://www.homeworknest.com/. I have tried it and can testify without hesitation. Last time I was facing it rough on coming up with my PHD thesis ideas and research and Homework Nest Tutors came in hand. You see, College life is not a walk in the park especially for those who double it with a day job to keep their bills on check. You can find the best ElantSolutions at Homework Nest. You can also find the best VarsityTutors at Homework Nest. I will also add that you can find the best TransTutors at Homework Nest. All Homework and assignments are handled in minutes. In conclusion, the Best Known Website for Helping with College Homework for students is Homework Nest. If your homework deadline fast approaching and you do not have time? I used Homework Nest (https://www.homeworknest.com/) to Ace My Homework and Got As in my Final Exams. Hey, all the tutors are verified!
Q38
Assessment Task 2: Written Assignment – Searching for evidence
Description: Students are required to select any one (1) of the scenario/answerable question/evidence (provided in the LEO HLSC122, 2017 Semester 1 (Assessment Resources tile) to search for evidence.
Students are required to: identify and explain the rationale for selecting particular databases; search for evidence and refine your search using a variety of strategies; demonstrate a systematic search using a table with a final result significantly less than the initial search results. Finally the student is required to validate the accuracy of the search results.
Instructions: From the scenario/answerable question provided (LEO) HLSC122, 2017 Semester 1 (Assessment Resources tile) to search for evidence, choose any one (1) as a basis for your inquiry.
1. Based on the answerable question, identify key words, search terms or phrases that you will use to complete a systematic search for evidence.
2. Identify the best two (2) databases that you would use to search for evidence based on the answerable question.
3. Explain why you chose these two (2) databases to conduct your search.
4. Using one (1) database described above, demonstrate your initial and refined search for evidence using the table from Richardson-Tench et al. (2016, p. 47). Use these headings in the table: 'actions', 'search mode', 'results', and 'limiters'.
5. The table should demonstrate the use of a variety of search strategies (example Boolean operators, truncation, wildcard, limiters).
6. Your final search should demonstrate a significantly smaller number of results than your initial search.
7. Explain the accuracy (relevance) your search results related to the PICO/PICo question.
8. Include two (2) examples from your final search results as a full reference in the reference list.
Due date: Friday 7 April 2017, 2200 hours
Weighting: 30%
Length and/or format: 800 words
HLSC122 Inquiry in Health Care – U. Outline 201730 FINAL 8.2.17
One of the most popular questions that I often come across is “Where can I get someone to help me solve my tough college assignments?” or “Which is the best and affordable website for homework help where tutors give discounts throughout the year?” Well the answer is simple – https://www.homeworknest.com/. I have tried it and can testify without hesitation. Last time I was facing it rough on coming up with my PHD thesis ideas and research and Homework Nest Tutors came in hand. You see, College life is not a walk in the park especially for those who double it with a day job to keep their bills on check. You can find the best ElantSolutions at Homework Nest. You can also find the best VarsityTutors at Homework Nest. I will also add that you can find the best TransTutors at Homework Nest. All Homework and assignments are handled in minutes. In conclusion, the Best Known Website for Helping with College Homework for students is Homework Nest. If your homework deadline fast approaching and you do not have time? I used Homework Nest (https://www.homeworknest.com/) to Ace My Homework and Got As in my Final Exams. Hey, all the tutors are verified!
Q39
This 1800 word assignment is to be written and presented in three parts: Part 1-appraisal paper 1; Part 2-appraisal paper 2; and Part 3-justification of strongest evidence related to scenario. Students are directed to the ACU Study Guide: Skills for Success to identify skills required for academic writing. Headings are permitted for this task. Students should use APA style to cite all references within the body of their essay and in the reference list. There is a chapter … View More
Q40

(3 Marks) Identify the main research question addressed by the authors. This should be expressed in
a paragraph of about 7 sentences.
2. (3 Marks) What are the main approaches other researchers have previously used to address the problem?
3. (3 Marks) What approach is being proposed by the authors of this paper? Why are the previous
approaches different from what is being proposed in this paper? Specifically identify the problem faced
by previous approaches.
4. (3 Marks) Summarize/state the description (demographic) of the participants used in this study, how
they were selected and payments received. Comment on any item that may have caught your attention
with regard to generalizing the results obtained in this study.
5. (3 Marks) The authors have used a factorial design in their study. Justify their choice. How else could
they have constructed the study and what will be the potential benefit or otherwise of the approach you
have suggested?
6. (4 Marks) In the study carried out in this paper, what are the dependent variables? Explain in your
own words why the choice of these dependent variables are appropriate for the research question.
7. (12 Marks) Factorial design entails a decision on the factors to be considered (i.e. independent variables). In this study what are the factors? What are the various conceptual questions the choice of these
factors allow the researchers to answer? Explain each of your conceptual questions and how it relates to
the main research question. Draw a diagram/table showing the factorial design along with the factors.
8. (15 Marks) Explain in detail how the data collected by the researchers would be combined to determine
the main effects. In determining the main effects how would you state the hypothesis tests (both null and
alternate)? What test would be conducted? What are the first order interactions? Using the material
provided in the paper, what are their implications?
One of the most popular questions that I often come across is “Where can I get someone to help me solve my tough college assignments?” or “Which is the best and affordable website for homework help where tutors give discounts throughout the year?” Well the answer is simple – https://www.homeworknest.com/. I have tried it and can testify without hesitation. Last time I was facing it rough on coming up with my PHD thesis ideas and research and Homework Nest Tutors came in hand. You see, College life is not a walk in the park especially for those who double it with a day job to keep their bills on check. You can find the best ElantSolutions at Homework Nest. You can also find the best VarsityTutors at Homework Nest. I will also add that you can find the best TransTutors at Homework Nest. All Homework and assignments are handled in minutes. In conclusion, the Best Known Website for Helping with College Homework for students is Homework Nest. If your homework deadline fast approaching and you do not have time? I used Homework Nest (https://www.homeworknest.com/) to Ace My Homework and Got As in my Final Exams. Hey, all the tutors are verified!

Q41
Scenario 1. North Korea Nuclear & Ballistic Missile Program: You are a Defence Intelligence
Organisation (DIO) or Headquarters Joint Operations Centre (JOC), J2 (Intelligence
Directorate), Bungendore intelligence analyst and you have been directed to research,
analyse and deliver a comprehensive yet concise ‘Intelligence Estimate’ & one-page ‘Issue
Paper’ on the historical, current and projected situation in North Korea concerning its
Nuclear Weapons and Ballistic Missile programs. Your assigned mission is to provide an
intelligence assessment on this problem using an intelligence preparation of the operational
environment approach to support the development of potential future Australian national
courses of action (CoAs). You will need to assess North Korea’s Nuclear and Ballistic Missile
program capabilities and assess its intent to employ them: how, when and where — most
likely and most dangerous courses of action (COAs).
Scenario 2. PRC Maritime Territorial Ambitions in the South China Sea: You are a Defence
Intelligence Organisation (DIO) or Headquarters Joint Operations Centre (JOC), J2
(Intelligence Directorate), Bungendore intelligence analyst and you have been directed to
build a comprehensive yet concise ‘Intelligence Estimate’ & one-page ‘Issue Paper’ on the
historical, current and projected situation in the South China Sea involving expansive
People’s Republic of China (PRC) maritime territorial claims. Your assigned mission is to
provide an intelligence assessment on this problem using an intelligence preparation of the
operational environment approach to support the development of potential future
Australian national courses of action (CoAs). You will need to assess the PRC’s expansive
maritime territorial claims and supporting activities in the South China Sea, as well as
China’s future intentions, to include most likely and most dangerous potential courses of
action (COAs).
One of the most popular questions that I often come across is “Where can I get someone to help me solve my tough college assignments?” or “Which is the best and affordable website for homework help where tutors give discounts throughout the year?” Well the answer is simple – https://www.homeworknest.com/. I have tried it and can testify without hesitation. Last time I was facing it rough on coming up with my PHD thesis ideas and research and Homework Nest Tutors came in hand. You see, College life is not a walk in the park especially for those who double it with a day job to keep their bills on check. You can find the best ElantSolutions at Homework Nest. You can also find the best VarsityTutors at Homework Nest. I will also add that you can find the best TransTutors at Homework Nest. All Homework and assignments are handled in minutes. In conclusion, the Best Known Website for Helping with College Homework for students is Homework Nest. If your homework deadline fast approaching and you do not have time? I used Homework Nest (https://www.homeworknest.com/) to Ace My Homework and Got As in my Final Exams. Hey, all the tutors are verified!
Q42
This paper has no formatting guidelines. You can write it in essay style, or you can answer the questions using numbers or bullet points. Overall assignment should be at least 3-4 paragraphs, minimum. Just be sure to make your answers clear and distinct, and fully answer the prompt.
Directions:
Pick one of the minority groups that have been discussed in Unit 2 of our text, specific cultural groups. This will entail Hispanic and Latinx populations, American Indian and Native American populations, African American populations, Asian American populations, European and Mediterranean American populations, and Nonethnic cultures. In your written assignment, answer the following questions:

Find an organization that provides resources and services to this cultural group. Briefly describe the organization, what services and resources they provide, and any other information that you see pertinent. In terms of health, what programs and services do they offer that target health. Try and find an organization that is in Clark County. 1- 2 paragraphs, minimum.Cite your source.
Describe cultural factors to be considered when providing health services to this population. Name at least 3. When a health provider (eg. a nurse, doctor, dentist, counselor, etc.) is working with someone from the cultural group you picked, what are some tips you would give them? Consider whether the group you chose has strong roots in complementary and/or alternative medicine, or if they are based in traditional Western practices. As an example, pages 166- 167 in our textbook offers tips to working with Hispanic populations and creating public health programs. 1 paragraph, minimum
List 3 strategies to reduce or eliminate health disparities within your population. Strategies can be found in Chapter 13 of your text. The strategies are not geared toward one specific cultural group but use your critical thinking skills to apply it to the cultural group you chose. 1 paragraph, minimum

An example of a well-structured and argued essay on another topic;
Links to guides on essay writing; and
Links to information on searching academic databases.

Q44
During the instructional design and technology specialization courses, you will be developing instructional materials supporting a learning intervention solution that will be developed and delivered using the Lectora instructional authoring system. Consequently, you will need to develop a working knowledge of the Lectora instructional authoring system. Therefore, for this assignment, you will design and develop a standalone learning module on how to use Lectora’s Title Wizard feature. Your Lectora deliverable will be published to the Single File Executable format (*.exe) and must include a minimum of the following: ? Welcome screen ? Learning objectives screen ? 6-8 screens describing and depicting the steps required to create a basic Lectora title using the Title Wizard function Follow the instructions in Lectora for the “Publish for Offline Use” option to publish your Lectora file to the Single File Executable format. Submit your assignment in this .exe format. The maximum Lectora published file size submitted to your individual submitted files area cannot exceed 20MB unless the file is submitted in compressed form (.zip). Compressed files (.zip) not to exceed 200MB.
One of the most popular questions that I often come across is “Where can I get someone to help me solve my tough college assignments?” or “Which is the best and affordable website for homework help where tutors give discounts throughout the year?” Well the answer is simple – https://www.homeworknest.com/. I have tried it and can testify without hesitation. Last time I was facing it rough on coming up with my PHD thesis ideas and research and Homework Nest Tutors came in hand. You see, College life is not a walk in the park especially for those who double it with a day job to keep their bills on check. You can find the best ElantSolutions at Homework Nest. You can also find the best VarsityTutors at Homework Nest. I will also add that you can find the best TransTutors at Homework Nest. All Homework and assignments are handled in minutes. In conclusion, the Best Known Website for Helping with College Homework for students is Homework Nest. If your homework deadline fast approaching and you do not have time? I used Homework Nest (https://www.homeworknest.com/) to Ace My Homework and Got As in my Final Exams. Hey, all the tutors are verified!
Q45
Form and requirements
Topic – The role of forensic accountants in preparing insurance claims after natural disaster.
Students are asked to research publicly-available sources to gather relevant information and analyze the topic. The research report should summarize the key information, identify relevant themes, leading practices or pitfalls for practitioners and managers. Superficial reports, or those that merely recapitulate of news accounts or press releases will not be sufficient to receive full marks. To receive full credit, you must synthesize three or more high-quality information sources to provide a succinct summary of the subject and bring your own analysis of the case using the themes and learning from the course. Include a reference page of all sources.
While we expect that most of the Research Reports will be written in memorandum form, we will accept of other forms of reports. For example, students have the option to submit an oral presentation as a Powerpoint with voiceover (similar to the short lecture segments in this course) or YouTube video. The form and format is up to the student. Whatever form is chosen, the Research Report should be clear, concise, and businesslike. To illustrate, imagine that an executive level supervisor has asked you to research this topic and send her a memorandum to summarize the issue and tell her what she needs to know in her executive role in the enterprise. Imagine that she is a busy person. She is interested in understanding the most relevant elements and she wants you to pick out the most important information. She does not want to read a lot of extraneous information and she wants valuable information she can use. In this exercise it is more important to summarize and synthesize the most important information in a concise manner than to create a long, detailed report with every possible fact. Regardless of form, the reports should be “client-ready”. That is, well-written in error-free, articulate English. It is my professional experience that typos and writing flaws significantly impact the perception of the quality of your work. Grades in this exercise will reflect that. Research reports should be direct and to-the-point. Written, narrative reports should not exceed 3,000 words.
Q46
This Task is an individual research task which will involve an in-depth examination of ONE Old Testament OR New Testament story. Your NRSV Bible will be beneficial for this Task as it provides important information regarding context. Structure of the Research: ? Choose ONE Bible Story from the list below: ? Noah (Gen 6-9) (Myth) ? Jonah (Prophecy) ? The Red Sea (Narrative) ? Paul’s Conversion (Acts. (Narrative) ? Ps 137 (Wisdom) ? Complete detailed research on this story using the scaffold attached. This research will be checked progressively in class. Simply typing up the scaffold information does not mean that you are answering the question below! The scaffold is designed to structure your research and order your thoughts so that you are able to complete the written response. ? Complete a correctly referenced bibliography as a part of your research. ? Your research will be used to answer the following question in PEEL format: How do the Scriptures communicate the mystery and truth of God
Q47
Topic: Discussions of the logistics of a case study The case study can be an existing company or a self-developed innovative e-commerce business-model. The content should include: – Description of the case study incl. the specific business idea (the unique selling proposition, the main markets and customers, the products and services).. – Description of the logistics network, operations and framework include. figures – Identification of the main 3 drivers in logistics which the case study is facing include the positive resp. negative effects on the case study and the explanation for the choice by using an appropriate methodology or argumentation. – Derivation of recommendations how the case study should face the drivers and (negative) solve or (positive) make use of the effects named before.
One of the most popular questions that I often come across is “Where can I get someone to help me solve my tough college assignments?” or “Which is the best and affordable website for homework help where tutors give discounts throughout the year?” Well the answer is simple – https://www.homeworknest.com/. I have tried it and can testify without hesitation. Last time I was facing it rough on coming up with my PHD thesis ideas and research and Homework Nest Tutors came in hand. You see, College life is not a walk in the park especially for those who double it with a day job to keep their bills on check. You can find the best ElantSolutions at Homework Nest. You can also find the best VarsityTutors at Homework Nest. I will also add that you can find the best TransTutors at Homework Nest. All Homework and assignments are handled in minutes. In conclusion, the Best Known Website for Helping with College Homework for students is Homework Nest. If your homework deadline fast approaching and you do not have time? I used Homework Nest (https://www.homeworknest.com/) to Ace My Homework and Got As in my Final Exams. Hey, all the tutors are verified!
Q48
Portfolio guidelines
The main part of the portfolio which students should prepare for this course consists of a qualitative
case study.
To produce the qualitative case study, students should first clarify (in a form of an abstract) the
dimensions of their PhD research, that is – to state the problem they wish to explore, the purpose of
their research, and the methodology they intend to apply. Next, students should select a person, a single
institution or company, or a particular policy to be their case, i.e. unit of analysis; this case should
correspond to the student’s PhD research purpose and question(s). Then, students need to conduct one
observation of the selected unit of analysis (i.e. the case). In addition, students need to conduct an
interview with a key informant relevant to the selected case. In other words, the observation report and
the interview transcript (along with other gathered documents relevant to the case) should serve as
bases for the writing of the qualitative case study.
Eventually, students should submit by email four documents:
1. Abstract of your PhD research (300-400 words).
Your abstract should include background of the problem, purpose statement, research question(s),
clarification of the methods and techniques you intend to use, as well as a brief mention of the
expected findings of your research. To find out more about writing abstracts, please see the
document entitled ‘How to write an abstract’ which is available from the student platform Moodle.
Also, please consider the examples of purpose statement given in the textbook (see Merriam, pp.
62-63). Do not forget to add an appropriate title to your research. To learn more about titles, please
see the document entitled ‘How to write a great title’ which is available from the student platform
Moodle.
2. Written transcript of an interview (1000-2000 words).
You need to plan and conduct one interview with a key informant from whom you can gather
relevant data that will help you to write the case study. Make sure you use open-ended questions in
order to gather sufficient information about the person’s direct experience and views about the
problem so that you can write the case study in a form of a convincing narrative. The content of the
recorded interview should be transcribed according to the model given in the textbook (see
Merriam, pp. 111-113).
3. Observation report (field note) (1000-2000 words).
You need to plan and carry out one observation of the selected unit of analysis (i.e. the case). This
could be a systematic, planned observation during a field visit to a site and situation relevant to your
chosen case. You need to produce a field report, i.e. an observation note/report according to the
model given in the textbook (see Merriam, pp. 132-135). Your observation comments should be
added in the note either within the text (in brackets) or on the right hand margins.
4. Case study (2000-4000 words).
The case study should be written as a report in a narrative form, and it should include rich, ‘thick’
descriptive parts. Besides an effective introduction, you should provide some background of the
problem; indicate your intentions and methodology; provide description of the findings; and offer
conclusions. Also, do not forget to add in Appendix the inventory of all the documents used while
preparing the case study. You may wish to follow the outline of a case study report which is given as
an example in the textbook (see Merriam, p. 263). Do not forget that qualitative research is about
people’s interpretation of the phenomenon that you investigate, so presenting their personal story
in the narrative report is essential to making a convincing case.
Studying the chapters from the main textbook (especially chapters 3, 5, 6, 7, 8 and 10 in Merriam, 2009)
may appear essential to writing a successful portfolio. Indeed, further useful information can be found in
the other textbooks which are available from the student platform Moodle.
One of the most popular questions that I often come across is “Where can I get someone to help me solve my tough college assignments?” or “Which is the best and affordable website for homework help where tutors give discounts throughout the year?” Well the answer is simple – https://www.homeworknest.com/. I have tried it and can testify without hesitation. Last time I was facing it rough on coming up with my PHD thesis ideas and research and Homework Nest Tutors came in hand. You see, College life is not a walk in the park especially for those who double it with a day job to keep their bills on check. You can find the best ElantSolutions at Homework Nest. You can also find the best VarsityTutors at Homework Nest. I will also add that you can find the best TransTutors at Homework Nest. All Homework and assignments are handled in minutes. In conclusion, the Best Known Website for Helping with College Homework for students is Homework Nest. If your homework deadline fast approaching and you do not have time? I used Homework Nest (https://www.homeworknest.com/) to Ace My Homework and Got As in my Final Exams. Hey, all the tutors are verified!
Q49
ACU requires assignments to follow APA style version 6 or 7 guidelines in semester one, 2020, as follows: • Size font 12 Black, bold for headings, double spacing throughout • Font Style is plain: Times New Roman, Calibri or Arial • Align to the text to the left and leave the right side uneven (no justifying) • Microsoft Word format or PDF only • Use 1in or 2.5cm margins on all sides (top, bottom, left and right) • APA references in-text and a reference list, no footnoting, appendices or images • Page numbers to bottom right hand side footer – simple number only • Keep quoting to a limit of 1 or 2 for essay only • Do not use HLSC122 lecture or journal club notes, lecturer comments or LEO resources as references Your writing, in each paragraph – apart from introduction and conclusion- should be supported by at least one high-quality varied academic reference (check textbooks in unit outline reference list). This assignment requires that you use at least four academic references, apart from research study being critiqued This reference is supporting your knowledge and understanding of critical appraisal related to the research study.
Attachments:

Q50
Please analyse one of the following formulas from the CHM pharmacology aspect based on your review of relevant key literature, and write up a report addressing the individual ingredients of chosen formula, and in particular the CHM pharmacological mechanisms which underpin the formula’s overall functions and clinical applications.
· Gui Zhi Tang
2. Please include at least 5 references which should be cited using the APA style of referencing
3. Adhere to 2000 word account with a 5% leeway. Word count does not include reference list. Word count should be listed at the end of the paper.

Q52
To prepare for this assignment, students should review and learn the material and lecture notes previously delivered in BTEC8002 about SDS-PAGE, qPCR, mammalian cell transfection, reverse transcription, production of a library and Illumina NGS. Completion of this assignment will: • Support students in learning the content delivered before the mid-semester break • Illustrate application of these methods and techniques The short question and answer section will assist you in reading the paper insightfully and will also assess your ability to apply your theoretical knowledge (from the lectures) to comprehend the research conducted in the manuscript. The last task is then to write a critique of the manuscript. Remember, a critique should always be constructive (improving the ability to present data or to write, suggest better suited/superior approaches, improve language and grammar, citations etc.). Critique of a manuscript can be positive or negative as long as the critique is demonstrated to be justifiable. Unless the paper is utter nonsense and poor research, for providing constructive critique it is advisable to first state what was done well, then critique the lower quality sections.
One of the most popular questions that I often come across is “Where can I get someone to help me solve my tough college assignments?” or “Which is the best and affordable website for homework help where tutors give discounts throughout the year?” Well the answer is simple – https://www.homeworknest.com/. I have tried it and can testify without hesitation. Last time I was facing it rough on coming up with my PHD thesis ideas and research and Homework Nest Tutors came in hand. You see, College life is not a walk in the park especially for those who double it with a day job to keep their bills on check. You can find the best ElantSolutions at Homework Nest. You can also find the best VarsityTutors at Homework Nest. I will also add that you can find the best TransTutors at Homework Nest. All Homework and assignments are handled in minutes. In conclusion, the Best Known Website for Helping with College Homework for students is Homework Nest. If your homework deadline fast approaching and you do not have time? I used Homework Nest (https://www.homeworknest.com/) to Ace My Homework and Got As in my Final Exams. Hey, all the tutors are verified!
Q53
This assessment is based on an oral presentation of your research project. You will be required to
present your research project, including the main results and what they mean in the wider context,
as well as defend your project in relation to any questions asked by the audience. Your supervisor
will be invited to attend your presentation and you are encouraged to invite other industry
professionals working in your research area. Students are expected to attend all the presentations
in their group over the afternoon. This is an opportunity to ensure that you have a clear
understanding of why you have been conducting your research, interpreting and presenting the
results and what they mean. Questions that you are asked may help you to interpret your results
differently or help with putting them into an industry perspective.
The presentation will run for 15 minutes including 5 minutes for questions. Please, also submit
your power point through Turnitin using the submission point on Blackboard.
One of the most popular questions that I often come across is “Where can I get someone to help me solve my tough college assignments?” or “Which is the best and affordable website for homework help where tutors give discounts throughout the year?” Well the answer is simple – https://www.homeworknest.com/. I have tried it and can testify without hesitation. Last time I was facing it rough on coming up with my PHD thesis ideas and research and Homework Nest Tutors came in hand. You see, College life is not a walk in the park especially for those who double it with a day job to keep their bills on check. You can find the best ElantSolutions at Homework Nest. You can also find the best VarsityTutors at Homework Nest. I will also add that you can find the best TransTutors at Homework Nest. All Homework and assignments are handled in minutes. In conclusion, the Best Known Website for Helping with College Homework for students is Homework Nest. If your homework deadline fast approaching and you do not have time? I used Homework Nest (https://www.homeworknest.com/) to Ace My Homework and Got As in my Final Exams. Hey, all the tutors are verified!
Q54
Clinical Scenario
Ankle sprains are one of the most common sport-related injuries treated by rehabilitation professionals. These injuries often result in lost participation and can lead
to subsequent injury episodes. Therefore, it is important to determine appropriate
means of preventing these injuries. There has recently been an increase in the
popularity of balance training programs for the prevention of knee anterior cruciate
ligament (ACL) injury, with some thought that starting these programs in younger
athletes may be most beneficial. However, there is the potential that these types
of training programs may also be beneficial for decreasing the risk of other lower
extremity injuries, including ankle sprains in the adolescent athlete.

Q55
Clinical Scenario
Ankle sprains are one of the most common sport-related injuries treated by rehabilitation professionals. These injuries often result in lost participation and can lead
to subsequent injury episodes. Therefore, it is important to determine appropriate
means of preventing these injuries. There has recently been an increase in the
popularity of balance training programs for the prevention of knee anterior cruciate
ligament (ACL) injury, with some thought that starting these programs in younger
athletes may be most beneficial. However, there is the potential that these types
of training programs may also be beneficial for decreasing the risk of other lower
extremity injuries, including ankle sprains in the adolescent athlete.

Collect information on the impact of a disease and summarise this as an introduction to
policy report.
2. Examine the strategies that have been used in the past to control this disease.
3. Evaluate the strategies of at least two approaches used that have been found to have
some merit and report on the impact of those two approaches.
4. Assess the prognosis for the disease’s control if we continue with current strategies and
optionally recommend a policy change that might result in further control.

Q57
Students are required to consider and reflect on their learning this semester relating to the assessment and communication of activities of living. Using the following: • The Roper-Logan-Tierney Model for Nursing (Holland & Jenkins,2019); • ‘Cues’ and ‘Judgements’ from The Situated Clinical Decision-Making Framework (Gillespie & Patterson 2009); and • Borton’s (1970) Model of Reflection (Smith, James, Adamson & Gentleman, 2016), prepare a 1500-word reflective paper that outlines your personal role in providing essentials of care for future practice as a Registered Nurse. When preparing your reflection consider and include the following: • Introduction – A brief overview of what you plan to discuss (short paragraph). • Define essentials of care. • What? – Describe your experience this semester in relation to the assessment and communication of activities of living on a dependence/independence continuum and factors influencing activities of living. • So What? – What cues (data/information/things you noticed) did you identify from your experiences this semester that shaped your judgements (understanding) about your personal role in assessing and communicating essentials of care for future practice? • Now What? – What could you and/or need to do now to enable you to effectively assess and communicate essentials of care for future practice? • Conclusion – A brief summary of what you discussed (short paragraph, no new information). We encourage you to use your journaling notes from seminars to assist you with this assessment.

Q58

You write a structured review that includes an introduction paragraph, then a minimum of 3 paragraphs with each one of these paragraphs giving suggestions to a different team member, and finally a conclusion paragraph. Importantly you write about a totally different outbreak (you must leave your team and visit a new team). Like the Peer Review 1 you have done previously, it must be written in the impersonal. A peer review is an important piece of work. It is worth 10% of your final mark. How much time should you allocate to writing a peer review? To work this out, consider that you should spend a minimum of 8 hours per week on each 12 credit point course. So for 10% of the assessment for a 13 week course that’s about 10.5 hours to prepare the peer review! I love numbers, you can now see that each % assessment is worth about an hours work. So if something is worth 10%, you may need to spend 10 hours to turn in a good report of your findings!

Coursework Task (30 Marks) 1. Respond to the TWO drug inquiries below by assessing the evidences from appropriate references. Complete a Drug Information Request Form for EACH of the inquiry. a) Ms Lily Cheam (contact number: 87654321), a nurse at a day care centre, called to ask you on the doses to be given for a 55 years old healthy man. She needs to counsel him on how to take the Senna tablets and lactulose syrup that he bought from NTUC supermarket for his current constipation. She wants to know the doses, when to take, any regards to meal, etc. b) Dr Tan Koh Vit (drtan@gmail.com) emailed you to ask which proton pump inhibitors he should give for a male 50 years old patient that is already taking clopidogrel for coronary artery disease. The patient has a newly diagnosed gastroesophageal reflux disease. Dr Tan is considering esomeprazole, lansoprazole, or omeprazole, and ask you to provide detailed supporting information. Additionally, Dr Tan is asking you to recommend an additional medication for the patient’s body ache due to recent flu. Suggested Structure of Coursework You need to include the following features in your coursework. You may also wish to make use of these features to structure your coursework submission. (Refer to the assessment rubrics given in APPENDIX B for the allocation of marks.)
Q60
2. Mineral supplements are commonly sold in combination with other minerals or vitamins (i.e. calcium-magnesium tablets, multi-mineral capsules or calcium-vitamin C softgels.) Give TWO actual examples of mineral-mineral and/or mineral-vitamin supplement products found in the local pharmacies. Please select actual products that are currently sold online or in stores.* *Please note that you do not have to physically make a trip to the pharmacy. You can look for suitable products online as most major retailers have an online store. I.E.: Example 1: “Naturemade” brand Multi-Minerals (Calcium-Magnesium-Phosphorus) tablets Example 2: “Kordel” brand Vitamin C-Zinc softgels Ensure that your answer contain clear photos of both supplements and that you have listed out their ingredients, respectively. Analyze the active ingredients in each product and describe their possible interactions with each other. Explain if these interactions affect mineral absorption in a positive, negative or neutral manner. In addition, explain clearly if you would recommend each of these products to your friends and family.

In this Assessment, you will engage in policy analysis. Choose a health policy (either current or past),
either at the state or federal level, to analyse in this Assignment (eg, mental health policy, women’s health policy,
preventative health policy, men’s health policy, Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander health policy).
The Assignment should be approximately 2,000 words (+/- 10%) and presented in essay form.
Address the following questions in your Assessment but please do not answer the questions
as a series of short answers:
Firstly, provide a short introduction to your essay. Then proceed to analyse your chosen policy, and in doing so,
consider the following issues:
The Problem and Context
•Describe the current and historical policy context of the problem.
•What is the problem which the policy seeks to address?
What problems are highlighted???
•What problems have been overlooked?
Frame of Reference/Dominant Discourse
•What is the common frame of reference or dominant discourse evidence within this policy???
•Are certain words and phrases commonly used???
•Are there any underlying assumptions behind these?
Targets, Stakeholders and their Representation
•Who is the target of the policy (the subject of the discourse)???
•Who are the other stakeholders identified in the policy? Describe key institutional structures,
agencies and workforce capacity building.
•How are the subjects of the policy being represented???
•How are different social groups portrayed in this policy and what implications does this have?
•Are there any moral judgements expressed in this representation?
Policy process
•Who were the stakeholders involved in the development of the policy? Who was overlooked?
•Whose interests were represented in the development of the policy? Which voices were not heard???
•What were the potential competing interests and power differentials of those involved
in the development of the policy???
•What was the motivation for stakeholders in creating this policy???
•Were there any particular windows of opportunity that enabled the development of this policy?
Policy Solutions
•What solutions are put forward to address the problems?
What alternative solutions might have been overlooked?
•Are there any social/power/ethical implications of this policy?
Effectiveness
•Consider the implementation of the policy. How effectively do you think the current policy has been implemented???
•What are the accountability processes for the policy???
•Consider evaluation measures (indicators) and any evaluation which has been undertaken.
•How effective has the policy proven to be?

Create a 5 slide PowerPoint presentation with speaker notes for a staff training meeting on the pathophysiology and pharmacologic agents for a select disease process.

Hypothyroidism

Describe the physiology and pathophysiology of the disease, clinical manifestations, and evaluation (e.g., labs, imaging).

Q67
What are the benefits of hydras reproducing asexually by budding? How have they impacted humans, and how have we, as humans, impacted them?

Pay someone to write my essay for chinese students abroad

Identify a risk factor (or factors) for a non-communicable disease (or diseases) and critically appraise and summarise the evidence for the relationship between the two, using your understanding and interpretation of the concept of causation. The public health importance of the disease in a specific, named, developed country should be identified, using relevant reports and studies. The implications for public health action in that country should be discussed. Learning Outcomes Addressed • Apply epidemiological and bio statistical methods and concepts within the context of public health planning, investigation and surveillance. • Review, critically appraise, and summarise published epidemiological papers and reports.

Q69

You are a new enrolled nurse working in a clinic located in a remote area. The clinic building is an older structure and lacks the use of clinical and client information, such as posters. It has been identified that many of the staff are efficient in their roles but have some out-of-date ideas in their nursing practice. The clinic manager has asked you to research the most current information about a specific topic, such as: Infection control Plan the research activity 1. In order to complete this assessment, you need to identify TWO (2) areas related to the topic, where research can help support and improve your own practice as an EN. E.g topic: Infection control and prevention (or as agreed with your educator) 2. Identify the reason(s) for undertaking your research from the list below. • You may select several reasons. • Provide a brief rationale for each. E.g reasons: Comparison / hypothesis testing / trend identification / own knowledge extension / strengthen quality of own practice. 3. Write a clear statement highlighting your research question or hypothesis, e.g. “Is there a difference between hand washing protocols and actual practice”. It may include: • Nursing interventions applicable to the topic • Client perceptions of the provision of this topic • Models of nursing care that utilise the topic • Political issues confronting nursing practice and health care provision in relation to the topic An example of a question (the student can NOT use this example), would be: Does hand washing among healthcare workers reduce hospital acquired infections? An example of a hypothesis (the student can NOT use this example), would be: Hospital acquired infections are more likely to be passed on by hand washing with water than when hands are washed with soap.

Na: 147
Cl 110
K 4.0
Blood Gases:
pH 7.33
PCO2 48
HCO3 27
Po2 96
Urine:
Urine Specific Gravity 1.040

Address the following:

Identify each of the abnormal laboratory findings in the above results. Specify how they differ from a normal range and identify what condition each abnormality indicates.
What specific electrolyte disturbance does the patient have?
What clinical manifestations would the nurse expect to see with this electrolyte abnormality presented above?
If the patient had an increase in her potassium level, what clinical manifestations would the nurse monitor for?
What blood gas abnormality is seen in this patient? Discuss the rationale for your answer.
What are the three major mechanisms of pH regulation?

Develop a substantive response in which you describe the different variables found in every hypothesis-driven experiment in your own words:

Hypothesis
Independent Variable
Dependent variable
Control Variable

Looking at the attached video for the following question.

Discuss the sources of error in the experiment presented in the video. How you would change the parts of the experiment to gain viable results? What type of data would be produced and how would it be quantified?
Be sure and include the following parts in your experiment.

Initial Observation
Hypothesis
Independent variable
Dependent variable
Control group/Constants
Data collected
Possible Results
Possible Conclusion

Providespecific examples and references to the video in your response.

Write a 1,400- to 1,750-word integrative paper that explores how the process of recovery for an addict is changed when the co-addict in their life focuses on a codependent recovery. Include the following:

How does substance abuse affect the addict's physical, emotional, and psychological wellbeing?
What recovery behaviors might the addict exhibit that aligns with the five dysfunctional patterns of codependency?
How are the addict's family relationships affected by codependency?
How is the process of recovery different when the co-addict takes a codependency approach to recovery?

Include at least two peer-reviewed research articles.
Format your paper consistent with APA guidelines.
Click the Assignment Files tab to submit your assignment.

Q73

A microbe is any living organism that spends its life at a size too tiny to be seen with the naked eye. Microbes include and characterize, , some fungi and even some very tiny animals that are too small to be seen without the aid of a microscope. and the recently discovered prions are also considered microbes. The term microbe is short for microorganism, which means small organism. To help people understand the different types of microbes, they are grouped or classified in various ways. Microbes are extremely diverse and represent all the great kingdoms of life, including the animals, plants, fungi, protists and bacteria View the tree below

Q74

DiscussÂ psychological factors that influence whether individuals start to smoke, drink alcohol, or use drugs.
Describe the effects of tobacco, alcohol, or drug abuse in the workplace.
Explain how employee assistance programs can help employees in controlling this habit.
Explain the relationship between mental health and tobacco, alcohol, or drug abuse.

Q75

Module 5 Written Assignment Chapter 10 Stimulants, Chapter 11 Tobacco
1. Describe how the following CNS Stimulants work: amphetamines, cocaine, caffeine and nicotine; include physical effects, symptoms of use, overdose and withdrawal. Discuss how they impact neurotransmission and what neuro-chemicals are affected.
2. Discuss why stimulant use is so popular in todayâ€™s society. Be sure to support your conclusions with research.
3. Tobacco is considered the leading cause of preventable death among adults today. Have current strategies to reduce smoking worked? Research the impact of the following strategies: taxes on tobacco products, restricted smoking areas, and reduction of advertisement. Site your references.
Need aÂ ProfessionalÂ Writer to Work on this Paper and Give you an A+Â 100 % Original Paper?Â

Q76

List and explain 3 different methods that can be used to prevent the spread of food borne infections
For each of the following diseases, list the pathogen, type of microorganism responsible (bacteria, virus or protist), mode of transportation, strategies for prevention
Briefly describe at least 2 individual choices that influence the control and spread of HPV
What 2 factors contribute to its spread
……. ….

18. Organ rejection is a common problem with organ transplants. In light of what you have learned about the functioning of the immune system, explain, in sentence form, the potential reasons for organ rejection. Be sure to include the terms “phagocyte,” “T-Cell,” and “B-cell” in your answer.

……. ….
19. Severed combined immunodeficiency (SCID) or “bubble-boy syndrome” is an inherited disorder that affects approximately one out of every 100,000 newborns. Left untreated, infants with SCID usually die within a year of their birth from infections that are not lethal to the rest of the population. The disease affects both the B-cells and T-cells of their immune system. Describe why we are not able to live without functional B- and T-cells. Be sure to include an explanation of the function of these cells in your answer.

20. HIV changes the shape of its glycoproteins very quickly. Explain why this would make it difficult for scientists to develop an effective vaccine against this virus.

21. In sentence form, explain the following statement: “We are in a constant arms race against pathogenic micro-organisms.” In your explanation, include a description of both antibiotics and antivirals. Use two examples to support your explanation.

……. ….
23. Using a Venn diagram, compare and contract antibiotics and antiseptics. Provide two points for each heading.

24. In May 2000, an outbreak of a waterborne intestinal disease caused by the E. coli bacterium hit a small community in Bruce County, Ontario. Use an Internet search engine to find a reliable article or website describing this preventable tragedy.

a) In point form, assess the reliability of the article using each of the following five criteria.
……. ….

Website
Author/s
Date of Publication
Objective Reasoning
External Links

b) Briefly describe the cause of the outbreak and why it was considered preventable.

25. The last large-scale outbreak of polio in Canada occurred in 1959. Briefly explain why we still vaccinate against the poliovirus.

26. In point form, compare and contrast cholera and polio. Provide two similarities and two differences between them.

Q78

Pay someone to do my homework

Answer questions 1-3 with the following information: A study wasrecently carried out in Demark comparing two drug-eluting stentsfor coronary artery disease (Lancet, 375: 1090-1099, 2010). Stentsare used to open the blood flow through partially or fully occludedcoronary arteries that supply blood to the heart muscle. (When thevessels occlude, and the muscle they supply dies, this is amyocardial infarction or heart attack.) Research over the yearshave found that stents themselves can also occlude, although therate of occlusion is lower when stents are coated with drugs thatinhibit the revascularization of arteries. This recent Danish studycompared a new (experimental) agent, sirolimus, with an existing(control) agent known to reduce occlusion, zotarolimus. The primaryend-point of the study was a composite measure of cardiac death,myocardial infarction, and blood vessel revascularization. Patientswere followed for 18 months.

Q79

Question 1
Triglycerides are
1. formed by combining a total of four molecules
2. the major components of cell membrane
3. informational molecules
4. held by hydrogen bonds between OH and COOH groups
A. 1 only
B. 2 and 3 only
C. 4 only
D. All of the above
Answer:
Question 2
Which of the following descriptions regarding Gram staining is correct?
A. A purple dye is used to stain the lipopolysaccharides (LPS)
B. An electron microscope is a necessary tool for Gram staining
C. Prokaryotic and eukaryotic cells can be differentiated
D. Gram-negative cells also gain a color
Answer:
Question 3
Typically, the most abundant macromolecule and element that can be found in
a cell belong to

Website for College Algebra Help USA

Choose a topic from the list provided on UTSOnline
• Conduct a literature search using the appropriate databases (e.g. PubMed) and keywords to
find current, relevant, peer-reviewed scientific articles on your topic.
• Critically read these scientific articles. Use the points below to help guide what kind of
content should be in the article. Other high-quality content relevant to your article will be
rewarded.
1. The significance and impact of the microorganism(s) in human or animal health, industry or to
the environment e.g. value and/or cost to society, value to industry or value to the environment
(e.g. nutrient cycling). Use this to focus your article on an angle that relates to a broad
audience.
2. If your microorganism(s) is:
a. a pathogen – information on its disease process, transmission and control methods
b. an industrially relevant microorganism(s) – commercial products that are made, the
industrial processes used to produce these product(s) and the physical parameters that
are required to allow the microorganism(s) to thrive (e.g. temperature)
c. an environmentally-relevant microorganism(s) – environmental process(es) the
microorganism(s) is involved in and the physical parameters that are required to allow
the microorganism(s) to thrive (e.g. temperature)
3. Other information might include:
a. a full taxonomic classification of the microorganism(s)
b. the microorganism(s) natural host(s) and/or environments
c. the methods of identification or detection of the microorganism(s)

Best Homework Help Website for College Students OCT 2019. Where Can I pay Someone to do My Assignment. Hire A Tutor At Homework Nest (www.homeworknest.com) for your all college assignments help in just minutes! Get a solution to your homework in just minutes! Homework Help in Minutes. Chat Live Homework Help!

Online Professional Tutoring meets its match at https://www.homeworknest.com This is by far the tested and most trusted Online College Homework Help /Tutoring Website for College Students in Universities and Colleges across the Globe. Get Online Homework Help, Assignments Help at https://www.homeworknest.com Chat with Your Tutors in Real Time to Get Exam Tutoring Help!

Questions1: Mathematics

An investor is considering purchasing a bond with a 7.89 percent coupon interest rate, a par value of $1,000, and a market price of $1019.06. the bond will mature in nine years. Based on this information, answer the following questions:

What is the bond’s current yield?
What is the bond’s approximate yield to maturity?
What is the bond’s yield to maturity using a financial calculator?

Question2: Business

Search the internet for financial statements of publicly traded companies. Students are required to utilize different financial statements from the Week 2 Individual Assignment.

Analyze the financial ratios of the identified publicly traded company in a minimum 1,400 words including the following:

Review week 2 graded assignment feedback and restate/revise the uses for each of the three classifications of ratios: liquidity, solvency, and profitability.
Calculate the current ratio, profit margin, and after tax ROE, of an additional (different company from week 2) publicly traded company—then compare this second company ratios with the ratios you computed for the company from week 2 “Revenue Forecast” assignment). Include both verbiage and a chart to compare the company’s ratios from week 2assignment with the ratios from the company for this week’s assignment.
Display your calculations.

Question 1: Statistics

Though 70% of women with children younger than 18 years participate in the labor force, society still upholds the stay at home mother as the traditional model. Some believe that employment distracts mothers from their parenting role, affecting the well-being of children.

Question 1: In the GSS 2024, respondents were asked to indicate their level of agreement to the statement, “A working mother hurts children”. Of the 435 male respondents who answered the question, 18% strongly agreed that a working mother does not hurt children. Construct a 90% confidence interval for this statistic.

Question 2: of the 566 female respondents who answered the question, 40% strongly agreed that a working mother does not hurt children. Construct a 90% confidence interval for this statistic.

P.S. these questions are on chegg

Question 3: Business

1What are some ways that social media has changed your daily life? What can marketers take advantage of for their promotional purposes?

Choose a local business that is utilizing social media effectively. Analyze what they are doing by conducting your own social media monitoring. What tools can you use? What are the company’s objectives? What are they doing right?

1.3 Provide some examples of brands that have garnered success with social media. Provide some examples of some brands that have not been successful with social media. Based on this comparison, what are the key ingredients to getting customers to engage with a brand?

1.4 Assume you are starting a new yogurt store on campus. Develop a profile of your likely target market. What social media tools do you think will be most effective at reaching that audience? Why?

Question 4: Business

Topic: Is it ever moral to break a promise? A rational analysis and conclusion.

Thread: The Reading & Study materials this module/week discuss the complex issue of poverty, and the moral imperative of promise-keeping is mentioned several times. After reviewing the Reading & Study materials, compose a 500-600 word argument that is objective, carefully-constructed, and free of emotion (and hence it should not contain any exclamation points) in support of your opinion on each of the following questions.

Why is promise-keeping morally important?
Is it ever morally permissible to break a promise?
If you answer “yes” to #2, then what are the conditions that render promise-breaking morally acceptable?
If you answer “no” to #2, then explain why you believe it is never permissible. How would you handle difficult scenarios wherein someone has made a promise the keeping of which would have significant undesirable consequences?
Is it ever morally obligatory to break a promise?
If you answer “yes” to #5, what are the conditions that render promise-breaking morally obligatory?

Be sure to carefully define your terms. You are encouraged to support your position with rational arguments, fitting examples, and expert sources. Any quotes or information used from sources other than yourself must be cited using footnotes in current Turabian format and will not count towards the total word count.

You will be penalized for falling short or exceeding the word count. This is a university-level writing assignment and therefore it must be carefully proofread, free of grammar, spelling, and punctuation errors. Do not use slang, emoticons, or abbreviations (as if you are texting or sending an email to a friend).

Reply: After reading your classmates’ threads, choose one to which you will respond, then write a reply that interacts with your classmate’s thread and presents a well-reasoned alternative to his or her approach to the issue. You do not have to defend a position that is diametrically opposed to your classmate’s position, but you do need to either defend a position that is significantly different from his/hers or defend the same position in a very different way. If possible, you must reply to a classmate to whom no one else has yet replied. Treat your classmate’s opinion with sensitivity and respect.

This is a university-level writing assignment. Therefore it must be carefully proofread, free of grammar, spelling, and punctuation errors. Do not use slang, emoticons, or abbreviations (as if you are texting or sending an email to a friend).

Your reply must be 500–600 words. You will be penalized for falling short or exceeding the word count. Any quotes or information used from sources other than yourself (including your classmate’s thread) must be cited using footnotes in current Turabian format and will not count towards the total word count.

Question 5: Business

Respond to the following in a minimum of 175 words:

Explain how training can be an organizational competitive strategy.

Question 6: Business

Imagine that your training plans are not yielding the expected results in learning according to the data that you’ve analyzed. There has been discussion with the leadership team about issues with employees not being motivated to learn, and employee surveys have confirmed that employees are not sufficiently motivated. Your team has been asked by the HR Director to investigate what may be causing the lack of motivation. Your investigation should consider barriers to learning, motivational theories, and alternatives for enhancing employee motivation.

Create a report of no more than 700 words that summarizes various motivational theories.

Write a report that includes the following components:

A comparison of motivational theories
Alternatives that should be considered to enhance learner motivation
The impact on self-efficacy on learning
Recommendations for improving motivation for learning
Data that you will collect to determine whether or not your recommendations are having a positive effect upon employee motivation
Strategies for enhancing the retention of learning
Post-implementation surveys and analysis to determine the effectiveness of training on motivation

Cite any outside sources according to APA formatting guidelines.

Question 7: Business

As people become increasingly comfortable posting their lives online via social networks like Facebook or through microblogs like Twitter, some companies have begun to build Web dossiers of consumers. They do this by mining the social Web on Facebook, Twitter, blogs, and online forums. Then they sell it to other companies. And here is the deal . . . most consumers have no idea that this is being done.

While the use of customer data has been around for a few years (especially through companies like Amazon who use algorithms based on customer searches and purchases to make product recommendations), there are some privacy advocates who feel that mining and using data from the social Web crosses ethical lines. For their part, the companies that aggregate this information say that they are using this information to detect behavioral patterns in order for companies to provide better products and customer service.

SOURCE: “How Companies Are Using Your Social Media Data,” http://mashable.com/2010/03/02/data-mining-social-media.

Instructions:

Document your activities and exercise in this application exercise assignment. Keep good notes that you will submit as part of this assignment. Answer the following three question!

Questions

Do think that this practice violates privacy, or is it acceptable since it uses information that a person has posted voluntarily?
What are some promising ways that companies can use this data?
What are some questionable ways that companies can use this data?

Question 8: History

According to Khrushchev’s address to the 20th Congress of the Communist Party in February 1956, what were Stalin’s major crimes? To what degree were these problems resolved under later Soviet leaders? How would Russia’s current leaders react to this speech? Follow these guidelines: Write an essay of 500 words (or more) responding to the prompt Use complete and accurate sentences, avoid showing bias or using “I/me” statements, and avoid text-message writing Your paragraphs need to be at least four to six sentences long Include at least one APA-style citation (Author, year, p. #) with each paragraph, placing it immediately after a sentence with evidence

Question 9: Language

Differences between Urdu and Modern Standard Arabic

Topic: consonants :

Form: essay form

Compare and contrast consonants inventory in â€‹two languagesâ€‹ by following these criteria: (Write the paper using essay form)

(introduction)

Start the essay with a paragraph of the â€‹historyâ€‹ of the two languages. Do they have a common origin?

(body)

The â€‹numberâ€‹ of consonants these languages have.
consonants inventory in terms of: Phonetic description â€“ consonants quantity â€“ consonants quality
Include a consonants quadrilateral â€œgraphâ€
Are there any special features associated with â€œlanguage1â€ which are not present in â€œlanguage

?â€2

(conclusion)

End the essay by relating the first paragraph with the rest of the paragraphs by stating how these two languagesâ€™ origins resulted in similar or different consonants inventory, â€‹highlighting the biggest similarities or differences.
Citation using â€‹APA style.
Maximum 3 pages. â€‹Minimum: cover the criteria assigned in 3 paragraphsâ€‹.

*note: use consonants IPA symbols for consonants

Questions 10: History

Choose one of the following topics and answer the questions based on what you learned from the readings and resources for this week: 1) What were the global forces that influenced the civil rights movement within the United States? 2) What reasons have been advanced to explain why the Soviet system collapsed in 1991? Which do you think are the most persuasive? Your response to the discussion question should: Be at least 150 words in length Be thoughtful and substantive Respond to the discussion prompt and demonstrate critical thinking Follow APA formatting and documentation guidelines when referring to course readings and other materials Use proper spelling, grammar, and punctuation Respond to at least two of your classmates. Each response should: Be at least 50 words in length and include more than one’s agreement or disagreement with another student’s post React to the classmate’s post and demonstrate higher-order thinking (challenge, connect, suggest, question, or expand) Follow APA formatting and documentation guidelines when referring to course readings and other materials Use proper spelling, grammar, and punctuation

Question 11: Business

It’s a 2 part assignment. First part is to write a profile of a wine consumer, like who is the type of person that consumes wine, age, loyalty to a particular brand? Is there a preference to certain types of wine? any difference between a younger wine consumer vs an older consumer. something general like that.

2nd part is what is the image of wine from Chile, locally and internationally

Question 12: Political Science

how has the war on drugs affected living in Latin America and in the US”.

Question 13: Psychology

Answer in complete sentences. Chapter 11 A. What neurotransmitters are active during any emotional output? B. How do appraisals impact our emotional experiences? Chapter 12 D. In what way can intrinsic motivation be more powerful than extrinsic motivation for achieving something? E. Explain the attachment theory as it pertains to the romantic relationship.

Question 14: History

HIEU 201 LECTURE QUIZ 1

Question 1

According to “Empire Builders of the Near East,” which empire brought conflict to Egypt and were the first to fashion iron weapons?

Question 2

According to “Empire Builders of the Near East,” who built the very first, world empire?

Question 3

According to “Empire Builders of the Near East,” who were considered a “deadly force of ruthless attackers”?

Question 4

According to “Earliest Civilizations of the Near East,” Sumer, the foundation for Mesopotamian culture, was located in which region?

Question 5

According to “Empire Builders of the Near East,” which of the following is NOT one of the legacies of the Persian Empire?

Question 6

According to “Earliest Civilizations of the Near East,” where did most civilizations rise up?

Question 7

According to the lecture, “Earliest Civilizations of the Near East,” which seafaring people, mentioned in the Old and New Testaments, gave us the writing system based on sound, rather than pictures?

Question 8

According to “Earliest Civilizations of the Near East,” which of the following peoples contributed the greatest legacy to Western civilization?

Question 9

True or False: According to “Earliest Civilizations of the Near East,” the purpose of this course is to consider all important civilizations from around the world.

Question 10

According to “Empire Builders of the Near East,” who was the greatest Chaldean ruler, who sacked Jerusalem and took many Israelites into captivity?

Question 15: Mathematics

How much will a $7,500 EE savings bond cost when you initially purchase it? Assuming the bond earns 4.13 percent annually, approximately how long will it take for the bond to reach its stated face value?

When you initially purchase it, the EE saving bond will cost $ 3750

Assuming the bond earns 4.13 percent annually, the length of time it will take for the bond to reach its stated face value is ___ years.

Question 16: Biology

NUR 602 Midterm Study GUIDE – Chanberlain College of Nursing

Question 17: Psychology

A criticism of the use of anesthesia during childbirth is that it

A baby is defined as post mature if it

Question 18: Education

Which of the following are traits that effective teachers demonstrate in their dealings with peers, administrators, and parents?

According to Gary Borich, which of the following is a characteristic behavior of effective teachers?

Question 19: Health Care

Nutritional Principles in Nursing: Evaluating Diets Module 11

NURSING: NUR1172 N Garcia NUT Mod11 Diets

Question 20: Health Care

Bparker Module 01 PowerPoint Carbohydrates Proteins Lipids Vitamins Minerals Water

Question 21: Health Care

Walden NURS6660 Final Exam ( 2019)

Question 22: Health Care

Question 1

1 out of 1 points

Rashidah is a 55-year-old female who is experiencing acute chest pain and shortness of breath. She describes the pain as “pressure and squeezing.” When she becomes nauseous and light-headed, her son insists that he take her to the emergency room.

Health History: She started smoking when she was 18, attempted to quit several times in her 40s, and had her last cigarette on her 50th birthday. She has been overweight for most of her adult life, but has gained 20 pounds in the last few years, which increased her BMI to 34. The last time she had a physical exam was when she turned 50. Her vital signs and blood test results from that exam are listed below.

BP: 178/90

HDL: 62 mg/dl

LDL: 190 mg/dl

Triglycerides: 174 mg/dl

Total cholesterol: 252 mg/dl

Fasting blood glucose: 128 mg/dl

Which of these statements is most likely correct?

Selected Answer:

Question 2

1 out of 1 points

In the emergency room, multiple tests are performed. Which of these results would confirm myocardial damage?

Selected Answer:

Question 3

1 out of 1 points

Which of Rashidah’s physical exam lab test results was within normal limits for her age and sex?

Selected Answer:

Question 4

1 out of 1 points

Given her last physical exam results, Rashidah’s physician believes she has likely had undiagnosed atherosclerosis for years. Briefly describe the pathophysiology of atherosclerosis.

Selected Answer: Atherosclerosis is the narrowing of arteries from plaque build up on the arterie walls. When there is a build up of plaque it makes it harder for the body to get oxygen rich blood through out the body. If there is too much build up in the ateries it can cause a blockage which can make it more likely to have blood clots

Question 5

1 out of 1 points

Rashidah’s most recent Body Mass Index indicates that she is:

Selected Answer:

Obese

Question 6

1 out of 1 points

Which of the following statements is true?

Selected Answer:

Question 7

1 out of 1 points

A coronary angiography is performed and shows a complete blockage of the LAD. Briefly describe what this means.

Question 8

1 out of 1 points

Which of the following treatments would help correct Rashidah’s condition?

Selected Answer:

Question 9

1 out of 1 points

Rashidah quit smoking 5 years ago, but still suffered a myocardial infarction. She is tempted to start smoking again since quitting “obviously didn’t make me healthier.” What does research tell us about her future health risks if she resumes smoking?

Question 10

1 out of 1 points

Before Rashidah is discharged from the hospital, her care team informs her that she may experience stable angina, a form of chest pain, in the future. Briefly explain how angina is different from the pain associated with a myocardial infarction.

Question 11

1 out of 1 points

Roberto is a 78-year-old male who has recently been diagnosed with Class III Congestive Heart Failure (CHF). His physician told him that his left ventricle has become stiff and cannot relax. Although there is no current treatment that can “fix” Roberto’s condition, he is prescribed two medications- an ACE inhibitor and beta blockers.

There are multiple types of CHF. Which of these types does Roberto have?

Selected Answer:

Question 12

0 out of 1 points

Which of these statements is most likely true of Roberto’s current symptoms?

Selected Answer:

Question 13

0 out of 1 points

Because of the dysfunction of Roberto’s left ventricle, which of these findings is most likely?

Selected Answer:

Question 14

1 out of 1 points

Briefly describe how beta-blockers will influence Roberto’s heart function, specifically the physiology of the ventricles.

Question 15

1 out of 1 points

Briefly describe how ACE-inhibitors will influence Roberto’s heart function.

Question 16

1 out of 1 points

Roberto’s doctor orders several tests of his heart function, including “ejection fraction.” Briefly explain what an ejection fraction measures. (Include what a normal measurement would be.)

Question 17

1 out of 1 points

Which of the following conditions may have led to Roberto’s CHF?

Selected Answer:

Question 18

1 out of 1 points

Which of the following choices is NOT a risk factor for developing CHF?

Selected Answer:

Question 19

0 out of 1 points

Which heart valve opens to allow blood to leave the left ventricle?

Aortic valve

Question 20

1 out of 1 points

Further testing reveals that Roberto has hypertrophy of the left ventricle. How does this finding relate to his diagnosis?

Question 23: Health Care

BSC 2347 Module 1 Case Study / BSC2347 AP 2 Module 1 Human Anatomy and Physiology II Case Study

Question 1

1 out of 1 points

Correct Jasper is a 7-year-old boy who has had flu-like symptoms for several weeks. It was mild at first, but his parents notice that he has been getting worse. They took him to his pediatrician last week, but he was sent home with suggestions to use OTC medication to treat his symptoms while his body recovered from what appeared to be a mild infection. Jasper appears weak, has lost 3-4 pounds in the last month, and has been complaining of headaches. Jasper’s parents have now brought him back to the clinic and another physician orders a CBC.

What is a CBC? In your own words, briefly describe why it is useful.

Question 2

1 out of 1 points

Correct The physician suspects that Jasper may have leukemia. Which of the lab results most likely lead the physician to this conclusion?

Question 3

1 out of 1 points

Correct Jasper exhibits many symptoms that could relate to a diagnosis of leukemia. List and briefly explain 2 other symptoms of leukemia that are NOT mentioned in this case study.

Question 4

1 out of 1 points

Correct Because of Jasper’s age, which type of leukemia is the most likely?

Selected Answer:

Question 5

1 out of 1 points

Correct

If Jasper has ALL, which of the following lab results is most likely?

Question 6

1 out of 1 points

Correct What is the most common type of childhood leukemia? In your own words, briefly describe the pathophysiology of the disease.

Selected Answer:

Question 7

1 out of 1 points

Correct Which of these tests would NOT be helpful in diagnosing leukemia?

Selected Answer:

Question 8

1 out of 1 points

Correct In your own words, briefly describe the difference between myelogenous and lymphocytic leukemia.

Selected Answer:

Question 9

1 out of 1 points

Correct Which of the following is NOT a treatment option for ALL?

Selected Answer:

Question 10

1 out of 1 points

Correct Assuming that Jasper has the most common type of childhood leukemia, what is his prognosis?

Selected Answer:

Question 11

0 out of 1 points

Incorrect Elsa is an 11-month-old girl. Her parents have brought her to her pediatrician because they have noticed she seems lethargic and pale. Both parents have noticed that she appears bloated, doesn’t want to eat as much as she has before, and is tired and “cranky all the time.” They suspected she might be suffering from anemia, since she was being fed a low-iron formula, so they had switched to a high-iron formula. The change made no difference in her symptoms. The pediatrician notes that Elsa’s belly appears swollen. Her vital signs show that her temperature is normal and her heart rate is on the low end of the normal range for her age. She has dropped from the 50th percentile in height and weight (at her last check-up) to the 10th percentile in both height and weight.

Blood test results:

Hemoglobin: 5 g/dl

RBC: 4.6×106 cells/ml

MCV: 65

WBC 15,000 cells/ml

Platelet count: 250,000

Which of Elsa’s symptoms is NOT typical of anemia in infants?

Selected Answer:

Question 12

1 out of 1 points

Correct In your own words, briefly describe why Elsa’s parents changed her formula to the high-iron baby formula.

Question 13

1 out of 1 points

Correct Which of her blood test results is within normal range?

Selected Answer:

Question 14

1 out of 1 points

Correct Elsa’s blood sampled was analyzed under a microscope and it was determined that her red blood cells were “hypochromatic” and “microcytic.” Explain, in your own words, what these terms mean.

Selected Answer:

Question 15

1 out of 1 points

Correct Elsa’s pediatrician suspects that she has thalassemia. Which of the following statements is true of thalassemia?

Selected Answer:

Question 16

1 out of 1 points

Correct In your own words, explain why hemoglobin is important in hematology.

Selected Answer:

Question 17

1 out of 1 points

Correct It is determined that Elsa is experiencing beta-thalassemia major. Which of the following statements is NOT true regarding this diagnosis?

Selected Answer:

Question 18

1 out of 1 points

Correct Because Elsa has received a confirmed diagnosis of beta-thalassemia major, which of the following statements is true about her parents?

Selected Answer:

Question 19

1 out of 1 points

Correct As Elsa gets older, which of the following choices is NOT a likely complication of her disorder?

Question 20

1 out of 1 points

Correct In your own words, briefly describe how thalassemia is related to Elsa’s failure to thrive.

Selected Answer:

Question 2: Psychology

Introduction Guided Response#1 This is what i wrote i have to response back to students and the Teacher

Hello everyone. It is my sincere congratulations to you for making it this far and for being part of this class. I am again looking for a fun and exciting time together and with our instructor. My name is Tishawn Thomas I am 42 years old and reside in Easton, Pennsylvania. I come from Brooklyn, New York. I have a Bachelor of Arts in Social Science and Master of Arts in Special Education from Ashford University. I am kind of old school because I love jazz and classical rock. Currently, I have joined this class to take a master’s program in psychology to enable me become a licensed counselling psychologist.

When navigating the left I found this course very interesting. I have reviewed the major theoretical approaches, research methods, and assessment instruments that will be covered in the course and I must say that this course will be interesting. I am looking forward to learning how the theoretical approaches and research methods can be combined with the assessment instruments to assist personality analysis.

The model of personality that I am more interested in researching further is the five-factor model (FFM) of personality. The FFM is a set of five personality trait dimensions, often called the Big Five: Extraversion, Agreeableness, Conscientiousness, Neuroticism, and Openness to Experience. The initial model was advanced by Raymond Christal and Ernest Types in 1961. In 1990, J.M. Digman advanced the five-factor personality model, which was later extended by Lewis Goldberg, making Goldberg the father of FFM. This model is important in my current and future careers because it provides me with a basis of judgement and personality analysis. As an educator, the five-factor model provides an opportunity for understanding students and engaging them appropriately.

References

Choca, J. P. (1999). Evolution of million’s personality prototypes. Journal of Personality Assessment, 72(3), 353-364

Jung, C. G. (1933). Psychological Types. New York: Harcourt, Brace.

Carl Jung. Jung Journal, 6(2), 86-102. doi: http://dx.doi.org/10.1525/jung.2012.6.2.86

Guided Response#1

Glad to be in class with you. I too enjoy the Big Five as it tends to show up in the entertainment industry. One simply has to look to Harry Potter to see the how the Big Five and in extension psychology affects people without them knowing. People subscribe and find out their ‘houses’ on a daily basis by taking a personality test that places them in one of the five houses of Harry Potter. It’s simply amazes me how much we use psychology daily. There are many ways the Big Five may be used even when assisting persons with PTSD. Each personality handles stressors differently and would need to be assisted in a different way. I’m glad to be in class with you.

Guided Response#2

Welcome to the course and I am excited to about you. As a Marriage and Family Therapist here in California I can attest to the very rewarding and challenging nature of the job and how important self care is. My favorite part of the work is finding a way to engage the client to access their own resources to solve their problems. I am curious how you will balance all you do?

Question 3: Biology

ESOH 315 Soil Sampling Lab

PURPOSE:

Soil Sampling

To introduce students to:

Bucket auger sampling
Head space analysis
Sieve soil sizing procedure and plotting
Soil moisture by difference method
The soil texture by feel procedure

INTRODUCTION

For this lab you will be taking samples using a bucket auger which you will then analyze using head space analysis, soil moisture by difference and by moisture probe, and perform soil texture by feel protocol. In addition, you will analyze a pre-dried soil sample using sieve analysis.

Headspace analyses done in the field typically use a photoionization detector (PID). The PID uses ultraviolet light to irradiate the sample, thus ionizing it. The analysis chamber is composed of two plates between which an electric field is established by application of a difference in potential on each plate. Since the plates are not in contact, electricity can only flow through the circuit by bridging the electric field. When a sample is introduced, UV light ionizes gaseous molecules present, and the ions travel to the charged plates. When the ions reach the charged plates, an electric current is produced. The magnitude of the current is proportional to the concentration of ions preset (and, by extension, the concentration of molecules present). Although the exact response of the detector depends on the lamp ionization energy and the ionization potential of the molecules present, the PID responds to almost all VOCs – though not equally. Consequently, both false positives and under reporting of VOC concentrations are relatively common.

Refer to the accompanying slides for instructions on sieve analysis and workup.

ESOH 315 Soil Sampling Lab

METHODS Equipment List:

Bucket auger
Sample container
Temperature probe
Soil moisture probe
4×8’ sheet of plastic (optional)
Mason jar with foil lid
Weigh boats or pieces of aluminum foil
PID air sampler
Sieve stack and shaker
Small shovel for backfill

Procedure:
Sample Collection
Using a decontaminated bucket auger, you will collect a soil sample from a depth of at least 3” below ground surface (bgs).

Use the decontaminated bucket auger to remove the top 3” of soil
One individual from each table, measure the temperature of the soil and the soil

moisture using the soil moisture probe (both at 3” bgs)

Collect soil sample with bucket auger

o Place in clean container and seal immediately, place on ice o Be sure to collect enough for:

Head space analysis
§Texture by feel protocol
§Moisture analysis (at least 3 samples)

Headspace Sampling

Weigh a small portion of your soil sample and place in a clean mason jar:

Should be enough to completely cover the bottom of the jar to a depth of at

least 1 inch

Place a square of aluminum foil over the opening of the jar (shiny side up)

and screw the retaining ring down to seal

Allow sample to rest in jar at room temp for at least 5 minutes, and take a

reading of the headspace in the jar (using PID)

o Pierce the foil with the sampling probe, being careful not to tear too

large of a hole
o Insert the probe approximately 4 cm (1.5 in) and sample until the

reading has stabilized
·Place tape over the opening you created with the sampling probe and allow

sample to rest another 10 minutes, then sample headspace again

ESOH 315 Soil Sampling Lab

In addition to the sample you collected, there will be 2 additional soil samples provided upon which you should perform headspace analysis. You are only required to measure each of the additional samples once.

Moisture Determination

Each table will perform a moisture determination

Place at least 3 samples of your soil into either weigh boats or pieces of foil
Weigh samples (and container)
Place in oven for 24 hours (record start time)
After 24 hours remove samples and weigh again (record end time)
Determine % water content (by mass)

Sieve Sizing

Follow directions and analysis instructions found in the accompanying slides

REPORT

Include all of the normal sections, be sure to include:

Analyses

Be sure to complete and include in your report (I expect all to be professionally formatted):

All analyses included in the sieve slides (size distribution plot, sizing, coefficients of uniformity and gradation, etc.)
Soil moisture analysis
Headspace analysis

Discussion Questions:

What kind of soil did you have by the ‘Soil Texture by Feel’ test? What color was the soil? What does that tell you?
Compare the soil moisture by difference value to that obtained from the soil probe – provide a quantitative analysis.
How did the headspace analysis of your sample compare to those of the provided samples?
What are the Coefficients of Uniformity and Gradation for your soil sample? What does that mean about the variability in grain size for your sample? What about the soil’s ability to drain effectively?
Compare the results of the Soil Texture by Feel test and Coefficients of Gradation and Uniformity – are they contradictory?
What percent of your soil sample was lost during the sieve procedure? Is any explanation required?

What two reagents are used in preparation of the chloride complex

Question 2: Psychology

University of Phoenix Material

Week Four Homework Exercise 1

PSYCH/610 Version 2

Answer the following questions, covering material from Ch 8–10 of Methods in Behavioral Research:

What is a confounding variable and why do researchers try to eliminate confounding variables? Provide two examples of confounding variables.
What are the advantages and disadvantages of posttest only design and pretest-posttest design?
What is meant by sensitivity of a dependent variable?
What are the differences between an independent groups design and a repeated measures design?
How does an experimenter’s expectations and participant expectations affect outcomes?
Provide an example of a factorial design. What are the key features of a factorial design? What are the advantages of a factorial design?
Describe at least four different dependent variables.
What are some ways researchers can manipulate independent variables?
What is the difference between main effects and interactions?
How do moderator variables impact results? Provide an example.
A researcher is interested in studying the effects of story endings on preference ratings. He randomly assigns participants into two groups: predictable ending or surprise ending. He instructs them to read the story and provide preference ratings. The experimenter’s variation of story endings is a __________ (straightforward or staged) manipulation.
A researcher was interested in investigating the vocabulary skills of 6th graders in a program for gifted students. She gave a group of participants a test of vocabulary that was aimed at the 7th-grade level. She quickly discovered that there was limited variability in the scores because nearly all the students answered 90% or more of the questions correctly. This outcome is called a _______ effect.

Question 3: Chemistry

The fuel for your car is a mixture of octane and several other hydrocarbons. What mass of CO₂ will be produced when 219 g of C₈H₁₈ react completely in the following equation?

2 C₈H₁₈ + 25 O₂ → 16 CO₂ + 18 H₂O

Question 4: Computer Science

Using C, write a simple program to exhaustively list (generate) all binary strings of length N. Your program should read N > 5

Question 5: Computer Science

THE UNIVERSITY OF THE WEST INDIES

ASSIGNMENT 1
SEMESTER I, 2019/2020
Code and Name of Course: COMP2201 – Discrete Mathematics

Assignment 1 – Individual Assignment
AREA	DESCRIPTION
Objectives	To have a student apply the knowledge garnered during the first few weeks of the course
Title	Assignment 1 – Individual Assignment
Deliverable	The answers for the questions which follow the given case
Instructions	1. 2. 3. Review Lectures of the first three weeks of the course, the COMP2201 Text and any other related Discrete Mathematics material Read the Assignment 1 Sheet thoroughly Submit the gradable solution by using the COMP2201 Assignment 1 – Individual located within the ASSIGNMENTS Section of the OURVLE COMP2201 Course Environment. This may also be accessed by choosing the Assignments section below “Activities”
Format	The solution for this assignment must be submitted as a Microsoft Word document. Your ID number should form part of the Microsoft Word file name. The file name should take the format “COMP2201 Assignment 1 Semester 1 2019- 2020 XXXXXXXX” where XXXXXXXX represents the student ID number.
Upload Constraint	The solution for this assignment should be uploaded in the relevant space provided in OURVLE (See “Instructions” section above). A message indicating “File uploaded successfully” will acknowledge that the file has been sent successfully. Do NOT assume your project has been received if you do not get this acknowledgement.
Scoring Rubric	Your electronic submission will be evaluated on: Your attempt of the compulsory questions 1, 4 and 7 The response submitted for each question (See detail individual marks below) – Maximum 50 marks The actual grade of 50 marks will be displayed. The actual grade allocated is the percentage of the maximum marks (5 points)
Late Assignments	Late assignments are accepted. These are however graded then 25% deducted for each day of late submission.
Expectation	It is expected that students will discuss means to a solution. The actual work written is expected to reflect each student’s uniqueness. Where replication of work is identified, each paper will be graded. The allocated grade to each student’s piece of work for where this anomaly is identified will be the grade divided by the number of replications discovered.
Due Date	Sunday, October 6, 2019

Question 1 [10 marks] – COMPULSORY

[The fraction of the marks attained for this question determines the fraction of the attained marks to be allocated for questions 2 and 3.]
Given a sequence with n objects where there are n1 indistinguishable objects of type 1, n2 indistinguishable objects of type 2, …, nt indistinguishable objects of type t

(a) Where the number of repetitions of each object is known as in the string

PNOUMONOULPRAMICROSCOPICSILICOVOLCANOCUMARSIS

show why the formula for the number of unordered k-selections of t types is 𝑘+𝑡−1𝐶 𝑜𝑟 𝑘+𝑡−1𝐶 [3]

𝑘 𝑡−1

(b) Using the word from question (a) as an example, show that the reason given for question (a) holds. [2]
(c) Hence, determine the number of unordered 3-selection of the said string PNOUMONOULPRAMICROSCOPICSILICOVOLCANOCUMARSIS [2]
(d) Using your formula in (b), state a simplified formula for the number of unique codewords, assuming a codeword such as

PNU276(*#*$!dqjb

is made up of the letters of the word in (a) , 3 distinct digits where order is not important, 6 special characters (allowing repeats with order not being important), and 4 lowercase letters of the English alphabet where order is important, all in the same order. For ease of reference, it is accepted that there are 32 special characters. [3]

Question 2 [2 marks]

By applying Pascal’s Identity, determine the row of Pascal’s triangle containing the following binomial coefficients (8) , 0 ≤ 𝑘 ≤ 8 [2]

𝑘

Question 3 [6 marks]

Solve the following question using Tree Diagrams.
A seven-person committee composed of Tian, Uber, Vera, Weir, Xylo, Yani and
Zoey is to select a president, treasurer and liaison officer. How many selections are
there in which either Tian is treasurer and Zoey is not an officer, or Weir is president
or Vera is treasurer? [6]

Question 4 [5 marks] – COMPULSORY
[The fraction of the marks attained for this question determines the fraction of the attained marks to be allocated for questions 5 and 6.]

(a) Why is the study of modular arithmetic important? [2]
(b) Construct the Addition and Multiplication Tables in Z10. [3]

Question 5 [3 marks]
Expand the following expression using the binomial theorem: ( –2p2 + 3q – 4r2 )4 [3]

Question 6 [5 marks]

(a) If any nine letters (of the 23-letter Latin alphabet) could be used to form a ten-letter words, how many words would have at least one repeated
letter? [3]
(b) A computer access password consists of from four to nine letters chosen from
the 26 in the alphabet with repetitions not allowed. How many different passwords are possible? [2]

Question 7 [10 marks] – COMPULSORY
[The fraction of the marks attained for this question determines the fraction of the attained marks to be allocated for questions 8 and 9.]

(a) Use modular arithmetic to explain why a date that falls on Saturday this year

will fall on Tuesday eight years from now. [2]

(b) The Greek Mathematician Euclid developed an algorithm to determine the

Greatest Common Divisor (GCD) also known as the Highest Common Factor (HCF). Develop an algorithm to determine the Least Common Multiple
(LCM). [3]

(c) Using the algorithm provided for section (b) of this question, illustrate how
your algorithm would find the Least Common Multiple of 55692 and 119340. [3]
(d) Using the Euclidean Algorithm, illustrate how the Highest Common Factor of 55692 and 119340. [2]

Question 8 [5 marks]

The function This_Is_Not_A_Fib_Chkr takes a list of integers, int_list and returns
True if they are NOT consecutive numbers within the Fibonacci sequence; False is returned otherwise. Using any programming language taught in your first year at the university, write the function This_Is_Not_A_Fib_Chkr . [5]

Question 9 [4 marks + Bonus 5 marks (to an assignment maximum of 50 marks)]

Let f(n) be defined by

𝑓(1) = 2

𝑓(𝑛) = 32𝑓 (𝑛) + 3𝑛5 2

if n > 1 and n = 2m, where m is a positive integer.

(a) By using the principles of Recurrence Relation, find a general formula

for f(n)

(b) Hence show that f(n) = Θ (n5 log 2 n).

[4] [Bonus – 5]

Question 6: General Question

Question 4: Engineering

High resolution digital TV broadcasting (HDTV) uses a form of SSB-AM for signal transmission. 2. Regular sinusoidal AM is often called double-sideband AM (DSB-AM). WHY??? 3. When AM and FM are used? 4. What are the advantages and disadvantages of FM and AM?

Question 5: Business

ACCT. 510 – Accounting for Business Decisions

TEAM PROJECT

FALL 2019

The basic financial statements of a company include the balance sheet, income statement and cash flow statement. Each statement contains specific information about the company. When viewed together, much can be learned about how the company operates and the impact of decisions made during the period.

Obtain the 2017 and 2018 annual reports for Starbucks. Use the information in the financial statements to respond to the following questions:

Write out the basic accounting (balance sheet) equation and provide the values reported by Starbucks at September 30, 2018.
Did total assets increase or decrease in 2018 over the previous year?
How much inventory did the company have at September 30, 2018?
What are the major operating revenue accounts? What percentage is each to total revenues?
What are the major operating expense accounts? What percentage is each to total operating expenses?
Describe the company’s revenue recognition policy, if reported. (See significant accounting policies).
What is Starbuck’s gross margin in 2018? Was this an increase or decrease from 2017?
What type of costs do you think is included in Starbuck’s ‘Cost of Sales?’
How do ‘cost of sales’ differ from ‘operating expenses’
What inventory valuation method does the company use?
What were cash flows from operating activities?
What were cash flows from investing activities?
What were cash flows from financing activities?
What was the increase/decrease in cash in 2018 from 2017?
Ratio Analysis: Compute the following ratios for 2017 and 2018 for Starbucks?
1. Current Ratio
2. Quick Ratio
3. Accounts Receivable Turnover Ratio
4. Inventory Turnover Ratio
5. Debt-to-Equity Ratio
6. Return on Equity
7. Return on Assets
8. Quality of Net Income (Cash Flows from Operating Activities/Net Income)
9. Profit Margin
What does each ratio measure and what does your results suggest about the company?
If available, find the industry ratios for the most recent year, compare to your results, and discuss why you believe your company differs or is similar to the industry.
Were there any economy, industry or company-specific factors that impact Starbuck’s future income and growth? If so, briefly discuss.

Question 6: Other

Hotel Rwanda

How does this film illustrate the concepts of “forward-looking” and “backward-looking” justice? How is the problem of personhood discussed in this film?

Question 7: Other

Unit V Case Study

Case studies are an important learning strategy in business classes as they provide an opportunity for you to critically analyze events that have taken place in real-life businesses. This develops your critical thinking and research skills as you research the competition and industry in which your business resides with an end goal of formulating a recommendation for the challenges faced by the company.

Select one of the three case studies listed below, which can be found in your textbook. Evaluate the case of your choice, and respond to each of the questions below using both theory and practical managerial thinking as well as supporting research.

Option 1: Procter & Gamble (pp. 332–333)

Using segmentation strategies, what are the target market(s) for P&G? How does this relate to the company’s brand management strategies?
Who are the top three competitors of P&G, and what are their advantages/disadvantages with respect to their competitive product/service strategies?
P&G’s impressive portfolio includes some of the strongest brand names in the world. What are some of the challenges associated with being the market leader in so many different categories?
With social media becoming increasingly important and with fewer people watching traditional commercials on television, what does P&G need to do to maintain its strong brand images?
What risks will P&G face in the future?

Option 2: Caterpillar (pp. 394–395)

Using segmentation strategies, what are the target market(s) for Caterpillar? How does this relate to their brand management strategies?
Who are the top three competitors of Caterpillar, and what are their advantages/disadvantages with respect to their competitive product/service strategies?
What were some of the key steps that made Caterpillar the industry leader in earth-moving machinery? Explain how Caterpillar’s products differ from competitors.
Discuss Caterpillar’s future. What should it do next with its product line? Where is the future growth for this company?

Option 3: The Ritz-Carlton (pp. 424–425)

Using segmentation strategies, what are the target market(s) for The Ritz-Carlton? How does this relate to their brand management strategies?
Who are the top three competitors of The Ritz-Carlton, and what are their advantages/disadvantages with respect to their competitive product/service strategies.
How does The Ritz-Carlton match up to competing hotels? What are its key differences?
Discuss the importance of the “wow stories” in maintaining top quality customer service for a luxury hotel like The Ritz-Carlton.

In formatting your case analysis, do not use the question-and-answer format; instead, use an essay format with subheadings. Your APA-formatted case study should be a minimum of 500 words in length (not counting the title and reference pages). You are required to use a minimum of three peer-reviewed, academic sources that are no more than 5 years old (one may be your textbook). All sources used, including the textbook, must be referenced; paraphrased material must have accompanying in-text citations.

Unit 5 DB AM

Consider the many means of differentiating products and services. Which technology brand does the best at impacting consumer buying decisions? Why? In an attempt to maintain diversity in this discussion forum, please bring a different brand example into this discussion than your fellow classmates.

Question 8: Finance

A project requires an initial investment of $700,000 depreciated straight-line to $0 in 10 years. The investment is expected to generate annual sales of $400,000 with annual costs of $120,000 for 10 years. Assume a tax rate of 30% and a discount rate of 15%. What is the NPV of the project?

Question 9: Psychology

So, imagine you are a researcher trying to find a new medication to treat depression.

What would be a type 1 errors?

What would be a type 2 error?

You don’t have to tell us the research and null hypotheses, just tell us what happened, (ex: what you thought you found, and what you really did find).

Question 10: Finance

A Bank has $100 million in capital, and $900 million of checkable deposit. The bank currently maintains a total reserve of $100 million dollars, $200 million in T-bills, and rest in loans. A new corporate customer opens a checkable deposit account, and deposit $100 million.

1a. Please show the T-Account of the bank after the deposit?

1b. If the required reserve ratio is 10%, what is likely to happen?

1c. If the required rate for reserves increase to 11%, what should the bank do? How much can the bank lend out after the adjustment? Assume the bank want to maximize return.

1d. What is the equity multiplier?

1e. If the bank collects an average interest of 7.8% on their loan, and T-bill yield 1.44% return. What is the Return on Equity (ROE)? (Assume the profit margin is 8%)

1f. Suppose there is a reserve outflow of $ 20 million, and the reserve ratio is 11% for the bank. Assume the bank decides to borrow from the Fed to meet reserve requirement. How much they will borrow? Please also show the new the T-account.

1g. Suppose the bank is reconsidering to generate more profit. They want to restructure their assets. After the restructuring, they want have 10% second reserve, 40% residential mortgage, 30% corporate loans or securities, and 20% inter-bank loan to OECD banks. In addition, there is $600 million of off-balance activities for the bank. What is the risk-weighted capital ratio?

1h. Can this bank be classified as well capitalized bank?

1i. Suppose the T-bill yield 1.44%, the Libor is 1.83%, average residential mortgage rate is 5.5%, and average corporate loan is 7%. What is the new ROE? Assume the new structure yield a profit margin of 13%.

1j. Recently, 20% of checkable deposit is still in checking accounts. 40% of them becomes saving account, and 40% of them becomes CDs. If interest will increase by 2%, what is the financial result for the bank?

1k. If there is a terrible news hits the mortgage markets, and mortgage rate jump by 6%, which cause the value of the residential mortgage drop by 25%. What does the bank’s balance sheet look like? What will happen for this bank?

Discuss an experiment that you would like to perform. State 1. the population that you wish to study and 2. what the factor (or factors) would be. 3. How would you sample your subjects from that population? 4. How would you set up the experiment (Block design? Matched pairs? Double-blind?) How you would ensure 5. control, 6. randomization, and 7. replication? 8. What sort of conclusion could be drawn from the results

Question 7: Finance

Answer the following question regarding the price of a five percent coupon bond with the face value of $1000, which matures in three years from today. Coupon is paid annually at the end of the year. Your investment plan is to purchase the coupon bond today and hold it to the maturity.

a) Assuming the market price of bond is $1000, what would be the yield to maturity?
b) Suppose that you can reinvest your coupon at the annual rate of return of 3%. What is your effective

annual rate of return on the bond investment. Why is your effective rate of return different from the yield to maturity, if it is different? Under what circumstance, effective rate of return is equal to yield to maturity?

c) Now suppose the market price of bond drops to $900 right after the purchase. Would you expect higher or lower effective rate of return on the bond investment than the yield to maturity you compute in a? Explain why.

Question 11: Finance

1d. What is the equity multiplier?

1e. If the bank collects an average interest of 7.8% on their loan, and T-bill yield 1.44% return. What is the Return on Equity (ROE)? (Assume the profit margin is 8%)

1h. Can this bank be classified as well capitalized bank?

Question 12: Mathematics

Describe using pseudocode as described in class an algorithm that takes a list of n integers a1, a2, …, an, and returns a count

Question 13: Engineering

The University has recently leased a building for new campus. The building will
house some Administrative offices, classrooms, library, and computer labs.
There will be four computer labs that will be used for instruction. Each of these
labs will have 32 computers (30 student computers and 1 instructor computer). Each
of these labs will also have a server in the closet located inside the lab.
In addition to the six regular labs, there will also be a Additional Computer Lab
that will provide computer access to students to do their assignment. There will be
63 computers in this lab and a server in the closet.
The library will also have some computers to allow students access to the library
resources. There will be 64 computers for students to read digital resources.
In this project you are required to design a network for a typical academic
institution that requires its computers to communicate with each other and on the
internet. It aims to provide student labs, provide computers for its education and
administrative staff and also set up a web server. The institution has just purchased
one T1 connection providing 1.5Mbps for upload and download. It has also
purchased the network address 12.22.32.0/24 from its ISP.
Additionally, make sure that all sub-networks are split up allowing them the
fastest access possible depending on their requirements. Also keep the design as
simple as possible allowing efficient troubleshooting while guaranteeing the least
downtime in the system.
As a Network Administrator, Design and Draw the network including
topology and Subnet for this institution with proper explanation/justification and
wherever the data necessary proceed with your assumption.

Question 14: Economics

Explain how the following changes in aggregate demand or short-run aggregate supply, will affect the level of total output and the price level in the short run.
An increase in aggregate demand
A decrease in aggregate demand
An increase in short-run aggregate supply
A reduction in short-run aggregate supply
In the Keynesian framework, which of the following events might cause a recession? Which might cause inflation? Sketch AD/AS diagrams to illustrate your answers.
An increase in government purchases
An increase in nominal wages
A major improvement in technology
A reduction in net exports

Question 15: Psychology

The relationship between social media use and narcissistic personality trait

Question 16: Economics

Your submission should include the screenshots of the STATA outputs (graphs, summary tables, regression tables) along with your answers to the questions.

Stata file Growth.dta contains contains data on average growth rates over 1960-1995 for 65 countries, along with variables that are potentially related to growth. These data were provided by Professor Ross Levine of Brown University and were used in his paper with, Thorsten Beck and Norman Loayza “Finance and the Sources of Growth” Journal of Financial Economics, 2000, Vol. 58, pp. 261- 300.

Using this dataset, we would like to study determinants of GDP growth rate.

Variable	Definition
Country name	Name of country
growth	Average annual percentage growth of real Gross Domestic Product (GDP)* from 1960 to 1995.
rgdp60	The value of GDP* per capita in 1960, converted to 1960 US dollars
Years school	Average number of years of schooling of adult residents in that country in 1960

1) Report a summary table where you have the mean, median, standard deviation, etc. of the outcome variable (growth) and the explanatory variables listed above (rgdp60 and years school). Interpret these results.
2) Construct a scatterplot of average annual growth rate of real GDP on the variable rgdp60. Does there appear to be a relationship between the variables?

4) Construct a scatterplot of average annual growth rate of real GDP on the variable years school. Does there appear to be a relationship between the variables?

3) Run a regression of growth on rgdp60.

a) Comment on the sign, magnitude and the significance of the slope coefficient.
b) Does the intercept coefficient have a meaningful interpretation?
c) Provide an economic interpretation to this regression model.

5) Run a regression of growth on years school.

a) Comment on the sign, magnitude and the significance of the slope coefficient. b) Does the intercept coefficient have a meaningful interpretation.
c) Provide an economic interpretation to this regression model.

Question 17: Psychology

University of Phoenix Material

Correlation

A researcher is interested in investigating the relationship between viewing time (in seconds) and ratings of aesthetic appreciation. Participants are asked to view a painting for as long as they like. Time (in seconds) is measured. After the viewing time, the researcher asks the participants to provide a ‘preference rating’ for the painting on a scale ranging from 1-10. Create a scatter plot depicting the following data:

Viewing Time in Seconds	Preference Rating
10	3
12	4
24	7
5	3
16	6
3	4
11	4
5	2
21	8
23	9
9	5
3	3
17	5
14	6

What does the scatter plot suggest about the relationship between viewing time and aesthetic preference? Is it accurate to state that longer viewing times are the result of greater preference for paintings? Explain. Submit your scatter plot and your answers to the questions to your instructor.

Last assignment!! Please use the word document to get data from scatter plot. Whoever chooses part 1 needs to create plot for everyone to be able to answer the other 3 questions. Please be mindful of that before selecting part one. It would need to be in before everyone else completes their part.

Part 1 – create scatter plot–Dawn

Part 2 – What does the scatter plot suggest about the relationship between viewing time and aesthetic preference?

Part 3 – Is it accurate to state that longer viewing times are the result of greater preference for paintings?

Part 4 – Please explain why or why not?

Part 5 – Separate parts for assignment – Put completed parts together – edit – submit – Tanya

Correlation

Viewing Time in Seconds	Preference Rating
10	3
12	4
24	7
5	3
16	6
3	4
11	4
5	2
21	8
23	9
9	5
3	3
17	5
14	6

Question 18: Business

Exercise A

Barney Company makes and sells stuffed animals. One product, Michael Bears, sells for $28 per bear. Michael Bears have fixed costs of $100,000 per month and a variable cost of $12 per bear. Howe many Michael Bears must be produced and sold each month to break even?

Exercise B

What is meant by the term break-even point? What are two ways in which the break-even point can be expressed? What is the relevant range?

Question 19: Chemistry

Using equations 1 and 2 and their respective equilibrium constants, K, determine the equilibrium constant for the third equation:

A –> B K1=0.10
3A + C –> D K2=0.020
D –> C +3B K=?

Question 20: Psychology

University of Phoenix Material

Week Eight Homework Exercise

Answer the following questions covering material from Ch. 14 of Methods in Behavioral Research:

What is replication, and what role does it play in increasing the external validity or generalizability of a study? In what way is the IRB involved in using participants in a research study?

What are the advantages and disadvantages of using college students as participants in research studies?

What potential problems can arise from generalization of results to different cultures or ethnic groups?

What is meta-analysis, and how is it useful to practitioners and scholars?

True or false: In many cases, meta analyses involves calculating an average effect size for a relationship between variables.

True or false: Many constructs, such as physical attractiveness and self-esteem, appear constant across cultures; thus, external validity is less of a concern when conducting research on such constructs. Provide a brief explanation of your answer.

Summarize the main points of the course, emphasizing the importance of research to the psychology profession.

Question 21: Psychology

University of Phoenix Material

Week Seven Homework Exercise

Answer the following questions, covering material from Ch. 13 of Methods in Behavioral Research:

Define inferential statistics and how researchers use inferential statistics to draw conclusions from sample data.

Define probability and discuss how it relates to the concept of statistical significance.

A researcher is studying the effects of yoga on depression. Participants are randomly assigned to one of two groups: yoga and medication (experimental group); or support group and medication (control group). What is the null hypothesis? What is the research hypothesis?

In the scenario described in the previous question, the researcher implements two programs simultaneously: a 6-week yoga program coupled with medication management and a 6-week support group program coupled with medication management. At the end of the 6 weeks, participants complete a questionnaire measuring depression. The researcher compares the mean score of the experimental group with the mean score of the control group. What statistical test would be most appropriate for this purpose and why? What is the role of probability in this statistical test?

In the scenario described in the previous questions, the researcher predicted that participants in the experimental group—yoga plus medication—would score significantly lower on measures of depression than would participants in the control group—support group plus medication. True or false: A two-tailed test of significance is most appropriate in this case. Explain your response.

Explain the relationship between the alpha level (or significance level) and Type I error. What is a Type II error? How are Type I and Type II errors different?

A researcher is studying the effects of sex—male and female—and dietary sugar on energy level. Male and female participants agree to follow either a high sugar or low sugar diet for eight weeks. The researcher asks the participants to complete a number of questionnaires, including one assessing energy level, before and after the program. The researcher is interested in determining whether a high or low sugar diet affects reported energy levels differently for men and women. At the end of the program, the researcher examines scores on the energy level scale for the following groups: Men – low sugar diet; Men – high sugar diet; Women – low sugar diet; Women – high sugar diet. What statistic could the researcher use to assess the data? What criteria did you use to determine the appropriate statistical test?

Question 22: Chemistry

Consider the following calculation:

x=(b−c)/a

The following experimental values and their errors are obtained:

a = 22.1, Δa = 1.4

b = 29.6, Δb = 1.2

c = 25.7, Δc = 1.2

What is the absolute error in x (Δx)?

Note we are not asking for the value of x itself, only its error. Report your answer to 2 significant figures.

Question 23: English

Last week I went to visit Atlantic College, an excellent private college in Wales. Unusually, it gives people much needed experience of life outside the classroom, as well as the opportunity to study for their exams. The students, who are aged between 16 and 18 and come from all over the word, spend the morning studying. In the afternoon they go out and do a really useful activity, such
as helping on the farm, looking after people with learning difficulties, or checking for pollution in rivers.
One of the great things about Atlantic College students is that they come from many different social backgrounds and countries. As few can afford the fees of £20,000 over two years, grants are available. A quarter of students are British, and many of those can only attend because they receive government help. “I really admire the college for trying to encourage international understanding among young people”, as Barbara Molenkamp, a student from the Netherlands, said. ”You learn to live with people and respect them, even the ones you don’t like. During the summer holidays my mother couldn’t believe how much less I argued with my sister.”
To sum up, Atlantic College gives its students an excellent education, using methods which really seem to work.

What is the writer trying to do in the text?

give an opinion about a particular student
give an opinion about his own experience of education
describe the activities the student
s do in their free time
describe his own experience of education

Question 24: Economics

1a. Please show the T-Account of the bank after the deposit?

1b. If the required reserve ratio is 10%, what is likely to happen?

1c. If the required rate for reserves increase to 11%, what should the bank do? How much can the bank lend out after the adjustment? Assume the bank want to maximize return.

1d. What is the equity multiplier?

1e. If the bank collects an average interest of 7.8% on their loan, and T-bill yield 1.44% return. What is the Return on Equity (ROE)? (Assume the profit margin is 8%)

1h. Can this bank be classified as well capitalized bank?

Question 25: Computer Science

Define an array of 100 ints, and write a loop (including the body) to initialize every element in the array to 0. You can name the array whatever you’d like.

Question 26: Physics

Design a digital circuit that receives a 4 bits BCD-coded(*) number X = abcd and returns a signal M7=1 if X ≥ 7, and M7=0 otherwise. The algorithm below shows the functional description of the circuit (“dc” means a “don’t care” combination).

Inputs and outputs of the circuit must be named as: a, b, c, d, and M7. Respect the upper and lowercases.

(*): BCD code (Binary Coded Decimal) encodes any base-10 number from 0 to 9 in base-2, using 4 bits. That is, 0 is coded by 0000, 1 by 0001, 2 by 0010 and so on until 9, which is encoded by 1001. Base-10 numbers higher than 9 require at least 2 digits and, consequently, they will never enter to the circuit.

if X > 1001 then M7<=dc; else if X > 0110 then M7<=1; else M7<=0; end if; end if;

Question 27: Other

Power-flow programs are used to analyze large transmission grids and the complex interaction between transmission grids and the power markets. Historically, these transmission grids were designed primarily by local utilities to meet the needs of their own customers. But increasingly there is a need for coordinated transmission system planning to create coordinated, continent-spanning grids. Describe in detail some of the issues associated with such large-scale system planning

Question 28: Physics

a) What is an island in an interconnected power system?	[3]
(b)Why is a micro grid designed to be able to operate in both grid-connected and
standalone modes?	[4]
(c) When operating in the stand-alone mode, what control features should be
associated with a micro grid?

Question 29: Other

Write a three to four (3-4) page paper in which you:

Analyze how standardizing procedures and documenting steps can improve outcomes when performing a complex procedure. Review the peer-reviewed journal article, The Next Wave of Hospital Innovation to Make Patients Safer. Articulate your position as the top administrator concerned about the importance of professional conduct and negligence in SCIP quality guidelines.
High Reliability Organizing emphasizes the varying actions that can affect patient safety given that standardized systems ignore the fact that each patient is different. Ascertain the major ramifications when the health care team “fails to rescue” the patient. Identify what hospital policies should be in place and identify previous case laws.
Analyze the four (4) elements required of a plaintiff to prove medical negligence.
Discuss the overarching duties of the health care governing board in mitigating the effects of medical non-compliance as they apply to the rules of practice set forth in the We Care Hospital governing board’s manifesto.
Use at least five (5) quality academic resources in this assignment. Note: Wikipedia and similar websites do not quality as academic resources.

Question 30: Mathematics

Let T:R^3->R^3 be the transformation that reflects each vector x=(x_1, x_2,x_3) through the plane x_3=0 onto T(x)=(x_1,x_2,-x_3). Prove that T is a linear transformation

Question 31: Geology

Name the five factors that involve in soil formations. With regard to each of these factors of soil formation compare a forested rocky mountain slope to the semi-arid grassland plains.

Question 32: General

GUIDELINES FOR WRITING A RESEARCH ESSAY

The Objective

The overall objective of a research paper is to present a thesis (a coherent and substantiated/evidence-supported argument) about a topic. The ideas that inform the paper are often those of the researcher and other people. It is the student’s responsibility to faithfully and meticulously acknowledge other people’s ideas by citing the sources. Quotation marks must be used for direct quotes.

The Requirements
The research paper should be a maximum of 8-10 double-spaced typed pages/2000- 2500 words (of text). Font size should be 12 points. Margins should be a minimum of 1 inch. Papers that significantly depart from these requirements will be given a lower grade. Students may discuss the assignment, but the essay must be the student’s own work. Plagiarism and any other form of academic dishonesty will be heavily penalized.

The Assignment

Regions across the world are deeply entwined in economic, political, cultural, and environmental processes and activities. The term globalization is used to describe these transcontinental and interregional flows, processes and activities that bind the world’s regions. What are the impacts of globalization in our world of stark regional and social inequalities? “Globalization invites a fundamental questioning of the prospects for developing economies and the world’s poorest people in an era marked by powerful forces of world-wide economic, political and cultural interconnectedness, over which they have little direct political control”, according to McGrew (2000: 346) (McGrew, A., 2000. Sustainable globalization? The global politics of development and exclusion in the new world order. In Allen, T. and Thomas, A. (eds.), Poverty and Development into the 21st Century. Oxford: Oxford University Press). China is a key driver of globalization. There is a narrative that “China is quietly reshaping the world.” For example, China has, since 2013, spent US$300 billion, and plans to spend another US$1 trillion on an infrastructure project called the “Belt and Road” project (the largest ever infrastructure project) connecting countries across the globe from East Asia, to Southeast Asia, South Asia, Central Asia, Russia, Southwest Asia, Northeast Africa, and Europe. The regions in which this project occur comprise 65% of the world’s population and one-third of the world’s economic activities. The project is expected to increase interregional trade and economic cooperation. Beyond this massive infrastructure plan, China’s political, cultural and economic relations with other regions of the world have escalated at an astounding speed since the 1980s. Ninety-two countries in the various world regions have China as their largest international trade partner. Africa is a region which is experiencing rapid and deepening regional ties with China. McGrew (2000) invites us to fundamentally question which region and its people are (or are not) the primary beneficiaries of the increasing and deepening ties between China and Africa, and why. Write an explanatory research essay on: China-Africa Relations: Who Benefits, Who Loses, and Why.

Note: This assignment will be the subject of one of the questions posed in the final exam

The essay must be informed by the research of scholars and specialists, which is typically published in peer-reviewed academic journals and books. There are multiple academic journals and book resources in the University of Regina library, including electronic databases, which report the findings of research. Do subject and key word searches for the topic, for example, China and Africa economic relations, in order to identify the relevant journals and other sources of information. Seek the assistance of the librarians if you need help!

To help you with this assignment and to provide a solid context for a comprehensive explanation of China-Africa relations, please proceed as follows:

Read:
a) The journal article by Rich, T.S. and Recker, S. (2013) entitled

“Understanding Sino-African Relations: Neocolonialism or a New Era?” in Journal of International and Area Studies, Vol.20. No.1,pp. 61-76, as an example of “a middle-of-the-road/win-win” discussion of China-Africa relations. Note that there are other perspectives that question the balanced/win-win approach and instead emphasize the skewed benefits of this relationship for China, and the heavy costs for African countries.

b) The short article by Manuel, Anja (2017) entitled “China is quietly reshaping the world” https://www.theatlantic.com/international/archive/2017/10/china- belt-and-road/542667/ that describes the emerging scale of China’s ties with the rest of the world and some of the implications.

Do further library research to gather the key research-based material that would substantiate and support your arguments and discussion relating to the topic;

Prepare a one-page research proposal/plan that outlines:
a) The title of the essay;
b) The thesis statement (central idea/overall argument) of the essay. The thesis

statement is the overall (overarching) assertion/point regarding the topic, and

the rationale for making that assertion/point;
c) The objectives/goals that would be met by the essay in order to

comprehensively address the topic and its related thesis statement;
d) The argument/discussion you intend to make under each objective/goal and

the sources you intend to use in support of each argument/discussion.

An excellent exercise would be to identify the thesis statement (and rationale), and the objectives of the journal article by Rich, T.S. and Recker, S. (2013) entitled “Understanding Sino-African Relations: Neocolonialism or a New Era?” in Journal of International and Area Studies, Vol.20. No.1,pp. 61-76;

Append a reference list to the plan. Note that a minimum of 5 reputable academic sources, e.g. academic journal articles, is required;

Submit the proposal to your professor for comments, no later than Tuesday October 29; and

Finally, after careful consideration of the proposal and the Professor’s comments, start preparing the essay.

A sample of a research proposal is posted in URCOURSES

Writing Tips

Your final essay must reflect a thesis—an organized, well-structured, and coherent argument focused on the topic. The common rule is to have an introduction, main body, and a conclusion.

Introduction: provide a context for the topic, and a statement of the thesis and objectives of the paper.

Main body: present, in full, the analysis of evidence to support/substantiate arguments and systematically organize the discussion in paragraphs. Section headings are useful for improving the coherency of arguments (see example of journal articles, such as the journal article by Rich, T.S. and Recker, S. (2013) entitled “Understanding Sino-African Relations: Neocolonialism or a New Era?” in Journal of International and Area Studies, Vol.20. No.1,pp. 61-76).

Conclusions: summarize the thesis and highlight any related issues.

Grading

First class papers (A- to A+; 80% and above) will score very high on each of the criteria below. Lower grades will be inadequate in one or more of these criteria.

Research
a) Has the student provided relevant references, and a cited references list

and a bibliography that follow carefully the citation rules*?

b) Are there enough sources and are these sources actually used in a

substantive manner in the paper?

c) Are most of the sources academic refereed sources?
d) Are the references relatively recent or dated?

*Reference citations should conform to the APA (American Psychological Association) style. See PDF of summaries and samples of APA citation style in URCOURSES.

Argument: organization, logic, and coherence

a) Is a thesis (central idea/claim/assertion) clearly expressed and is it set in an

appropriate larger context?

b) Is the topic effectively limited in its scope?
c) Are the aims and objectives of the essay outlined clearly?
d) Is an analytical, easy to follow, and convincing argument sustained

throughout the essay?

e) Are ideas well developed and logical?
f) Does the essay have a clear structure with smooth transitions of sentences

and paragraphs?

g) Does the essay have a strong introduction and conclusion?
h) Does the conclusion follow from the evidence?

Argument: depth and breadth of evidence

a) Is sufficient evidence (specific empirical examples from specific research

in specific locations) provided to support the thesis and arguments?

b) Is the evidence factually correct, substantive, and precise?
c) Is the evidence provided relevant to the thesis?
d) Are there relevant facts and alternative arguments that are ignored?

Writing: style and mechanics
a) Are sentences clear, well-structured, focused, and meaningful?
b) Are grammar, spelling, and punctuation of excellent quality?
c) Does the paper demonstrate careful proof-reading and superior editing?

ANY CHALLENGE TO THE ASSIGNED GRADE MUST BE IN WRITING, AND MUST CLEARLY INDICATE THE SPECIFIC REASONS FOR DISSATISFACTION, AND MUST PROVIDE EVIDENCE TO SUPPORT THE REQUEST FOR CHANGE.

Question 33: History

Instruction

How did the societies discussed in this chapter deal with the political, economic, and social challenges that they faced after World War I? How did these challenges differ from one region to another? Your response to the discussion question should: Be at least 150 words in length Be thoughtful and substantive Respond to the discussion prompt and demonstrate critical thinking Follow APA formatting and documentation guidelines when referring to course readings and other materials Use proper spelling, grammar, and punctuation

Question 34: History

Instruction

Review the telegrams under “Opposing Viewpoints” titled “Communications Between Berlin and Saint Petersburg on the Eve of World War II.” Based on these documents, what was the chief issue that led to the outbreak of war? Was Emperor William II correct when he told Tsar Nicholas II that the latter would “have to bear the responsibility for war or peace”? What do these telegrams suggest about why wars happen? Follow these guidelines: Write an essay of 500 words (or more) responding to the prompt Use complete and accurate sentences, avoid showing bias or using “I/me” statements, and avoid text-message writing Your paragraphs need to be at least four to six sentences long Include at least one APA-style citation (Author, year, p. #) with each paragraph, placing it immediately after a sentence with evidence

Question 35: History

Instruction

Choose one of the following topics and answer the questions based on what you learned from the readings and resources for this week: 1) How have historians answered the question of whether the United States or the Soviet Union bears the primary responsibility for the Cold War, and what evidence can be presented on each side of the issue? 2) How did the Cold War impact the nations of Southeast Asia? Your response to the discussion question should: Be at least 150 words in length Be thoughtful and substantive Respond to the discussion prompt and demonstrate critical thinking Follow APA formatting and documentation guidelines when referring to course readings and other materials Use proper spelling, grammar, and punctuation

Question 8: Other

Unit II Essay

Marketing Plan: Part I

Throughout this course, you will compile a comprehensive marketing plan using one of the product/service scenarios listed below. (Note: You will use the same scenario throughout the course.) This scenario will be the basis of your start-up company and will be the catalyst for the three parts of the marketing plan that you will compose in Units II (Part I), IV (Part II), and VII (Part III). The company that you choose to submit a marketing plan for is a fictional start-up company (not an existing company).

Scenarios for your start-up company are explained below. (Note that these descriptions are basic, and you will need to be creative and develop the business idea/model for your selected scenario.)

Scenario #1

Travel Supreme is a start-up travel organization with the mission of assisting customers with travel planning. While today’s customers enjoy developing their vacations themselves, Travel Supreme believes there are travel services that are still in demand. Initial research needs to develop what types of travel services are in demand by this target market.

Scenario #2

IT to Seniors is a start-up company interested in ensuring a positive experience for seniors (65 and older) with respect to the use of technological gadgets, software, the Internet, and/or any additional aspects of technology. Initial research will provide an idea of the business model that would be in most demand for this target market.

Scenario #3

Galaxy Restaurant is a start-up restaurant developed with the idea of providing the customer with a unique dining experience. This could extend from the product offering, service offering, atmosphere, or a host of other unique experiences. Initial research will provide an idea of what this unique dining experience would look like.

Scenario #4

Women on the Go is a startup company targeted at women who need assistance with the selection and purchasing of their clothing/accessories. This service is aimed at the more affluent customer who simply does not have the time and/or knowledge to dress to the business or social setting that they are expected to fulfill. Initial research will provide insight into the types of services that this particular target market would be interested in.

Remember to choose one of the aforementioned scenarios to use for the entire course. Submissions will be completed in Units II, IV, and VII and, together, will comprise a full marketing plan. While this is a cumulative marketing plan, submit only the designated unit’s work.

This unit’s submission should consist of the items listed below.

Include an introduction/overview of the company.
- This section of the marketing plan should introduce the company and business model along with a brief description of the products/services.
Discuss market research strategies.
- This section of the marketing plan should discuss the research strategies that will be used by your company to understand the target market(s), industry, competition, and/or any other aspects of the company that will provide valuable insight into profitable operations.
Describe the macro environment through a political, economic, social, and technological (PEST) analysis.
- In this section, you will compile a PEST analysis of your company. You will analyze how the changes in the macro environment as described in the PEST will impact the company and, specifically, the marketing decisions.

Ensure you provide an introduction for this assignment that is engaging and provides a clear background to the purpose of the assignment. The format of the submission should be in essay format using subheadings. Use APA format. Additionally, you need to include a minimum of five sources, three of which must be peer-reviewed, academic sources that are no more than 5 years old. The submission should be a minimum of three pages in length (not counting the title and reference pages).

Select an existing company, and think about applying the political, economic, social, and technological (PEST) analysis to this company. Discuss with your fellow students how using the PEST tool best assists marketers in analyzing the external environment in which they are operating. Review the Unit II Lesson in order to better understand the PEST analysis tool. Please bring forward a company that fellow students have not previously discussed.

Question 9: Economics

(a) The specific-factors model holds that an increase in the relative price of a good lead to real gains for the specific factor used in that sector, losses for the other specific factor, and an ambiguous change in the real wage for labour, whereas the Heckscher Ohlin model predicts unambiguous real gains for one factor and losses for the other. In other words, the industry of employment should not matter in Heckscher Ohlin model but it does in the alternative model. Discuss the underlying causes of these different predictions.

(b) Think about an extension of the specific-factors model, in which, in addition to their wage, labour also earns some part of the rental on specific factor in their industry, i.e., farmers who own their own land and manufacturing workers who salary includes a profit based bonus. Discuss how this extension affects the conclusion of the model.

*Found two sources on course hero

Question 10: Health Care

Promotional Plan Assignment
In this assignment, you will complete another key section of your marketing plan: Write a 2-3 page recommendation for the integrated promotional plan necessary to successfully market your health care product or service. Describe the audience you hope to reach with the promotion efforts, the primary message to be delivered across all media, and the rationale for your media choices. Take into consideration the geographic reach of your target market, and adapt your media choices accordingly. Also, be realistic in cost considerations – do not plan a $2 million ad campaign for a product that will only create $1 million in revenue. The U.S. Small Business Administration suggests spending 7-8% of sales revenue on marketing and advertising each year. So, a new product expected to produce $10 million in sales annually might have a $700,000–$800,000 ad budget for the first year. You will need to research the costs of local media and other communications such as public relations or special events to create an estimated budget for your total promotional plan. Much of this information can be found on the websites of local media outlets (search “ad rates”). For purposes of this assignment, estimated costs are acceptable. Within this section draft, please demonstrate your grasp of the marketing terminology and concepts related to promotion and advertising. Be sure to include the use of traditional media and interactive/social media that you feel are the best choices to reach your target consumers. Explain why you have chosen these media, using the concepts of market segmentation and consumer buying behavior.

Question 11: Finance

Westlake Corporation has the following information (obtained) from its balance sheet, income statement and statement of retained earnings.

Increase in current assets	$50
Operating income	$75
Interest expense	$25
Increase in accounts payable	$35
dividends	$15
Increase in common stock	$20
Increase in net fixed assets	$23
Depreciation expense	$12
Income taxes	$17

Calculate the free cash flow from operations. (Answer found on chegg)

Question 12: Business

Provide a description of the company at which you work. The Company will be a government agency and primary product is travel arrangements. The system is called Defense travel system. (DTS)
Describe an “agency problem” (not just any problem) within the firm and discuss what you think is causing the problem and how the problem might be better controlled.
Describe the job dimensions of the firm and discuss whether or not you believe the current design is appropriate for the firm. Discuss any suggestions you might have for improving the job design.
Describe the compensation package for executives/employees within the firm and discuss whether or not you believe that the compensation package is effective. Discuss any suggestions that you might have for improving the compensation package.
Describe the individual performance measures for executives/employees within the firm and discuss whether or notyou believe that the performance measures are effective. Discuss any suggestions that you might have for improving the performance measures.

Question 13: Psychology

Survey discussion (please engage in the discussion the professor will be looking at this discussion thread. Please respond to this thread with your comments.

Team, why is it important to write good survey questions? and who is it important to?

Question 14: Other

Option 1: Nike (pp. 30–31)

How has the industry in which Nike resides been doing over the last 5 years?
What are the pros, cons, and risks associated with Nike’s core marketing strategy? How have they managed to develop a strong customer relationship with their target market?
Who are the top three competitors of Nike, and what are their advantages/disadvantages with respect to their product/service development?
Looking at the competitors you discussed in question #3, what would you recommend as being the next steps for these competitors and, subsequently, the next steps for Nike to combat these competitors?

Option 2: Cisco (pp. 58–59)

How is building a brand in a business-to-business (B2B) context different than that of a business-to-consumer (B2C) market? How has Cisco managed to develop a strong customer relationship with their target market?
How has the industry in which Cisco resides been doing over the last 5 years?
Who are the top three competitors of Cisco, and what are their advantages/disadvantages with respect to their product/service development?
Is Cisco’s plan to reach out to consumers a viable one? Why, or why not? As a marketing manager for Cisco, what would you recommend to be the next steps?

Option 3: Intel (pp. 59–60)

Discuss how Intel changed ingredient-marketing history. What did it do so well in those initial marketing campaigns? How did Intel manage to develop a strong customer relationship with their target market?
How has the industry in which Intel resides been doing over the last 5 years?
Who are the top three competitors of Intel, and what are their advantages/disadvantages with respect to their product/service development?
Evaluate Intel’s greatest risks and strengths as the industry moves out of the personal computer (PC) era. Identify the next steps that Intel needs to employ in order to maintain its competitive advantage.

Discuss an example of an organization that you believe does either a good job or a not-so-good job of marketing. Explain your rationale. For the sake of diversity within the class discussion, please do not duplicate organizations that have already been discussed by your fellow classmates.

Question 15: History

SLO #2 The 2020 Elections in Texas

Research the current candidates running for state offices in 2020.

Create a table listing candidates and party affiliations for the following offices being elected in November 2020:

Only list candidates for YOUR district. Don’t list all candidates for every office, just ones you could vote for.

Find your representatives here: https://wrm.capitol.texas.gov/home

You may not be able to find all challengers (it’s early) but at least list the incumbent.

S. Senator
S. House of Representatives
Texas State Senator
Texas State Representative
Some School Board Members
Texas Railroad Commissioner
Texas Supreme Court
Texas Court of Criminal Appeals
Pick ONE of the offices above. Analyze and evaluate the candidate’s platforms. What goals or positions do they share? Where do they differ? In your opinion, which candidate is more aligned with Texas’ changing demographics? In your opinion, which candidate do you think will win the election? In your opinion, will the “best” candidate win?
If you can’t find a challenger, at least evaluate the incumbent’s background and platform and determine if he/she should face a challenger.

Resources:

You should be able to find most, if not all, of the information you need here:

https://www.sos.texas.gov/elections/candidates/guide/2020/offices2020.shtml

https://ballotpedia.org/Texas_elections,_2020

By following links on the site above, you should be able to learn more about the candidates, including following links to candidates’ websites, Facebook profiles and Twitter pages.

My area: location for representatives is:

4900 Valley Ridge Drive

Irving, Texas 75062

Question 16: Economics

Based on your findings in the readings, place yourself in the role of a person determining the U.S. currency rate. Recently, you found that the U.S. dollar appreciated against the New Zealand dollar and depreciated against the Chinese yuan. If your goal was to promote U.S. exports, what would be your strategies? Address the concepts below within your essay submission.

Discuss the operation of the foreign exchange market.
Explain how traders benefit from the forward exchange market.
Describe how exchange rates are determined in a free market.

In addition to addressing the bullets listed above, your essay should be comprised of the sections listed below.

Introduction: Include an engaging paragraph or two on the important concepts that the reader will learn about while reading your essay assignment.
Discussion: Provide a brief summary of one article by comparing and contrasting the advantages and disadvantages of promoting U.S. exports. Then, briefly state your position in light of the article. The online databases listed below are recommended in order to find articles for the essay assignment.
- Business Source Complete
- ABI/INFORM Collection
Conclusion: Summarize the main results, and provide policy recommendations to promote U.S. exports.

Your APA-style essay should be a minimum of 500 words in length, not counting the title and reference pages. You are required to use a minimum of two sources; at least one source must come from the CSU Online Library (one source may be your textbook). All sources used, including the textbook, must be referenced; paraphrased material must have accompanying in-text citations.

Question 17: Engineering

We have a piece of cardboard that is 50cm by 20 cm and we are going to cut out the corners and fold up the sides to form a box. Determine the height of the box that will give the maximum volume.

Question 18: Mathematics

Find two positive number whose product is 750 and and for which the sum of one and ten times the other is a minimum

Question 19: English

Write an exemplification essay in which you argue the internet and social media (facebook,instagram,twitter,etc.) helps people feel good about themselves through sharing images, comments,stories,confessions,etc., or bad about themselves, for instance because it as an invasion of privacy. Some topics you could include are online bullying, the many internet challenges ( tide pod challenge, the Kylie Jenner Challenge, the cinnamon challenge,etc.) or on the other side how the internet and social media helps people stay connected.

If you use any quotes from an outside source cite it both in the, for example (Jones 56) and on the last page as a works cited listing.

Question 20: Economics

A monopolist is operating at an output level where |ε| = 3. The govern- ment imposes a quantity tax of $6 per unit of output. If the demand curve facing the monopolist is linear, how much does the price rise?

Question 21: History

Compare and contrast the steamboats of the antebellum years with technologies today. In your estimation, what modern technology compares to steamboats in its transformative power?

This answer is on Chegg

Question 22: English

One paragraph that explains why the industrial revolution is described as the “antithesis to romantic literature.”

Question 23: Business

Instruction

CASE STUDY Nissan Company Nissan Motor Company, Ltd, shortened to Nissan, is a Japanese multinational automaker. Head quartered in Japan, founded 1932. It formerly marketed vehicles under the “Datsun” brand name and is one of the largest car manufacturers –revenue appx $90 billion USD (2007) and Employees 190,000 (2008). Nissan continues its quest to optimize product development and deliver highly innovative technology. Today, in various countries and regions around the world they enjoy a reputation for creating truly innovative vehicles and service programs. With facilities around the world, the Qashqai, Micra, Micra C+C and Note are produced by Nissan Motor Manufacturing (UK) Ltd in Sunderland, Tyne & Wear. • Answer the following questions on the above case, you should review about this company through secondary available information and use APA style references 1) Describe the nature of operations management in the organization. In doing this, first describe the operation process of the production system. Second, identify operations decisions and responsibilities. Finally, write a short paper on some of the challenges facing operations management.? (Marks 2) (word count maximum:500) 2) Evaluate Nissan Motor Company in terms of its emphasis on the operations strategy objectives? What are the order winners and the order qualifiers? (Marks 1) (word count maximum:300) 3) What is the proper role of the operations function in product design? (Marks .05) (word count maximum:100) 4) How to manage production and operation issues in the context of demand uncertainty and fluctuation? (Marks 1) (word count maximum:300) 5) Suppose that Nissan Motor Company has considering moving from a batch process to an assembly-line process to better meet evolving market needs. What concerns might the following functions have about this proposed process change: marketing, finance, human resources, accounting, and information systems? (Marks 0.5) (word count maximum:150).

Question 24: Other

Instruction

Conduct research on behavior skills assessments. Then, complete a self-evaluation using information you gained or realized through this week’s Books and Resources. Prepare a written appraisal of your own specific skills and behaviors, and then examine how these can be beneficial to guide organizational change as a leader/coach. Determine how these findings would affect your personal relations and those of others within an organization. Then, provide real world examples of the application to support your assessment. Support your assessment with at least five scholarly resources. In addition to these specified resources, other appropriate scholarly resources, including older articles, may be included. Length: 5-7 pages, not including title and reference pages Your assessment should demonstrate thoughtful consideration of the ideas and concepts presented in the course by providing new thoughts and insights relating directly to this topic.

Question 25: Mathematics

With only a part-time job and the need for a professional wardrobe, Rachel quickly maxed out her credit card the summer after graduation. With her first full-time paycheck in August, she vowed to pay $210 each month toward paying down her $7,424 outstanding balance and not to use the card. The card has an annual interest rate of 24 percent. How long will it take Rachel to pay for her wardrove? Should she shop for a new card? Why or why not?

If Rachel continues to pay $210 per month, it will take her 62 months to pay for her wardrobe. Answer is 62 how did we get 62?

Question 26: Business

Refer Attachment for questions. Pls refer the YouTube links.

Requirements Note: Answer each question briefly and include the references. (12 pt. 1.5 spacing)

Case: Discussion on Australian Auto Industry

Some videos related to the event covered in the case:

Toyoda Announcing the closure:

https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=2xTioEnSuSM

Speech to the Parliament about Tony Abbott’s inaction on Toyota (Note he mentioned the loss of jobs in US between 2007-2009)

https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=qbrEOPkerD0

Workers reacting to closure:

https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=LFh4q-S7tGI

Discuss in detail:

1) What caused the decline of auto industry in Australia? Does it make sense to have an auto industry in Australia in the first place?

2) Should the government adopt more protective trade policies to save the auto industry in Australia? What kind of policies would work?

3) What do you think of the on-going trade conflicts between US and China?

Note: Answer each question briefly and include the references. (12 pt. 1.5 spacing)

Case : Global Capital Market and Foreign Exchange Risks

The risks and rewards of global capital market

https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=VEq04xjxfyY

this topic, we will focus more on the flow of capital globally. Obviously, the global capital market provides opportunities as well as risks for investors & companies looking for financing. However, a major development over the past 2 decades — a rather worrisome one in my mind — has been the dominance of financial institutions (the ultimate handlers of capital) in the world economy. Financial industry emerged to serve the “real” industries. For instance, the creation of install payments allowed the exponential sales growth for Singer sewing machines. The innovative mortgage products allow us to enjoy the ownership of a house before we save up enough to buy one. But now, the servant has become the master — CEOs of companies now listen to Wall Street and try to meet the earnings estimate of some analysts who may have never set foot on the floor of any factory. Private equity fund managers buy and sell companies, often destroying the core competencies and the culture of a company while dressing up the balance sheet and then they exit with 100% to 300% returns in 1 to 3 years. A newly college-minted investment banker can make $200k plus while a senior engineer makes half of that. Smart graduates from MIT go to Wall Street to do financial engineering rather than real engineering. With their ingenious engineering, we now have all kinds of financial products. While the real-world economy is about $70 trillion, outstanding derivative contracts are estimated to be more than 10 times that, some of which we don’t know what they are and how they work or how risky they are and whether they will lead to another financial crisis like 2008 again. With my rather “biased” negative view of Wall Street out in the open (Mind you, I have an MBA in finance),

I would like that you think about the following:

1) In what ways can a company be exposed to foreign exchange risks? What are some of the ways to hedge? Should companies try to make money from such hedging activities?

2) What are the causes of the global financial crisis of 2008? What caused the crisis in Greece a few years back? Have we (governments, financial institutions, investors etc.) made enough changes (or any changes at all) to prevent future crises?

Note: Answer each question briefly and include the references. (12 pt. 1.5 spacing)

Question 27: Religious Studies

Please imagine, that you are the architect of a new society. It is up to you to determine the social order, the culture, the norms and values of this totally new world. You are indeed creating a religion, but you are not limited to theological tenets. Your goal is to influence the way that your community interacts with one another. Therefore, it is important to think about what you want people to believe. How should individuals interact with one another, and what boundaries and rules will govern those interactions? Is there a sacred space that encourages community in this new society like a church, synagogue, or the Kaaba in Muhammad’s day? What holidays are important if there are any? Does your religion believe in a spiritual realm, or how does it deal with death, life, and the afterlife if at all?

Please think about all of the religious teachers that we have discussed such as the Buddha, Confucius, Lao Tzu, Moses, Jesus, and Muhammad, to name a few and their stories. Think about what they taught and the challenges they faced in influencing others to believe and behave in a certain manner. Like them, …others will be dissecting your “Religion” centuries from now, and they will determine if what you’ve organized and constructed is a good and logical system to follow. Nevertheless, your goal is to achieve the common ends of promoting social cohesion, or helping people to achieve an eternal reality, or simply the best “good” within the individuals that encounter your religion. This is your world, and the fate of it will lie in your system of beliefs.

Below are a few elements to include and/or consider for your new society. Just remember…its success depends on the health of your socio-religious ideas that you put forward.

Name of Religion:

Founder:

The story of the Founder:

Circumstances of Birth, Childhood, Adult Life (Ex: Story of Buddha in the Palace & the Four Passing sights; Jesus’ virgin birth narrative)
Country and the realities of their day, etc. (Confucius and the Warring States of China; Buddha and the caste system)

Religious Creed: a written formal statement of beliefs that highlight central tenets of your religion.

Nicene Creed (Catholicism)
Shahadah (Islam)

Major Tenets of Belief: Primary characteristics, practices, or beliefs that define a follower of your religion. You can include your Ten Commandments extra credit for this.

Ten Commandments (Judaism)
Eight Noble Truths (Buddhism)
5 Pillars (Islam)

Denominations: Give at least 2-3 variations of your initial belief system and how they differ from original, or orthodox belief. What happened? What caused the split?

Theravada, Mahayana, Vajrayana (Buddhism)
Catholicism, Eastern Orthodox, Protestantism (Christianity)
Sunni, Shia, Sufi (Islam)

Religious Symbols: Think of a symbol that already exists, or that you can create, that represents your religion and belief system.

Re-visit your Iconography assignment from Lesson 9

Other Things to Consider:

What is your religion’s view of God?
What is your religion’s view of the afterlife?
How can someone be initiated into your religion?
Is this religion the only way to truth?
Does your religion address any social realities like politics, social order, and behavior? Is there a Caste system, or other social programs? Think Confucius’ deliberate tradition
Is there a day of the week that your religion congregates? What does this look like?
What holidays are important, and how are they relevant to your religion? (Feel free to create a holiday)

Question 28: Education

Research a health care organization or network that spans several states with in the United States (United Healthcare, Vanguard, Banner Health, etc.). Assess the readiness of the health care organization or network you chose in regard to meeting the health care needs of citizens in the next decade.

Prepare a 1,000 word paper in APA format that presents your assessment and proposes a strategic plan to ensure readiness. Include the following:

Describe the health care organization or network.
Describe the organization’s overall readiness based on your findings.
Prepare a strategic plan to address issues pertaining to network growth, nurse staffing, resource management, and patient satisfaction.
Identify any current or potential issues within the organizational culture and discuss how these issues may affect aspects of the strategic plan.
Propose a theory or model that could be used to support implementation of the strategic plan for this organization. Explain why this theory or model is best.

Question 29: English

One paragraph that explains why the industrial revolution is described as the “antithesis to romantic literature.”

Question 30: Chemistry

An ice freezer behind a restaurant has a Freon leak, releasing 42.39 g of C2H2F3Cl into the air every week. If the leak is not fixed, how many kilograms of fluorine will be released into the air over 6 months? Assume there are 4 weeks in a month.

Question 31: Chemistry

The compound known as butylated hydroxytoluene, abbreviated as BHT, contains carbon, hydrogen, and oxygen. A 3.876 g sample of BHT was combusted in an oxygen rich environment to produce 11.61 g of CO2(g) and 3.803 g of H2O(g).

Question 1: Engineering

Research Paper

Solid fuel and component recovery from tetra-pak
waste using hydrothermal treatment

Question 2: Computer Science

Java Tutor-A*

COSC 520/CPMA 580: Artificial Intelligence

Assignment #2: 19-Puzzle

Points: 100

Consider a variant of the 8-puzzle where there are 19 tiles plus a blank, arranged in the shape of a cross. An example would be:

+———+
| 2| 1| +———+
| 6| | +—————————–+ | 4| 5| 7| 3| 8| 9| +—————————–+ | 10 | 11 | 12 | 13 | 14 | 15 | +—————————–+ | 16 | 17 |

+———+

| 18 | 19 |

+———+

The rules of the puzzle are the same as that of the 8-puzzle. A tile may be moved to the blank space in each move (or you can think of it as moving the blank). The goal is to get all the tiles in the following order using the fewest number of moves:

+———+
| | 1| +———+
| 2| 3| +—————————–+ | 4| 5| 6| 7| 8| 9| +—————————–+ | 10 | 11 | 12 | 13 | 14 | 15 | +—————————–+ | 16 | 17 |

+———+

| 18 | 19 |

+———+

Write an program using the A* algorithm to solve this puzzle.

The program should use a consistent heuristic measure for h. One possible function is the Manhattan distance: For any non-blank tile, find the difference in the x-direction from where the tile is to where it should be in the solution and add that to the difference in the y-direction from where the tile is to where it should be. Sum up these numbers for all the non-blank tiles to calculate h.

The program should read in the starting state from standard input and print out the states that lead to the goal to standard output. The input and output will consist of just the numbers, not the lines as shown above. The number 0 will indicate the blank in the input and the output.

Allowable Code

You may use any code from the book or from class. You may use the APIs for a PriorityQueue, HashMap or HashTable, and ArrayList, or similar code for these data structures (and accredit the code.) You must write your own A* algorithm code or use the book’s code.

Sample Run

java Puzzle

Start State:

63
4 11 5 7 0 8

10 12 13 14 15 9

16 17

18 19

63
4 11 5 7 8 0

10 12 13 14 15 9

16 17

18 19

63
4 11 5 7 8 9

10 12 13 14 15 0

16 17

18 19

63
4 11 5 7 8 9

10 12 13 14 0 15

16 17

18 19

63
4 11 5 7 8 9

10 12 13 0 14 15

16 17

18 19

63
4 11 5 7 8 9

10 12 0 13 14 15

16 17

18 19

63
4 11 5 7 8 9

10 0 12 13 14 15

16 17

18 19

63 405789

10 11 12 13 14 15

16 17 18 19

63 450789

10 11 12 13 14 15

16 17

18 19

03 456789

10 11 12 13 14 15

16 17

18 19

23 456789

10 11 12 13 14 15

16 17

18 19

Question 3: Engineering

suppose first and second ball drawn from urn are red and black what is the probability you have presented with urn c2

Question 4: Engineering

Acetone is typically produced in commercial quantities as a by-product during the formation of phenol. Benzene is alkylated to cumene, which is further oxidised to cumene hydro peroxide and finally cleaved to yield phenol and acetone. However, acetone manufactured thus generally contains small amounts of the reactant benzene and the desired product phenol. In the past, these impurities were deemed to be within allowable limits. However, recent downward revisions of these limits, particularly in the pharmaceutical industry, has made alternative processes (which do not involve benzene) more attractive. You are required to design one such alternative process, using isopropyl alcohol as the reactant and appropriate catalyst(s) that will achieve minimal effluent discharge. Assume an operating period of 8000 hrs on stream and 95% purity of the final product.

Question 5: Computer Science

COMP 2412
Fall 2019
Assignment 1#
Total Marks: 30

Notes:

For each assignment question submit program files (C/C++).
Make a document file and write pseudocodes for all three

program.

Each question has 10 marks (5 for pseudocode and 5 for the

implementation)

Your program should have well documented too. If your code is

not well documented (commented), you will recive 20% (1 mark) penalties on each question.

Final Deliverables:

Three program files for three tasks and one document file which will have pseudocodes. And finally compressed all files in one assignment1.zip file.

Write the C/C++ program that uses a recursive function to print the elements of a list in reverse order.
Write a C/C++ program for the recursive algorithm that removes all occurrences of a specific character from a string.
Write down a program which will create a list (simple linear linked list) of nodes. Each node consists of two fields. The first field is a

pointer to a structure that contains a student id (integer) and a grade- point average (float). The second field is a link. The data are to be read from a text file. Your program should read a file of 10 students (with student id and grade point average) and test the function you wrote (by printing student’s information on screen).

Question 6: Engineering

6-13. As a junior field engineer, you have been asked to assist the contractor on your job in resolving the following problem. A 4.9 kW motor and gear drive rated at 175 rpm has been shipped with the four impellers described below. The baffled rapid mix tank into which it is to be installed is 3.0 m3 in volume (1.56 m diameter by 1.56 m deep). Which impeller should be used? Assume a water temperature of 10°C, a G = 1,000 s–1, a water density of 1,000 kg/m3, and that the motor power to water power efficiency is 80%. Show the calculations to justify your decision.

Impellers

Propeller, pitch of 2, 3 blades, diameter = 0.48 m, Np = 1.0
Propeller, pitch of 2, 3 blades, diameter = 0.61 m, Np = 1.0
Turbine, 6 flat blades, vaned disc, diameter = 0.48 m, Np = 6.3
Turbine, 6 flat blades, vaned disc, diameter = 0.61 m, Np = 6.3

Question 7: English

having read rachel harveys essay my serenity. Write a paragraph describing your serenity. Like the author,you should convey an impression not just of the feeling itself or of the setting that produces it ,but both

Question 8: Mathematics

Suppose that, historically, April has experienced rain and a temperature between 35 and 50 degrees on 20 days. Also, historically, the month of April has had a temperature between 35 and 50 degrees on 25 days. You have scheduled a golf tournament for April 12. If the temperature is between 35 and 50 degrees on that day, what will be the probability that the players will get wet?

estion 9: Accounting

Laurie Manufacturing Pty Ltd., manufactures grass collection attachments for Lawn Mowers that are sold in the market. The income statement for 2018 indicated an operating loss of $420,000 details of which are given below: Laurie Manufacturing Pty Ltd. Sales (30,000 attachments @$500 each) 15,000,000 Fixed Costs 5,670,000 Variable Costs 9,750,000 Operating income (420,000) Mr Samuel (cost accountant) and Mr Martin, his assistant, have been asked by the owners of Laurie Manufacturing to see if there are ways to reduce costs. After some thinking and some analysis, Martin proposes to Samuel the following two options: 1.Option 1 – To reduce the variable costs by 70%, by procuring cheaper direct raw materials. 2.Option 2 – To reduce the company’s variable costs by 60%, by reducing the costs it currently incurs for safe disposal of wasted plastic resulting from the manufacture of the grass collection attachments. Samuel is concerned that this would expose Laurie Manufacturing to potential 3 environmental liabilities. He requests Martin to factor into his analysis an estimation of potential environmental liabilities. Samuel responds by saying: “We are not violating any laws. There is some possibility that we may have to incur environmental costs in the future, but if we bring it up now, this proposal will not go through because the owners will always assume that these costs could be larger than they turn out to be. We may be in danger of the company closing down and costing our jobs. The only reason our competitors are making money is because they are doing exactly what I am proposing.” REQUIRED: 1. Show calculations for break even revenues for 2018. 2. Show calculations to determine the break even revenues for 2018, if variable costs are at 70% and 60% of revenues as per options 1 and 2. 3. Show calculations to determine the operating income for 2018, if variable costs were at 70% and 60% of revenues as per options 1 and 2. 4. Evaluate Martin’s comments in line with the ethical standards as advanced by the Institute of Management Accountants. 5. How would the non-inclusion of environmental costs impact Laurie Manufacturing in the future.

Question 10: Business

Excel has the capability to convert/summarize numbers into visual representation through various charts. Share with the class why charts are important. Are there particular types of charts for specific purposes? For instance, when is the right time to use a pie chart instead of a line chart or a bar chart?

Question 11: Other

You are a manager in charge of a marketing research project. Your goal is to determine what effects different levels of advertising have on consumption behavior. Based on the results of the project you will recommend the amount of money to be budgeted for advertising different products next year. Your supervisor will require strong justification for your recommendations, so your research design has to be as sound as possible. However, your resources (time, money, and labor) are limited. Develop a research project to address this problem. Focus on the kind of research designs you would use, why you would use them, and how you would conduct the research.

Question 12: Computer Science

Let us consider the following Elliptic Curve Equation y 2 = x 3 + x + 6 mod 11 over the
Prime field of 𝑍ଵଵ
∗ and solve the following questions
a. Find the list of points lies on the elliptic curve
b. Assume that 𝑃 = (5,2), Calculate 5. 𝑃 = (𝑥, 𝑦) and find (𝑥, 𝑦)

Question 13: Statistics

Name: _____________________________________________________

Directions: (1) For each set of variables provided, please form a research question, (2) next, create a Research and Null hypotheses, (3) identify which variable is the independent variable and which variable is the dependent variable, (4) provide a conceptual definition for each variable, (5) lastly, create five indicators for each of your conceptual definitions (if needed).

I have done the first one for you as an example.

Cash Incentives and Test Performance

RQ: Will cash incentives increase test performance?

H_A: Cash incentives will increase test performance.

H_O: There is no relationship between cash incentives and test performance.

IV: Cash incentives

DV: Test performance

Conceptualization 1: For the purposes of this research cash incentives will be defined as a cash award for grades received on an examination.

Indicators for conceptualization 1: $50 for an A, $40 for a B, $20 for a C, $0 for D or F.

Conceptualization 2: For the purposes of this research, test performance is defined as grade received on an exam.

Indicators for conceptualization 2: None needed. The conceptualization does not require operationalization as it already specifies exactly how the concept will be measured.

Attractiveness of Person and Perceived Credibility

RQ:

H_A:

H_O:

IV:

DV:

Conceptualization 1:

Indicators for conceptualization 1:

Conceptualization 2:

Indicators for conceptualization 2:

Academic Stress and Prescription Amphetamine Abuse

RQ:

H_A:

H_O:

IV:

DV:

Conceptualization 1:

Indicators for conceptualization 1:

Conceptualization 2:

Indicators for conceptualization 2:

Intelligence and Assertiveness

RQ:

H_A:

H_O:

IV:

DV:

Conceptualization 1:

Indicators for conceptualization 1:

Conceptualization 2:

Indicators for conceptualization 2:

Number of Hours of Daylight and Suicide

RQ:

H_A:

H_O:

IV:

DV:

Conceptualization 1:

Indicators for conceptualization 1:

Conceptualization 2:

Indicators for conceptualization 2:

Question 14: Business

Select one element of the Marketing mix and discuss how marketing research could help that area. Be specific in your recommendations.

Your original response is due, and then reply to another student’s post . The required length for your original posting is 350 words, and your reply should be a minimum of 250 words.

Question 15: Communications

This week you will have the opportunity to write a letter to the editor as a way to explore your research topic. If you have never read any letters to the editor, you might find reading a few as a way to see what it is you will be writing. The source you choose to read them from will not matter since the content and guidelines for letters to the editor are quite similar. As I wrote in the syllabus, the letters are short (usually about 200 words so one typed page double spaced) and are to the point with a specific focus. This means you will want to write about an aspect of your research topic.

Question 16: Psychology

I just need an introduction paragraph for the paragraph below… 100 words

A well-known researcher at a major university has two graduate student assistants. He conducts three studies in his laboratory, all of which involve very labor-intensive procedures. The graduate research assistants complete all of the data collection. They also assist in writing the Discussion section of the final article, adding their thoughts and suggestions to the various drafts. The article is accepted into a leading journal for publication. The primary researcher lists only himself as author of the article, claiming that he wrote at least 75% of the final paper.

Describe the ethical consideration(s) involved with the scenario.
Has the primary researcher committed an ethical violation?

Question 17: Physics

In a cycling road race consisting of a flat section and an uphill section, a particular cyclist pedals with an average power of 324 Watts for 5.50 hrs on the flat section of the course, and an average power of 418 Watts for 30.0 mins while climbing the uphill section, which has an average grade of 6%. Potentially useful information: power=energy/time; 1 watt= 1 joule/sec; 1kcal= 4186 J; 1kcal = 1 food Calorie.

(A) calculate the average mechanical power output of the cyclist over the whole race.

(B) given that the human body has an efficiency of 25.0% at converting foo energy into mechanical output, how many kcal of food energy must the cyclist consume to replace the mechanical energy expended during the race?

Question 18: Mathematics

Find The Limit As X Approaches 0 Of (5x-tan(5x))/x^3 Using L’Hospital’s Rule.

Question 19: Health Care

Objectives & Target Market Assignment

In this writing assignment, you will complete the following steps:

Write at least two marketing objectives to be accomplished by this marketing plan. Be sure that your objectives are stated in a way to meet the criteria for “S.M.A.R.T.” goals, which means they are:

Specific — answer the who, what, when, where, why questions

Measurable – include a numeric objective (“increase sales to $10 million”)

Attainable – within your reach, even if optimistic (you are willing to commit)

Realistic – have a reasonable likelihood of being met (you are able to commit)

Timely – have a deadline or time period attached

Based on your analysis of the market data, and a comprehensive understanding of the customer and the buying processes, write a 2-3 page description of the major segments of the market and the specific target market segment you have chosen to serve. Be sure to include a discussion of demographic and psychographic factors if you are targeting a consumer segment, or for business targets, a discussion of whether you are serving a producer, reseller, institution or government unit. Include your reasons for concluding that this is the target market segment that is most likely to be served profitably by your firm.

Please combine all sections of this draft (Marketing Objectives and Target Market Strategy) into a single document, along with citation of sources.

Question 20: Economics

On September 6, Sam Goldfarb reported for the Wall Street Journal that the “average yield on double-B bonds, the highest-rated type of speculative-grade debt, has fallen to 4.07% from 4.69% at the start of May, according to Bloomberg Barclays data. The average yield on a tiple-C bond, close to the lowest-rated type of speculative-grade debt, has increased to 10.89% from 9.64%”. Explain why the average yield on double-B bonds has decreased, while the average yield on triple-C bonds rose?

Question 21: Economics

Visit WSJ.com Bond Benchmark page, and calculate the risk premium on the latest Baa corporate bond relative to AA corporate bonds.

Question 22: Accounting

Need to completely answer three accounting case questions. Please take a look at the attached document and answer the case study questions completely and accurately.

Accounting discussion Questions

Case A Revenue Recognition

Smooth Blend, Inc., a calendar year company, produces several blends of whiskey. Maturing whiskey is stored for 3 years in a large, dark aromatic warehouse owned by Smooth Blend. Smooth Blend sells the whiskey to Distributor Company at the beginning of the aging process (January 1, 2011). Distributor Company will pick up the whiskey at the end of the aging process (December 31, 2013) and take it to its facilities for bottling. Distributor Company pays the full purchase price to Smooth Blend on January 1, 2011 to protect itself against price increases.

When should Smooth Blend recognize revenue? Why?

Would your answer change

If the quality control manager of Distributor Company had the right to taste the whiskey on December 31, 2013 and receive a full refund if not satisfied with the quality of the liquor?

If there was no right of return but Smooth Blend promised to help Distributor Company attract customers?

If Smooth Blend acquired a fixed price option from Distributor Company to repurchase the whiskey in 6 months?

How would your answer change if Smooth Blend sold the whiskey to Friendly Bank, agrees to oversee the aging process on the bank’s behalf, and acquires a fixed price forward from Friendly Bank to repurchase the whiskey in 6 months?

Case B: Revenue Recognition: Timing

Accountants from Construction Company, Boat Builder Company and BMW are discussing revenue recognition. All are calendar year companies. A description of the production process of each company follows.

Construction Company builds homes on lots it owns. It currently is building a home for Billy Bob (BB). The terms of the contract required BB to pay the entire $200,000 price of the home on the date the construction contract was signed (October 1, 2012). The advance payment protects BB from a forecasted increase in home prices. The contract promises BB that he can move into the house no later than 9 months from when he signs the contract (June 30, 2013). The total expected cost of completing the house is $150,000. If the house is not completed by June 30, 2013 Construction Company must pay BB a $1,500 penalty each week until he can move into the house. Construction Company spends

$20,000 to lay the foundation for the house in 2012. It completes the house for $2,000 under budget on July 1.

Boat Builder Company currently is completing work on a boat that a customer contracted for on September 30, 2012 and expects to take delivery of on August 1, 2013. The $200,000 fixed price contract does not obligate the customer to pay Boat Builder until the boat is delivered and the title transfers to the customer. The boat is a basic design offered by Boat Builder. Customers individualize the basic boat by selecting custom trim, accessories and other finish details. Boat Builder typically fulfills specific customer orders rather than holding boats in inventory. If the customer cancels the contract prior to delivery, Boat Builder must be paid for any work completed up to that date. Boat Builder incurs initial design and selling costs of $10,000. Boat Builder’s actual and expected building costs are

$150,000, which consists of raw materials of $50,000 and labor costs of $100,000. The raw materials are purchased on October 1, 2012. Raw materials are consumed and direct labor costs are incurred evenly over the construction period.

BMW agrees to sell Joe Customer a new BMW 650i for $85,000 on December 4, 2012 through one of its company-owned dealerships. The cost to BMW to produce the car is $60,000. Because of the highly specified nature of the options requested by this customer, BMW must build the car from scratch, a process that will take 8 weeks. BMW anticipates delivering the vehicle on February 1, 2013.

Under current GAAP, how much revenue should Construction Company, Boat Builder and BMW recognize in 2012 and 2013? Please answer in a minimum of 200 words

Case C: Cellular Telephone Contract

XTel runs a promotion in which new customers who sign a two-year contract receive a free phone. There is a one-time activation fee of $50 and a monthly fee of $40 for the ongoing service. The same monthly fee is charged by XTel regardless of whether the free phone is provided. Each phone costs XTel $100.

XTel frequently sells the phone separately for $120. XTel is not required to refund any portion of the fee paid for any reason. XTel is a sufficiently capitalized, experienced and profitable business. There is no reason to believe the two years of service will not be provided.

How should XTel account for this transaction? Please answer completely with a minimum of 150 words.

Question 23: Mathematics

https://www.chegg.com/homework-help/wildlife-management-wildlife-manager-crocodile-lengths-worki-chapter-1.6-problem-24e-soluti

Question 24: Business

Friedman identifies 10 ‘Flatteners” in part 2 of TWIF that he believes have accelerated the pace of Globalization. For this discussion assignment, you should rank what you believe to be the top 3 of these 10 flatteners in order of their impact. In other words, identify your first, second and third most important Flattener based on TWIF or other observations or information you may have. Give a brief explanation for why these particular flatteners are so important and a rationale for your ranking as part of your contribution. Feel free to comment on the responses of your peers.

Question 25: Business

Current position of the organisation: Provide an outline of goals and the philosophy of the
organisation. Present the current target market and performance of the organisation. (10 Marks)
2. Analysis of the business environment: Effectively assess the Micro-Environment, Market /
Task environment and Macro-Environment of your organisation. (20 Marks)
3. Roles and skills of managers: To discuss the overlapping roles of managers and the skills
required of them in order to take the organisation. The management style of the management
team and its relevance to the achievement of the organisational goals. (15 Marks)
4. Human Resources: An assessment of the organisations human resources in terms of skills,
motivation and retention. (15 Marks)
3
5. Change Management: Ways in which management can react to the changing business
environment. Discuss the inter-related approaches which the organisation can adopt in reacting
to the environment. (10 Marks)
6. Organisation Design: The fundamental principles underlying organisation design should be
discussed. Evaluate the organisational structure of the organisation and its suitability for the
growth and expansion of the organisation. (15Marks)
7. Recommendations: Present possible recommendations and critical success factors that the
organisation should implement to achieve the desired goals.

Question 26: History

Instruction

In one paragraph, identify which 3 colonies you feel were the best examples of what would become the United States. Then explain why for each in 1-2 sentences. Total length of paragraph should be 5-8 sentences. Consider values important to us today as Americans, which colonies really influenced these core values the most?

Question 27: Health Care

(Title of the paper): Identify the prevalence of tick-borne diseases from existing data and the risk of co-infection in the United States for the last two decades then provide public health recommendations to increase awareness regarding the tick-borne diseases

Nature & scope of proposed paper:

Tick-borne diseases have been a significant public health problem in the last two decades. Climate change and global warming are two crucial factors affecting the growth of tick-borne pathogens that should be controlled to maintain humans and domestic animals’ health (Sutherst, 2004). According to the CDC report (CDC, 2016) listed that top five tick-borne diseases in the United States: anaplasmosis, babesiosis, Lyme disease, spotted fever rickettsiosis, and ehrlichiosis. Regarding to the geographical distribution to TBD, the CDC demonstrated in the 2016 report that cases have been found of Babesiosis in the east coast states, west coast states, southern states, northern states; additionally, anaplasmosis cases have been found in Colorado, Idaho, New Mexico, Alaska, and Hawaii in (2016, CDC). The US Department of Health and Human Services has released in ‘Tick-borne Disease Working Group 2018 report’ (HHS,2018) to the Secretary and the Congress that Lyme disease has raised by 300% in the northeastern states and 250% in the north-central states.

There are three significant tick-borne diseases in the northeast states, including, Lyme disease, babesiosis, and anaplasmosis according to the (CDC, 2018). The Lyme disease profile contains the disease agents: Borrelia burgdorferi and B. mayonii; as well as the mode of transmission: a lone star tick bite; also, the disease has two stages localized stage and disseminated stage; additionally, the incubation period: 3 days to a month (CDC, 2018). The second TB disease is babesiosis including the agents: Babesia microti and other Babesia species; also, the disease could be transmitted by the vector Ixodes scapularis ticks and the signs of the disease are mostly asymptomatic, however, sometimes it could be lethal; lastly, the incubation period is one to more than nine weeks (CDC, 2018). The third tick-borne disease profile is anaplasmosis. The anaplasmosis’ agent is Anaplasma phagocytophilum also the diseases could transfer by a bite from an infected tick and a contaminated blood transfusion (CDC, 2018). In addition to the epidemiological profile of the tick-borne disease, the risks of co-infection consider a significant health problem that concerns the public health community. In a retrospective cohort study conducted by (Fida, 2019) stated that 37% of patients with babesiosis developed non-fatal co-infection of Lyme diseases and anaplasmosis.

In conclusion, this project aims to identify the magnitude of tick-borne disease in the US, create a geographical map of at least four of tick-borne diseases in the US, compose an epidemiological profile of 4 TB diseases, finally develop public health recommendation of the prevention and public education of tick-borne diseases.

TBD- Tick-borne disease TB- Tick-borne

Objectives (please list a minimum of three):

By 9/12/19, conduct literature reviews with a minimum of 15 evidence-based article of the top 5 tick-borne diseases in the US.
By 9/19/19, identify the prevalence of a minimum 4 of tick-borne diseases in the United States specifically the northern states of the US from existing data.
By 9/25/19, distinguish prevalence of co-infection and the risk of tick-borne diseases co-infections from existing data.
By 10/10/19, create geographical map of the top 5 tick-borne diseases in the northern states or in the US by using existing maps
By 10/20/19, arrange epidemiological profile of 5 tick-borne diseases in the north east states.
By 11/1/19, develop minimum of 4 public health recommendations focusing on prevention and public education of tick-borne diseases in the US.
By 11/15/19, finalize and submit the report, portfolio, and the poster.

Strategies to be used:

Review of the literature (primary studies, case studies) and public health sites including the CDC, MMWR, https://www.cdc.gov/ticks/diseases/index.html to identify tick borne diseases in the US, prevalence, and epidemiological profiles.

Site resources to be used (if special permission is needed to gain access to data, records, etc. how it will be arranged):

Identify which competencies you will be developing during the course of your APE (please identify a minimum of five competencies, of which three must be foundational competencies):

FC1: Apply epidemiological methods to the breadth of settings and situations in public health practice
FC2: Select quantitative and qualitative data collection methods appropriate for a given public health context
FC3: Analyze quantitative and qualitative data using biostatistics, informatics, computer-based programming and software, as appropriate.
FC4: Interpret results of data analysis for public health research, policy or practice
FC7: Assess population needs, assets, and capacities that affect communities’ health
EPIC1: Identify key sources of data for epidemiologic purposes.
EPIC2: Describe a public health problem in terms of magnitude, person, time and place.
EPIC3: Apply the basic terminology and definitions of epidemiology.
EPIC4: Draw appropriate inferences from epidemiologic data.

References: (AMA or APA formatting)

Fida, M., Challener, D., Hamdi, A., O’horo, J., & Abu Saleh, O. (2019, June). Babesiosis: A Retrospective Review of 38 Cases in the Upper Midwest. In Open forum infectious diseases (Vol. 6, No. 7, p. ofz311). US: Oxford University Press.

Hersh, M. H., Ostfeld, R. S., McHenry, D. J., Tibbetts, M., Brunner, J. L., Killilea, M. E., … & Keesing, F. (2014). Co-infection of blacklegged ticks with Babesia microti and Borrelia burgdorferi is higher than expected and acquired from small mammal hosts. PloS one, 9(6), e99348.

Sutherst, R. W. (2004). Global change and human vulnerability to vector-borne diseases. Clinical microbiology reviews, 17(1), 136-173.

Tick-borne disease of the United States a reference manual for healthcare providers Fifth Edition, 2018. Retrieved from https://www.cdc.gov/ticks/tickbornediseases/TickborneDiseases-P.pdf

Tick-borne disease working group 2018 report to congress. Retrieved from https://www.hhs.gov/sites/default/files/tbdwg-report-to-congress-2018.pdf

Practice-based products that demonstrate MPH competency achievement
Specific products in portfolio that demonstrate application or practice	List competency name and number as defined in the APE Guidelines (see Appendix A, Appendix B)
Epidemiological profile of the top 3 Tick-borne diseases in the northern east states	EPIC2, EPIC3, FC1,FC2,FC3,FC4
Create geographical map of 4 tick-borne diseases	EPIC2, FC1, FC2, FC4, EPIC4
Provide 3 public health recommendations on prevention and public education	FC1, FC7
Practicum Report	FC1, FC2, FC3, FC4, FC7, EPIC1, EPIC2, EPIC3, EPIC4
Practicum Poster	FC1, FC2, FC3, FC4, FC7, EPIC1, EPIC2, EPIC3, EPIC4

Final products (Each student must include two products. Students must match their identified competencies to their products. A specific deliverable can cover more than one competency

Question 28: Sociology

Instruction

Based on your reading of Ghetto, and other materials we have covered in this course, your essay will outline forces that influence the lives of those residing in ghettos and how the activities of people affect life in the ghetto. You will accomplish this by answering the following questions: 1. What political, economic, and cultural forces influence life in ghettos? In answering this question, you will want to outline the economic and political forces that influenced people’s pursuit of livelihood opportunities in the economy (both formal and informal). More specifically, you will want to discuss the economic, cultural and political factors that contributed to overall condition and the day to day lives of the residents. 2. How do race, class, and gender differences play a role living in the ghetto? In answering this question, you will relate specific examples from the book on how differences in race, class, and gender influence interactions between different types of people. Are these differences causes of tension or sources of unfairness? You will also describe how ideas about race and class influence outsider’s perceptions and, in turn, how those perceptions influence institutional ‘solutions’ to the perceived problems. Are the tactics used to address the (perceived) problems effective (or not)? 3. How does space affect the life of the residents and the city? In answering this question, you will use evidence from the book to argue whether the people and their activities are positive or negative influences on the life of the city as a whole. In other words, you will use specific evidence from the book to evaluate whether outsiders’ negative perceptions of street people are accurate (or not). FORMAT : Your essay should be 4 pages long, not including your bibliography (a cover sheet is not necessary). It should be in 12-point font, double-spaced, and with 1 inch margins. Writing much less than 4 pages will hurt your grade. You must use the APA system for references.

Question 29: Education

Instruction

Using Leverage Leadership 2.0: A Practical Guide to Building Exceptional Schools 2nd Edition as a tool to complete the paper. (this book is mandatory in writing this paper) The paper should be on building school culture and a vision that would be beneficial to the entire school. (Staff, students and parents) Research project or research paper: Topics for the research project/paper may come from any listed in the course training materials, review of literature, the textbook, or a topic of interest to the individual consistent with the content of this course. The research paper should be eight to ten pages in length and utilize the American Psychological Association (APA) documentation and include at least 8 sources. Projects may be done in PowerPoint, Publisher or other 21st-century software appropriate for the task, but should contain internal citations and end with a reference list that is matched to the sources cited in the project.

Project Grading Rubric

SCALE	1	2	3	4	Total Points
Organization (Focus and rationale)	No focus/no rationale	Information somewhat relates to the topic and rationale	Information tied to topic and supports rationale	Information presented in logical and engaging sequence, closely tied to topic/supports rationale
Content knowledge	No research evident (e.g. power point slides only with no elaboration)	Some research evident (e.g. power point slides with limited elaboration)	Research evident (e.g. power point slides with some elaboration)	Extensive research evident (e.g. explanation and elaboration in notes of power point)
Introduction	Introduction does not convey the topic.	Introduction provides a general thesis.	Introduction delineates subtopics and general thesis.	Introduction clearly delineates subtopics, intended audience, key questions(s), terms, and specific thesis.
Closure	Conclusion is not evident.	Review of key elements with some connection to thesis/purpose of project.	Review of Key elements with a strong connection to thesis/purpose of project.	Strong review of key elements, insightful integration with thesis/purpose of project.
Grammar & Mechanics	Grammar and mechanics substantially detract from the project.	Grammar and mechanics interfere with the project.	Grammar and mechanics are minimal and do not detract from the project.	The project is free from grammar and mechanical errors.
APA Style	Does not follow APA style.	Errors in APA style are noticeable.	Minimal errors in APA style.	No errors in APA style.
Requirements 8-9 pages (research paper) 15-19 slides (project)	No sources 3-4 pages (research paper) No sources 8-10 slides (project)	2-3 sources 5-6 pages (research paper) 1-3 sources, 11-12 slides (Project)	5-6 sources 7 pages (research paper) 4-5 sources 13-14 slides (Project)	8+ sources, 8-10 pages (research paper) 6+ sources 15-19 slides (Project)

Question 30: Education

Write a narrative (3,750-4,000 words) that summarizes the important information about the 10 articles you selected and describes how the studies form the research gap that your dissertation will fill. Your narrative should include the following: A summary of the key points of each article (purpose, research method, research design, sample, data collection instrument, results). A description of how these studies individually lead to the research gap that your dissertation study will fill.

Instruction

With the construction of the 10 Strategic Points for your dissertation study, you began to draft the literature review (Point 2) of the study to illuminate an identified gap in the literature to be filled by your dissertation study. While the literature review ultimately requires more than simply summarizing studies in some logical order, summarizing and paraphrasing are the beginning points of a solid literature review. In this assignment, you will summarize several studies from Point 2 (Literature Review) of your 10 Strategic Points document and the references to studies related to your dissertation topic that you added to the Literature Review Resources assignment in the final week of RES-850. From those summaries, you will describe how the studies form the gap that your dissertation will fill. Remember, to illuminate a gap in the research, the articles surveyed must have been published within the last 5 years General Requirements: Use the following information to ensure successful completion of the assignment: Refer to the draft of the 10 Strategic Points that you developed for your dissertation study in Topic 5 of RES-850. You may also use a more recent version of this document if one is available. Refer to the list of 10 references to studies related to your dissertation topic that you added to the Literature Review Resources assignment in the final week of RES-850. Instructors will be using a grading rubric to grade the assignments. It is recommended that learners review the rubric prior to beginning the assignment in order to become familiar with the assignment criteria and expectations for successful completion of the assignment. Doctoral learners are required to use APA style for their writing assignments. The APA Style Guide is located in the Student Success Center. You are required to submit this assignment to LopesWrite. Refer to the directions in the Student Success Center. Directions: Locate the draft of the 10 Strategic Points from Topic 5 of RES-850 (or a more recent version if one is available) and the 10 references to studies that you added to the Literature Review Resources assignment in the final topic of RES-850. Choose five articles from your draft of the 10 Strategic Points and 5 articles from those you added to the Literature Review Resources assignment in the final week of RES-850. The articles you choose must have been published within the last 5 years. I have all the articles and reference

Question 1: General Question

Chamberlain NR283 Test Question Bank (Exam 1, Exam 2, Exam 3, Final Exam) graded A

Question 2: History

Background to the assignment: Who “owns” the past? Who has the right to define what the past means for us today? This assignment asks you to reflect on these questions. In the course of this assignment, you will discover that ancient history can sometimes be very contemporary, reminding us that the past is always present with us. Many of the conflicts in our world today have ancient roots, which is one of the reasons studying the past is important.

Description of the assignment: Go online and find some information about the “Elgin Marbles” (also called the “Parthenon Marbles”). Read a little about the controversy between the British and Greek governments concerning the ownership of these marbles. In a 2-paragraph essay, first summarize the controversy in your own words, and then take a clear position by supporting either the Greek or British side. Discuss 2 main reasons that support your position. You do not need to do extensive research or reading to complete this assignment well. However, if you include sources, cite them in current APA format. This assignment must be 250–300 words and must include the word count in parentheses. Submit a draft of your Learning Activity to Safe Assign for feedback a few days before the assignment is due.

Question 3: Business

What is your favorite brand of sandwich cookie? If you’re like most Americans, chances are its Oreo. In fact, Oreos are so popular that many people think Oreo was the original sandwich cookie. But they’re wrong. Sunshine first marketed its Hydrox sandwich cookie in 1908. Hydrox thrived until 1912, when Nabisco (now part of Kraft) launched Oreo. With Nabisco’s superior distribution and advertising, Hydrox was soon outmatched. By 1998, Hydrox sales totaled $16 million, while Oreo’s revenues were at $374 million. Hydrox has been purchased by Keebler (subsequently purchased by Kellogg), whose elves are trying to give the cookie a major facelift. You are part of the Keebler team deciding what to do with the Hydrox brand.

Purpose: To show students how important branding can be to product success. Students try to relaunch the Hydrox cookie brand (the original chocolate sandwich cookie) by investigating branding issues, including brand name and brand mark, determining the role of packaging, and assessing the feasibility of brand extensions

Instructions:

Document your activities and exercise in this application exercise assignment. Keep good notes that you will submit as part of this assignment.

Activities and questions to answer:

Can you re-create Hydrox through a name change? What kind of brand name could go head-to-head with Oreo? (Most people unfamiliar with Hydrox think it is a cleaning product.) Make a list of five possibilities to be submitted with this assignment.
Next, how can you package your renewed sandwich cookie to make it more attractive on the shelf than Oreo? What about package size? Draft a brief packaging plan for the new Hydrox (or whatever name you chose).
Can you modify the original formula to make something new and more competitive? Will a brand extension work here? Why or why not?

Question 4: Business

Firm/Product Selection: Introduce the company and the product or service for which you wish to propose to engage in an international activity.

Proposed Company: https://www.shinola.com (Made in Detroit USA)

Brief about the history of the company through to current situation.
What needs does this product/service satisfy?(e.g., Harley Davidson motorcycle is often not a means of transportation, but satisfies a buyer’s desire for freedom/power/ escape from mundane rule-bound life)
How does the firm provide this product/service and satisfy needs?(e.g., Harley Davidson builds this American icon with often retro-style and powerful engine product, effective branding)

Minimum 2 pages’ word report (12pt).

Question 5: Business

Complete the Internal Versus External Candidates worksheet

University of Phoenix Material

Internal vs. External Candidates Worksheet

Compare in a total of 525 to 700 words the strategies used to evaluate internal versus external candidates.

Strategy	Pros	Cons

Assess in 175 words the factors that should be considered when deciding whether to hire from within to seek external candidates.

Select a position with which you are familiar.

Determine in 175 words whether you would hire using an internal or external process.

Defend your recommendation.

References

APA-formatted citation

Question 6: Business

Respond to the following in a minimum of 175 words:

Discuss non-traditional applicant pools. To what extent is this population hired at your current or previous organization?

Question 7: Business

Read the opening vignette, “Sourcing Top Talent at McAfee” on page 143 in Strategic Staffing, Ch. 6.

Assess the following in 150 words: Introduction

Just an introduction is need
Determine three metrics that McAfee should use to evaluate the effectiveness of its talent community in sourcing top talent.
Explain your rationale for selecting these three metrics.
Propose other ways in which McAfee can keep its talent pipeline full of high-quality potential job applicants.

Question 8: Business

Watch the below two videos and Read Netflix in India.

https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=s0YjL9rZyR0 (Eric Li)

https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=jsZDlBU36n0 Why nations fail?

Discuss:

1) What are the key differences between USA and China, both formal (political economical and legal systems etc. ) and informal (culture, social norms etc.) institutions? What do you have to say to Eric Li?

2) Identify the major macro-environment factors in India that impact Netflix’s operation in India. What do you recommend to Netflix to achieve better performance in India?

Question 9: Business

How tightly do you fit into a particular market segment? Do you think you can be neatly classified? If you think your purchasing habits make you an enigma to marketers, you may need to think again.

Instructions: Document your activities and exercise in this application exercise assignment. Keep good notes that you will submit as part of this assignment.

Purpose: This exercise quickly shows students the limitations of using only demographics to describe their customers, and really clarifies the process of segmentation and positioning for them.

Activities

Visit the following website located in this folder named: Segments

Click on the link above and then type in your zip code. The database will generate many cluster descriptions based on your ZIP code. Depending on the functionality of the Web site at the time you access the database, you may need to reenter your ZIP code multiple times if you want to read all the cluster descriptions.
Now review the demographic and psychographic data for the segments. Please provide insights on their life stage, lifestyle, and others things that they like such as automobiles, music, health, books, magazines, beauty products, and income. Then think about which products in that category would appeal to each of the clusters generated by your ZIP code search. Please name 3 to 4 of the groups identified and provide feedback on similarities between the groups. For example, a car that appeals to a cluster titled “Young Bohemians” may not be the car of choice for the cluster “Pools and Patios.” If your search generated only one cluster type, you may wish to enter other ZIP codes for your area of town or for your region.
Write a short statement that describes what you have learned about the most common segments for your zip code.

https://claritas360.claritas.com/mybestsegments/#zipLookup

Question 10: Business

Respond to the following in a minimum of 175 words:

Considering the internal labor market at your organization ( Marshalls), what competency or skill gap needs to be closed? What’s the approach to doing so?

Question 11: Business

Use a position that you would like to obtain (CEO) to create job duties and at least three KSAOs (knowledge, skills, abilities, and other characteristics).

Answer the following questions in 350 words for each KSAO:

Is the KSAO necessary prior to hiring, or can it be trained?
What is the importance of each characteristic relative to the others?
What is the approximate time the employee will spend on each duty?

Question 12: Economics

Matching Definitions

( ) Shows the amounts households plan to spend for consumer goods at different levels of disposable income.
() The share of the additional dollar a person decides to save.
() Percent of disposable income that household spend on consumer goods.
() Tendency for people to increase or decrease consumption spending when the value of their financial assets changes.
() Shows the amounts households plan to save at different levels of disposable income.
() The share of the additional dollar a person decides to devote to consumption expenditures.
() Percent of disposable income that household save
() Increased savings may be both good and bad for the economy.
() The ratio of a change in equilibrium GDP to the change in investment.
() The line along which the value of output is equal to the value of aggregate expenditures.

Consumption schedule
Marginal propensity to save (MPS)
Average propensity to consume (APC)
Wealth effect
Savings schedule
Marginal propensity to consume (MPC)
Average propensity to save (APS)
Paradox of thrift
Multiplier
45 degree line

Question 13: Economics

Matching Definitions

( ) the percentage of adults who are in the labor force and thus seeking jobs,

but who do not have jobs

( ) unemployment that occurs because individuals lack skills valued by

employers, or the job is no longer there.

( ) those who have stopped looking for employment due to the lack of suitable

positions available.

( ) the unemployment rate that would exist if cyclical unemployment were 0%.

( ) a contractual provision that wage increases will keep up with inflation.

( ) “Take this job and shove it!” results in this.

( ) When demand rises faster than supply, causing price to rise.

( ) the adults in an economy who are either employed or who are unemployed

and looking for a job

( ) unemployment closely tied to the business cycle, like higher unemployment

during a recession.

( ) Rising production costs cause the supply of goods and services to decline and prices to rise..

Unemployment rate
labor force
Discouraged workers
frictional unemployment
COLAs
cyclical unemployment
structural unemployment
Natural rate of unemployment
Demand-pull inflation
Cost-push inflation

Question 14: Economics

Matching Definitions

value of a country’s output found by adding up C + Ig + G + Xn

value of a country’s output found by adding the costs incurred and income (including profits) generated by production of goods and services during the period

a measure of inflation

value of a country’s output expressed in the current year’s dollars.

output provided to other businesses at an intermediate stage of production, not for final users.

output used directly for consumption, investment, government, and trade purposes.

Increase in worth of a good or service provided at each stage of production

=100

value of a country’s output expressed in the base year’s dollars.

the value of the output of all goods and services produced within a country in a year

GDP

Intermediate goods

Final goods

Value added

Expenditure approach

Income approach

Nominal GDP

Real GDP

Price index

Base year

Question 15: Psychology

Read the Research Paper Instructions and Research Paper Rubric. Decide which specific DSM disorder you plan to research for the Research Paper assignment. Go to the LU Online Library and begin researching for your paper, locating one journal article to share with the class. Share your chosen topic with the class and your reasoning behind your interest in the selected topic. Within your post, provide a 150-word summary of one journal article that you are interested in using for your research paper. Provide the journal (full text) as an attachment. Include at least one direct quote from the journal article (not more than 25 words). (Note that the entire post should be 200-250 words. For this assignment, the direct quote is included in the required word count). All citations should be in APA format. As per assignment directions and rubric, include a Bible verse and application and an outside source cited in APA format.

Research a specific mental disorder within the realm of Abnormal Psychology. The topic must be one which is discussed in the course textbook and described in the current edition of the Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders (DSM). The length of the body of the paper must be at least 7 pages, and must not exceed 10 pages of summarized research findings in current APA format. All sources used must be scholarly journals. In addition to this, include a current APA-style title page, abstract, and references; these do not count toward the minimum number of pages required. The paper must be organized with sub-headings reflecting the required sections (I–IX).

The research paper will address the following aspects, organized in this order:

* Title Page: APA-style

* Abstract: APA-style

Introduction: Introduce and describe the topic. Discuss the DSM classification for the disorder, including a discussion of the specific criteria as described in the DSM (1/2 page).
Historical: Describe the disorder in a historical context (how the view of disorder has changed over time, how cause/treatment options have changed, etc). (1 page).

III. Cause of the Illness: Current research as to the cause of the illness (1 page).

Treatment: Various treatment approaches for this disorder, including the benefits of the treatment (1 page).
Prevention: Research as to the prevention of the illness (1 page).
Cross Cultural: Cross-cultural issues pertaining to the topic (1 page).

VII. Biblical Worldview: Discuss the topic from a Christian worldview perspective, including disorder’s cause, treatment, and prevention. Utilize the Bible and a journal source written from a biblical/theological perspective on the topic (1 page).

VIII. Conclusion: Include a closing summary of the research, including ideas for future research on the topic (1/2 page).

References: APA-style. See also References Grading Rubric and instructions.

* Organize the paper according to directions. Include current APA-style Level 1 sub-titles. Do not use Roman numerals.

* The use of 3^rd person point of view is expected for this type of scholarly research assignment.

* Correct spelling, grammar, and punctuation is expected in writing at this level.

* Include not more than ½ page of directly quoted material. Directly quoted material in excess of ½ page would not count towards length/content requirements of the paper.

* Current APA formatting is required.

* Course textbook is not permitted as a source.

* All sources must be journal articles dated within the past 10 years.

Research Paper Grading Rubric

Criteria

Levels of Achievement

Content 70%

140 points

Advanced 90-100% (A)

Proficient 70-89% (B-C)

Developing 1-69% (< D)

Not present

Content (20 points each)

126 to 140 points

The paper exceeds content requirements:

Introduction/Conclusion

Intro: Detailed DSM information for the disorder and a full 1/2 page. Conclusion: thoughtful content and ideas for future research. Content is a full 1/2 page.

Historical: detailed Historical content based on one or more scholarly sources and is a full page.

Cause: detailed Causal content based on one or more scholarly sources and is a full page.

Treatment: detailed Treatment content based on one or more scholarly sources and is a full page.

Prevention: Detailed Prevention content based on one or more scholarly sources and is a full page.

Cross-Cultural: Detailed Cross-Cultural content based on one or more scholarly sources and is a full page.

Biblical Worldview

Detailed Biblical content and is a full page. Contains content based on 1 or more Bible type sources and also includes a Bible verse and application to the topic.

98 to 125 points

The paper meets content requirements:

Introduction/Conclusion

Intro: Detailed DSM information for the disorder and a full 1/2 page. Conclusion: thoughtful content and ideas for future research. Content is a full 1/2 page.

Historical: Detailed Historical content based on one or more scholarly sources and is a full page.

Cause: Detailed Causal content based on one or more scholarly sources and is a full page.

Treatment: detailed Treatment content based on one or more scholarly sources and is a full page.

Prevention: Detailed Prevention content based on one or more scholarly sources and is a full page.

Cross-Cultural: Detailed Cross-Cultural content based on one or more scholarly sources and is a full page.

Biblical Worldview

Detailed Biblical content and is a full page. Contains content based on 1 or more Bible type sources and also includes a Bible verse and application to the topic.

1 to 97 points

The paper meets some of the content requirements:

Introduction/Conclusion

Intro: Detailed DSM information for the disorder and a full 1/2 page. Conclusion: thoughtful content and ideas for future research. Content is a full 1/2 page.

Historical: Detailed Historical content based on one or more scholarly sources and is a full page.

Cause: Detailed Causal content based on one or more scholarly sources and is a full page.

Treatment: Detailed Treatment content based on one or more scholarly sources and is a full page.

Prevention: Detailed Prevention content based on one or more scholarly sources and is a full page.

Cross-Cultural: Detailed Cross-Cultural content based on one or more scholarly sources and is a full page.

Biblical Worldview

Detailed Biblical content and is a full page. Contains content based on 1 or more Bible type sources and also includes a Bible verse and application to the topic.

0 points

Not present.

Structure 30%

60 points

Advanced 90-100% (A)

Proficient 70-89% (B-C)

Developing 1-69% (< D)

Not present

Organizational Elements

9 to 10 points

The paper exceeds structure requirements:

Organizational Elements as outlined in instructions were followed, including APA style Level 1 sub-titles

7 to 8 points

The paper meets structure requirements:

Organizational Elements as outlined in instructions were followed, including APA style Level 1 sub-titles

1 to 6 points

The paper meets most of the structure requirements:

Organizational Elements as outlined in instructions were followed, including APA style Level 1 sub-titles

0 points

Not present.

General APA

18 to 20 points

The paper exceeds structure requirements:

Content displays correct APA format in all required paper sections (Historical, Cause, Treatment, Prevention, Cross-Cultural, Biblical Worldview) with citations throughout matching the References page.

14 to 17 points

The paper meets structure requirements:

1 to 13 points

The paper meets most of the structure requirements:

0 points

Not present.

Title page, abstract, reference page formatting

27 to 30 points

The paper exceeds structure requirements:

Title page is in proper APA format.

Abstract is in proper APA format, contains 150-250 words, and includes keywords.

References page is free of APA errors, contains 5 or more scholarly sources in correct APA format (books or journals only). Textbook is not used as a source as per directions. Sources contain Bible type book/journal source.

21 to 26 points

The paper meets structure requirements:

Title page is in proper APA format.

Abstract is in proper APA format, contains 150-250 words, and includes keywords.

1 to 20 points

The paper meets most of the structure requirements:

Title page is in proper APA format.

Abstract is in proper APA format, contains 150-250 words, and includes keywords.

0 points

Not present.

Question 16: Education

SEJPME Final Exam | Complete Solution | Scored 100%

SEJPME Pre Test and Post Test (Study Guide) / SEJPME Final Exam (Study Guide)

SEJPME I POST TEST

1) In the name of strategic mobility, the Marine Corps adopted prepositioning for which of the following purposes? [objective81]

speed and dispersion

provide materiel needed to sustain a brigade for 30 days in a potential combat zone

amphibious assault

——————————————————————————–

2) The most well-known Coast Guard mascot during World War II, who provided a morale boost to his crew, was named? [objective88]

Skipper

Aladdin

Sinbad

Smoky

——————————————————————————–

3) With over half of its forces in the Reserve Components, the Army relies heavily on _____. [objective92]

none of the answers are correct

the Army Reserve

both the Army National Guard and Army Reserve

the Army National Guard

——————————————————————————–

4) Which of the following options represent the Statutory Advisors of the National Security Council? [objective63]

Chief of Staff to the President, Chairman of the Joint Chiefs of Staff, and the Director of National Intelligence

Chairman of the Joint Chiefs of Staff and Director of National Intelligence

President, Vice President, Secretary of State, and Secretary of Defense

Secretary of the Treasury and Secretary of Homeland Security

——————————————————————————–

5) Between 1777 and 1778, Baron Friedrich Willhelm von Steuben taught the Continental Army what aspects of war? (Select all that apply.) [objective79]

rifle cartridges loading

drill formations

proper care of equipment

bayonet usage

——————————————————————————–

6) What is the role of the U.S. Armed Forces today? (Select all that apply.) [objective72] [Remediation Accessed :N]

to train forces

to retain forces

to equip forces

to organize forces

——————————————————————————–

7) The first step in solving a problem is to _____. [objective58]

gather multiple perspectives on the problem

report the problem to the commanding officer

define the problem

draft an action plan

——————————————————————————–

8) Derived from the integration of Service cultures and competencies and requires teamwork amongst all Services and Military Departments to accomplish objectives in the best interest of national security unfettered by parochialism. _____ best describes this concept. [objective96] [Remediation Accessed: N]

Integration

Interdependence

Diversity

Jointness

——————————————————————————–

9) Deliberations involving the possible use of force must include the Reserve Component at what point in the planning process? [objective90]

after all of the planning is completed

early in the planning process

somewhere – early, mid, or later – as long as they are included

late in the planning process

——————————————————————————–

10) One of the three approaches within the Total Force Fitness (TFF) Program includes preventative strategies which include addressing and eliminating the stigma and other factors that prevent Service members (and their families) from seeking help early and focus on achieving increased performance. [objective105]

False

True

——————————————————————————–

11) Who are the caretakers of naval customs, traditions, honors, and ceremonies? [objective85]

commanders

chief petty officers

admirals

——————————————————————————–

12) Ice Operations and Marine Environmental Protection fall under which role of the Coast Guard? [objective77] [Remediation Accessed :N]

maritime stewardship

maritime safety

maritime security

——————————————————————————–

13) Flexibility in aerospace power allows forces to exploit mass and maneuver simultaneously to a far greater extent than surface forces can. [objective76]

False

True

——————————————————————————–

14) The multinational force commander must resolve or mitigate sovereignty through which of the following? (Select all that apply.) [objective70] [Remediation Accessed :N]

compromise

communication

coordination

consensus

——————————————————————————–

15) _____ is key to successful employment, readiness, and use of Reserve Component forces. [objective91]

Adaptability

Transformation

Predictability

Training

——————————————————————————–

16) Leaders at all levels should be vigilant and consistent in the prevention, identification, and fraud, waste, and abuse (FWA). [objective102]

True

False

——————————————————————————–

17) In a traditional cake-cutting ceremony the first piece of cake is given to the youngest Marine present, and the second piece of cake is given to the oldest Marine present. [objective86] [Remediation Accessed :N]

True

False

——————————————————————————–

18) While its missions might include forcible entry operations and peace enforcement, humanitarian assistance is not within the Marine Corps’ purview. [objective75] [Remediation Accessed :N]

False

True

——————————————————————————–

19) Service members contribute to force readiness by being focused, alert, and prepared for new tasks, behaving responsibly and ethically, and _____. [objective103]

limiting the number of times they take vacations

remaining single

maintaining dental health and hygiene

being able to engage in critical thinking

——————————————————————————–

20) Each geographic combatant command has a _____ to plan and control special operations and other Special Operations Forces activities. [objective95]

Regional Special Warfare Command (RSWC)

Theater Special Operations Command (TSOC)

Joint Special Operations Command (JSOC)

Joint Special Operations Task Force (JSOTF)

——————————————————————————–

21) The statutory members of the National Security Council are _____. [objective60]

President, Vice President, Secretary of Defense, and Secretary of Homeland Security

President, Vice President, Secretary of State, Secretary of Defense, and Secretary of Energy

President, Vice President, Secretary of Defense, and Secretary of State

President, Vice President, Secretary of State, Secretary of Defense, and Secretary of Treasury

——————————————————————————–

22) Taking steps and precautions to reduce the likelihood of something negative or hazardous happening, or reducing the extent of the exposure to a risk, is called risk modification. [objective100]

False

True

——————————————————————————–

23) What are the fundamental roles of the U.S. Navy, Marine Corps, and Coast Guard in the implementation of the National Naval Strategy (NNS)? (Select all that apply.) [objective74] [Remediation Accessed :N]

establish favorable security conditions

secure strategic access and retain global freedom of action

strengthen existing and emerging alliances and partnerships

secure the United States from direct attack

——————————————————————————–

24) Within joint command organizations, leadership and ethics considerations require us to _____ and consider not only personal experiences, but also the lessons learned from others’ experiences – both positive and negative. [objective101]

seek out professional assistance

acknowledge our own prejudice

know all of the facts

critically think about

——————————————————————————–

25) _____ warfare is a violent struggle among state and non-state actors for legitimacy and influence over the relevant population(s). It favors indirect and asymmetric approaches, though it may employ the full range of military and other capacities, in order to erode an adversary’s power, influence, and will. [objective59]

Irregular

Asymmetric

Joint

Traditional

——————————————————————————–

26) Units that support military commanders by working with civil authorities and civilian populations in the commander’s area of operations during peace, contingency operations, and war are known as _____ teams. [objective94]

civil affairs

foreign area officers

special forces

political advisors

——————————————————————————–

27) What Services were established as precursors to the Coast Guard? (Select all that apply.) [objective83]

Lighthouse and Revenue Cutter Service

Bureau of Navigation

Steamboat Inspection Service

Transportation Security Administration

Life Saving Service

——————————————————————————–

28) Upon a declaration of war the Coast Guard may be transferred to and operate as a service of the U.S. Navy? [objective78]

False

True

——————————————————————————–

29) National Security Agency (NSA) provides the following support: (Select all that apply.) [objective57] [Remediation Accessed :N]

timely, relevant, and accurate geospatial intelligence

signals intelligence

solutions, products, and services

information systems security

——————————————————————————–

30) Joint _____ is the component of joint force development that entails collecting observations, analyzing them, and taking the necessary steps to turn them into changes in behavior that improve the mission ready capabilities of the joint force. [objective97] [Remediation Accessed :N]

lessons learned

concepts

education

doctrine

——————————————————————————–

31) What is the purpose of sending someone to the Grog Bowl? [objective87]

as a reward for attendance

recognition for a job well done

as punishment for violating the rules of the mess

——————————————————————————–

32) The major challenge in working toward unity of effort often comes from _____. [objective62]

disjunctions in the three levels of interagency coordination

the news media reporting on governmental and military actions

a lack of sufficient resources applied to the problem

bipartisan politics and infighting in Congress

——————————————————————————–

33) The ______ is an interagency staff group that establishes or enhances regular, timely, and collaborative working relationships between other government agency (e.g., CIA, DOS, FBI) representatives and military operational planners at the combatant commands. [objective64]

JIACG

HAST

CMOC

POLAD

——————————————————————————–

34) The _____ is a joint force that is constituted and so designated by the Secretary of Defense, a combatant commander, a subordinate unified commander, or an existing Joint Task Force commander to accomplish missions with specific, limited objectives and which do not require overall centralized control of logistics. It is dissolved when the purpose for which it was created has been achieved or when it is no longer required.

subordinate unified command

combatant command

joint task force

Service component command

——————————————————————————–

35) The offering of ceremonial toasts is a traditional Army custom at a formal Dining-In, which includes passing the wine, “over the water,” an historical reference to King James I, who was exiled by Oliver Cromwell. [objective84]

False

True

——————————————————————————–

36) What are the Army’s primary missions? (Select all that apply.) [objective73] [Remediation Accessed :N]

shaping the international environment

responding to crises

preparing now for an uncertain future

secure the United States from direct attack

——————————————————————————–

37) In the Chairman’s White Paper, “Mission Command” (2012), “. . .requires leaders at every echelon to be _____.” [objective98] [Remediation Accessed :N]

impartial

adaptable

decisive

strict adherents to doctrine

——————————————————————————–

38) _____ and _____ are two key structural enhancements that should improve the coordination of multinational forces. [objective71]

Liaison network, coordination centers

Rationalization, training

Interoperability, liaison network

Training, interoperability

——————————————————————————–

39) Reserve Components now comprise almost what percent of the Total Force and are an integral part of the Armed Forces of the United States? [objective89]

50 percent

60 percent

30 percent

40 percent

——————————————————————————–

40) After the attacks of 9/11, U.S. Special Operations Command assumed an operational role in synchronizing the DoD effort in _____. [objective93]

combating weapons of mass destruction

cyberspace operations

support of the U.S. government response to pandemic influenza

global operations against terrorist networks

——————————————————————————–

41) Unlike the military, most U.S. Government agencies and nongovernmental organizations are _____ to create separate staffs at the strategic, operational, and tactical levels, with the result that Joint Task Force personnel interface with individuals who are coordinating their organization’s activities at more than one level. [objective65]

not equipped and organized

usually willing, but hesitant

not educated and trained

not eager

——————————————————————————–

42) Operations designed to demonstrate U.S. resolve and involve the appearance of a credible military force in an attempt to defuse a situation that, if allowed to continue, may be detrimental to U.S. interests are known as _____ operations. [objective67]

enforcement

nation assistance

economy of force

show of force

——————————————————————————–

43) The post-Vietnam Maritime Strategy called for the positioning of strong Naval forces along the seaward flanks of the Soviet Union in what locations? (Select all that apply.) [objective80] [Remediation Accessed :N]

the Far East

the Black Sea

the Mediterranean Sea

northern Europe

——————————————————————————–

44) Successful teamwork requires _____ commensurate with responsibility. [objective99]

delegation of authority

experience

maturity

rank

——————————————————————————–

45) The difficulty some units face adapting their mindset to vastly changed conditions on their third or fourth deployment to the same location is known as _____ challenges. [objective66]

rotation

transition

situational awareness

influence

——————————————————————————–

46) The Chairman of the Joint Chiefs of Staff provides a channel of communication between the President/SECDEF and the combatant commanders. [objective56]

False

True

——————————————————————————–

47) Resilience-based training contributes to the overall mission readiness of the Armed Forces. [objective104]

False

True

——————————————————————————–

48) During the 1930s, which essential building blocks for an effective air force fell into place? (Select all that apply.) [objective82]

a vision of a long-range, four-engine bomber that became reality with the first B-17

a comprehensive doctrine of air warfare

clear tactics, techniques, and organization for air-ground cooperation

——————————————————————————–

49) To promote their mutual national interests and ensure mutual security against real and perceived threats, nations that form partnerships must understand the impacts of _____. [objective69] [Remediation Accessed :N]

techniques, tactics, and procedures (TTPs)

culture and economics

non-governmental agencies

internally displaced personnel (IDPs)

——————————————————————————–

50) The principle of joint operations designed to limit collateral damage and prevent the unnecessary use of force is _____. [objective68] [Remediation Accessed :N]

proportionality

perseverance

restraint

legitimacy

——————————————————————————–

ADDITIONAL POST TEST QUESTIONS

1) The primary function of the Air Force is to provide prompt and sustained offensive and defensive air operation. [objective72]

False

True

——————————————————————————–

2) The U.S. employs the military instrument of national power at home and abroad in support of its national security goals. The ultimate purpose of the U.S. Armed Forces is to _____. [objective96]

deter aggressors from attacking the U.S.

support and defend U.S. allies and partners

defend the homeland

fight and win the Nation’s wars

——————————————————————————–

3) What are the peacetime roles of the Coast Guard? (Select all that apply.) [objective77]

maritime security

maritime stewardship around the U.S. and U.S. territories

maritime stewardship around the globe

maritime safety

——————————————————————————–

4) During the conduct of military operations, multinational personnel must be able to _____. [objective70]

develop guidance for detainee operations in a joint environment according to their respective laws

enforce local rules of engagement (ROE) without regard to approved coalition ROE

properly control, maintain, protect and account for all detainees according to applicable domestic law, international law, and policy

target only a small percentage of individuals who fall into different categories under the law of war

——————————————————————————–

5) While it is appropriate and strongly recommended to greet a person by name and grade, if you are unsure of an enlisted Marine’s name or grade, “Marine” is as appropriate as, “Good morning, Sir,” in the case of an officer. [objective86]

True

False

——————————————————————————–

6) Which of the following are primary functions of the Marine Corps according to DoD Directive 5100.01? [objective75]

conduct prompt and sustained combat operations at sea, including sea-based and land-based aviation

all of the answers are correct

organize, equip, and provide Marine Corps forces to conduct joint amphibious operations and train all forces assigned to joint amphibious operations

provide detachments and organizations to serve on armed vessels of the Navy and provide security detachments for naval stations and bases

——————————————————————————–

7) The Cooperative Strategy for 21st Century Seapower is the application of maritime forces to support the United States’ Security Strategy. [objective74]

True

False

——————————————————————————–

8) Which branch of the armed forces operates within the Department of Homeland Security? [objective57]

Navy

Army

Coast Guard

Air Force

Marines

None of the branches

——————————————————————————–

9) Joint _____ prepares individual members and units of the Armed Forces to field a joint force that integrates service capabilities in order to execute assigned missions. [objective97] [Remediation Accessed :N]

force development

force planning

force training

doctrine

——————————————————————————–

10) The Army aids in shaping the international environment through an extensive forward presence in which of the following? [objective73]

Europe, Southwest Asia, the Korean Peninsula, and Japan

Balkans, Middle East, Europe, Southwest Asia, the Korean Peninsula, and Japan

Europe, Asia, the Korean Peninsula, and Japan

——————————————————————————–

11) In the Chairman’s White Paper, “Mission Command” (2012), with the advent and increase of command and control (C2) capabilities, networked-enabled leaders are cautioned against the lure to _____. [objective98]

micromanage

delegate authority

second-guess

provide guidance

——————————————————————————–

12) In 1798, the U.S. Navy and U.S. Marine Corps were created. [objective80]

False

True

——————————————————————————–

13) A(n) _____ is a relationship that results from a formal agreement between two or more nations for broad, long-term objectives, while _____ is an ad hoc arrangement between two or more nations for common action, usually for a single occasion. [objective69]

partnership, coalition

alliance, partnership

coalition, alliance

alliance, coalition

——————————————————————————–

14) The purpose of the _____ principle of joint operations is to concentrate the effects of combat power at the most advantageous place and time to produce decisive results. [objective68]

offensive

mass

objective

maneuver

Question 17: Health Care

NR 222 Unit 3 EXAM 1 Practice

Chapter 01: Nursing Today

Potter et al.: Fundamentals of Nursing, 9th Edition

Chapter 01: Nursing Today

Potter et al.: Fundamentals of Nursing, 9th Edition

MULTIPLE CHOICE

Which nurse most likely kept records on sanitation techniques and the effects on health?
The nurse prescribes strategies and alternatives to attain expected outcome. Which standard of nursing practice is the nurse following?
An experienced medical-surgical nurse chooses to work in obstetrics. Which level of proficiency is the nurse upon initial transition to the obstetrical floor?
A nurse assesses a patient’s fluid status and decides that the patient needs to drink more fluids. The nurse then encourages the patient to drink more fluids. Which concept is the nurse demonstrating?
A nurse prepares the budget and policies for an intensive care unit. Which role is the nurse implementing?
The nurse has been working in the clinical setting for several years as an advanced practice nurse. However, the nurse has a strong desire to pursue research and theory development. To fulfill this desire, which program should the nurse attend?
A nurse attends a workshop on current nursing issues provided by the American Nurses Association. Which type of education did the nurse receive?
A nurse identifies gaps between local and best practices. Which Quality and Safety Education for Nurses (QSEN) competency is the nurse demonstrating?
A nurse has compassion fatigue. What is the nurse experiencing?
A patient is scheduled for surgery. When getting ready to obtain the informed consent, the patient tells the nurse, “I have no idea what is going to happen. I couldn’t ask any questions.” The nurse does not allow the patient to sign the permit and notifies the health care provider of the situation. Which role is the nurse displaying?
The patient requires routine gynecological services after giving birth to her son, and while seeing the nurse-midwife, the patient asks for a referral to a pediatrician for the newborn. Which action should the nurse-midwife take initially?
The nurse has a goal of becoming a certified registered nurse anesthetist (CRNA). Which activity is appropriate for a CRNA?
A nurse teaches a group of nursing students about nurse practice acts. Which information is most important to include in the teaching session about nurse practice acts?
A bill has been submitted to the State House of Representatives that is designed to reduce the cost of health care by increasing the patient-to-nurse ratio from a maximum of 2:1 in intensive care units to 3:1. What should the nurse realize?
A nurse is using a guide that provides principles of right and wrong to provide care to patients. Which guide is the nurse using?
A graduate of a baccalaureate degree program is ready to start working as an RN in the emergency department. Which action must the nurse take first?
While providing care to a patient, the nurse is responsible, both professionally and legally. Which concept does this describe?
A nurse is teaching the staff about Benner’s levels of proficiency. In which order should the nurse place the levels from beginning level to ending level?

Chapter 06: Health and Wellness

Potter et al.: Fundamentals of Nursing, 9th Edition

MULTIPLE CHOICE

A nurse is teaching about the goals ofHealthy People 2020. Which information should the nurse include in the teaching session?
A nurse is following the goals ofHealthy People 2020 to provide care. Which action should the nurse take?
A nurse is using the World Health Organization definition of health to provide care. Which area will the nurse focus on while providing care?
The nurse is preparing a smoking cessation class for family members of patients with lung cancer. The nurse believes that the class will convert many smokers to nonsmokers once they realize the benefits of not smoking. Which health care model is the nurse following?
A nurse is using Maslow’s hierarchy to prioritize care for an anxious patient that is not eating and will not see family members. Which area should the nurse address first?
The patient is reporting moderate incisional pain that was not relieved by the last dose of pain medication. The patient is not due for another dose of medication for another 2 1/2 hours. The nurse repositions the patient, asks what type of music the patient likes, and sets the television to the channel playing that type of music. Which health care model is the nurse using?
A nurse is assessing internal variables that are affecting the patient’s health status. Which area should the nurse assess?
The nurse is admitting a patient with uncontrolled diabetes mellitus. It is the fourth time the patient is being admitted in the last 6 months for high blood sugars. During the admission process, the nurse asks the patient about employment status and displays a nonjudgmental attitude. What is the rationale for the nurse’s actions?
The nurse is working on a committee to evaluate the need for increasing the levels of fluoride in the drinking water of the community. Which concept is the nurse fostering?
The nurse is working in a clinic that is designed to provide health education and immunizations. Which type of preventive care is the nurse providing?
The patient is admitted to the emergency department of the local hospital from home with reports of chest discomfort and shortness of breath. The patient is placed on oxygen, has labs and blood gases drawn, and is given an electrocardiogram and breathing treatments. Which level of preventive care is this patient receiving?
A patient is admitted to a rehabilitation facility following a stroke. The patient has right-sided paralysis and is unable to speak. The patient will be receiving physical therapy and speech therapy. Which level of preventive care is the patient receiving?
Upon completing a history, the nurse finds that a patient has risk factors for lung disease. How should the nurse interpret this finding?
The nurse is caring for a patient who has been trying to quit smoking. The patient has been smoke free for 2 weeks but had two cigarettes last night and at least two this morning. What should the nurse anticipate?
The nurse is working in a drug rehabilitation clinic and is in the process of admitting a patient for “detox.” What should the nurse do next?
A female patient has been overweight for most of her life. She has tried dieting in the past and has lost weight, only to regain it when she stopped dieting. The patient is visiting the weight loss clinic/health club because she has decided to do it. She states that she will join right after the holidays, in 3 months. Which stage is the patient displaying?
Upon completion of the assessment, the nurse finds that the patient has quit drinking and has been alcohol free for the past 2 years. Which stagebestdescribes the nurse’s assessment finding?
The patient had a colostomy placed 1 week ago. When approached by the nurse, the patient and spouse refuse to talk about it and refuse to be taught about how to care for it. How will the nurse evaluate this couple’s stage of adjustment?
A patient has had emphysema (lung disease) for many years. When approached by the nurse, the patient states “I would be better off dead.” The patient supports the family, and now because of oxygen dependency the patient must quit work. The patient’s spouse will have to go to work. Which action should the nurse take?
A nurse is teaching about the transtheoretical model of change. In which order will the nurse place the progression of the stages from beginning to end?

Chapter 16: Nursing Assessment

Potter et al.: Fundamentals of Nursing, 9th Edition

MULTIPLE CHOICE

The nurse is using critical thinking skills during the first phase of the nursing process. Which action indicates the nurse is in the first phase?
A nurse is using the problem-oriented approach to data collection. Which action will the nurse takefirst?
After reviewing the database, the nurse discovers that the patient’s vital signs have not been recorded by the nursing assistive personnel (NAP). Which clinical decision should the nurse make?
The nurse is gathering data on a patient. Which data will the nurse report as objective data?
A patient expresses fear of going home and being alone. Vital signs are stable and the incision is nearly completely healed. What can the nurse infer from the subjective data?
Which method of data collection will the nurse use to establish a patient’s database?
A nurse is gathering information about a patient’s habits and lifestyle patterns. Which method of data collection will the nurse use that willbest obtain this information?
While interviewing an older female patient of Asian descent, the nurse notices that the patient looks at the ground when answering questions. What should the nurse do?
A nurse has already set the agenda during a patient-centered interview. What will the nurse donext?
The nurse is attempting to prompt the patient to elaborate on the reports of daytime fatigue. Which question should the nurse ask?
A nurse is conducting a nursing health history. Which component will the nurse address?
While the patient’s lower extremity, which is in a cast, is assessed, the patient tells the nurse about an inability to rest at night. The nurse disregards this information, thinking that no correlation has been noted between having a leg cast and developing restless sleep. Which action would have beenbest for the nurse to take?
The nurse begins a shift assessment by examining a surgical dressing that is saturated with serosanguinous drainage on a patient who had open abdominal surgery yesterday (or 1 day ago). Which type of assessment approach is the nurse using?
Which statement by a nurse indicates a good understanding about the differences between data validation and data interpretation?
Which scenariobest illustrates the nurse using data validation when making a nursing clinical decision for a patient?
While completing an admission database, the nurse is interviewing a patient who states “I am allergic to latex.” Which action will the nurse takefirst?
A patient verbalizes a low pain level of 2 out of 10 but exhibits extreme facial grimacing while moving around in bed. What is the nurse’sinitial action in response to these observations?
The nurse is interviewing a patient with a hearing deficit. Which area should the nurse use to conduct this interview?
A new nurse is completing an assessment on an 80-year-old patient who is alert and oriented. The patient’s daughter is present in the room. Which action by the nurse will require follow-up by the charge nurse?

Chapter 22: Ethics and Values

Potter et al.: Fundamentals of Nursing, 9th Edition

MULTIPLE CHOICE

Four patients in labor all request epidural analgesia to manage their pain at the same time. Which ethical principle is mostcompromised when only one nurse anesthetist is on call?
The patient reports to the nurse of being afraid to speak up regarding a desire to end care for fear of upsetting spouse and children. Which principle in the nursing code of ethics ensures that the nurse will promote the patient’s cause?
The patient’s son requests to view documentation in the medical record. What is the nurse’sbest response to this request?
When professionals work together to solve ethical dilemmas, nurses must examine their own values. What is the bestrationale for this step?
A nurse is experiencing an ethical dilemma with a patient. Which information indicates the nurse has a correct understanding of the primary cause of ethical dilemmas?
The nurse questions a health care provider’s decision to not tell the patient about a cancer diagnosis. Which ethical principle is the nurse trying to uphold for the patient?
The nurse finds it difficult to care for a patient whose advance directive states that no extraordinary resuscitation measures should be taken. Which step may help the nurse to find resolution in this assignment?
The nurse values autonomy above all other principles. Which patient assignment will the nurse findmost difficult to accept?
A nurse must make an ethical decision concerning vulnerable patient populations. Which philosophy of health care ethics would be particularly useful for this nurse?
A nurse agrees with regulations for mandatory immunizations of children. The nurse believes that immunizations prevent diseases as well as prevent spread of the disease to others. Which ethical framework is the nurse using?
The nurse has become aware of missing narcotics in the patient care area. Which ethical principle obligates the nurse to report the missing medications?
A young woman who is pregnant with a fetus exposed to multiple teratogens consents to have her fetus undergo serial PUBS (percutaneous umbilical blood sampling) to examine how exposure affects the fetus over time. Although these tests will not improve the fetus’s outcomes and will expose it to some risks, the information gathered may help infants in the future. Which ethical principle is atgreatest risk?
A nurse is discussing quality of life issues with another colleague. Which topic will the nurse acknowledge for increased attention paid to quality of life concerns?
Which action by the nurse indicates a safe and efficient use of social networks?

The nurse is caring for a dying patient. Which intervention is considered futile?
During a severe respiratory epidemic, the local health care organizations decide to give health care workers priority access to ventilators over other members of the community who also need that resource. Which philosophy would give the strongest support for this decision?
A nurse is teaching a patient and family about quality of life. Which information should the nurse include in the teaching session about quality of life?
The nurse is caring for a patient supported with a ventilator who has been unresponsive since arrival via ambulance 8 days ago. The patient has not been identified, and no family members have been found. The nurse is concerned about the plan of care regarding maintenance or withdrawal of life support measures. Place the steps the nurse will use to resolve this ethical dilemma in the correct order.

09: Cultural Awareness

Potter et al.: Fundamentals of Nursing, 9th Edition

MULTIPLE CHOICE

A nurse is working at a health fair screening people for liver cancer. Which population group should the nurse monitormost closely for liver cancer?
A nurse is caring for an immigrant with low income. Which information should the nurse consider when planning care for this patient?
A nurse is assessing the health care disparities among population groups. Which area is the nurse monitoring?
A nurse is providing care to a patient from a different culture. Which action by the nurse indicates cultural competence?
The nurse learns about cultural issues involved in the patient’s health care belief system and enables patients and families to achieve meaningful and supportive care. Which concept is the nurse demonstrating?
A nurse is beginning to use patient-centered care and cultural competence to improve nursing care. Which step should the nurse takefirst?
A nurse is performing a cultural assessment using the ETHNIC mnemonic for communication. Which area will the nurse assess for the “H”?

The nurse is caring for a patient of Hispanic descent who speaks no English. The nurse is working with an interpreter. Which action should the nurse take?
Which action indicates the nurse is meeting a primary goal of cultural competent care for patients?
The nurse is caring for a Chinese patient using the Teach-Back technique. Which action by the nurse indicates successful implementation of this technique?
A nurse is using core measures to reduce health disparities. Which group should the nurse focus on to cause the mostimprovement in core measures?
A nurse is designing a form for lesbian, gay, bisexual, and transgender (LGBT) patients. Which design should the nurse use?
A nurse is assessing population groups for the risk of suicide requiring medical attention. Which group should the nurse monitormost closely?
A nurse is assessing a patient’s ethno history. Which question should the nurse ask?
A nurse is teaching patients about health care information. Which patient will the nurse assess closely for health literacy?
A nurse works at a hospital that uses equity-focused quality improvement. Which strategy is the hospital using?
A nurse is providing care to a culturally diverse population. Which action indicates the nurse is successful in the role of providing culturally congruent care?
A nurse is assessing the patient’s meaning of illness. Which area of focus by the nurse ispriority?

MATCHING

A nurse is using Campinha-Bacote’s model of cultural competency to improve cultural care. Which actions describe the components the nurse is using?

Chapter 10: Caring for Families

Potter et al.: Fundamentals of Nursing, 9th Edition

MULTIPLE CHOICE

A nurse is assessing the family unit to determine the family’s ability to adapt to the change of a

member having surgery. Which area is the nurse monitoring?
A nurse reviews the current trends affecting the family. Which trend will the nurse find?
A spouse brings the children in to visit their mother in the hospital. The nurse asks how the family is doing. The husband states, “None of her jobs are getting done, and I don’t do those jobs, so the house and the kids are falling apart.” How will the nurse interpret this finding?
A nurse cares for the family’s as well as the patient’s needs using available resources. Which approach is the nurse using?
A nurse is caring for a patient who needs constant care in the home setting and for whom most of the care is provided by the patient’s family. Which action should the nurse take to help relieve stress?
A nurse is working with a patient. When the nurse asks about family members, the patient states that it includes my spouse, children, and aunt and uncle. How will the nurse describe this type of family?
A nurse is assessing a child that lives in a car with family members who presents to the emergency department. Which area should the nurse assess closely?
The nurse is interviewing a patient who is being admitted to the hospital. The patient’s family went home before the nurse’s interview. The nurse asks the patient, “Who decides when to come to the hospital?” What is the rationale for the nurse’s action?
A nurse is caring for a patient from a motor vehicle accident. Which action by the unlicensed assistive personnel will cause the nurse to intervene?
A nurse is using the family as context approach to provide care to a patient. What should the nurse do next?
The nurse is caring for a patient in hospice. The nurse notes that the patient is getting adequate care, but the spouse is not sleeping well. The nurse also assesses the need for better family nutrition and meals assistance. The nurse discusses these needs with the patient and family and develops a plan of care with them using community resources. Which approach is the nurse using?
The nurse is caring for an older adult patient who has no apparent family. When questioned about family and the definition of family, the patient states, “I have no family. They’re all gone.” When asked, “Who prepares your meals?” the patient states, “I do, or I go out.” Which approach should the nurse use for this patient?
The nurse is caring for an older adult patient at home who requires teaching for dressing changes. The spouse and adult child are also involved in changing the dressing. Which statement by the nurse willmost likely elicit a positive response from the patient and family?
The nurse is providing discharge teaching for an older-adult patient who will need tube feedings at home. The spouse is the only source of care and states “I will not be able to perform the feedings due to arthritis.” Which action should the nurse take?

Question 18: Health Care

DB 1
Scope and Standards of Nursing Practice (graded, 25 points)

The American Nurses Association’s Nursing: Scope and Standards of Practice (3rd ed.) discusses integrating the art and science of nursing. Describe how science and art are synthesized in the practice of nursing.

Question 19: Health Care

Nurse’s Touch: Wellness Health Promotion and Disease Prevention

Which of the following aspects of the care of this client and his family exemplifies primary prevention?
Which of the following aspects of the care of this client and his family exemplifies secondary prevention?
Which of the following aspects of the care of this client and his family exemplifies tertiary prevention?
Which of the following clinical manifestations is a common systemic side effect of receiving an influenza immunization?
When the nurse responds to the client’s report about his son contributing to the family’s support with the statement, “ It is not easy to handle that on your own,” she illustrates the therapeutic communication technique of:

TEST

A nurse has made a commitment to change his eating habits to optimize his health and wellness. He researches various dietary plans and narrows his choices to those that minimizes the effect of lifestyle barriers like eating quickly at work. Which stage of the Transtheorectical Model is he in?
A nurse is giving a series of workshops about health and wellness to a group of older adults at a community center. Which of the following statements from the attendees demonstrate that they understood what the nurse explained about the concept of Health? (select all that apply)
A nurse is caring for a client who has a long history of abuse of alcohol and opioid analgesics. When counseling this client about the adverse effects of substance abuse the nurse should explain that these patterns reduce the oxygenation of as tissues and organs because they cause….
A nurse is giving a presentation about health promotion and disease prevention to a group of young adults at a community college which of the following instructions should the nurse include?
A nurse is caring for a client who is immobile. Which of the following actions should she perform when repositioning the client to avoid injuring her own musculoskeletal system?
A nurse can communicate well, manage time effectively, weigh options and consequences, and learn from mistakes. The nurse is demonstrating Wellness in which of the following dimensions of Health?
A nurse is caring for a client in an ambulatory Clinic who attended a blood pressure screening event and the Stress Management lecture at a community Fair. His blood pressure was 150 /94 mm Hg at the event, so he saw provider at the clinic and begin therapy with a beta blocker. Soon after, the client had a mild myocardial infarction, after discharge from the hospital, enrolled in a program of cardiac Rehabilitation. Which of the following activities of this client is an example of primary prevention?
The World Health Organization’s (WHO) definition of health promotion focuses on the concept of
A nurse is counseling a client who says that she attends a book club in her neighborhood regularly. She says it troubles her that no one engages in the discussion with her. Applying Maslow’s hierarchy of needs to this client this client needs falls into which of the following levels?
A nurse is giving a presentation to a group of nursing students about distinguishing health promotion and disease prevention activities. Which of the following actions should the nurse include as a specific disease prevention activity? (select all that apply)

Question 20: Health Care

NR 222 UNIT 1 NOTES

Question 21: Health Care

1.You are preparing a presentation for your classmates regarding the clinical care coordination conference for a patient with terminal cancer. As part of the preparation you have your classmates read the Nursing Code of Ethics for Professional Registered Nurses. Your instructor asks the class why this document is important. Which of the following statements best describes this code?

Improves self–health care

Protects the patient’s confidentiality

Ensures identical care to all patients

Defines the principles of right and wrong to provide patient care

An 18-year-old woman is in the emergency department with fever and cough. The nurse obtains her vital signs, listens to her lung and heart sounds, determines her level of comfort, and collects blood and sputum samples for analysis. Which standard of practice is performed?

Diagnosis

Evaluation

Assessment

Implementation

A patient in the emergency department has developed wheezing and shortness of breath. The nurse gives the ordered medicated nebulizer treatment now and in 4 hours. Which standard of practice is performed?

Planning

Evaluation

Assessment

Implementation

A nurse is caring for a patient with end-stage lung disease. The patient wants to go home on oxygen and be comfortable. The family wants the patient to have a new surgical procedure. The nurse explains the risk and benefits of the surgery to the family and discusses the patient’s wishes with them. The nurse is acting as the patient’s:

Educator.

Advocate.

Caregiver.

Case manager.

The nurse spends time with the patient and family reviewing the dressing change procedure for the patient’s wound. The patient’s spouse demonstrates how to change the dressing. The nurse is acting in which professional role?

Educator

Advocate

Caregiver

Case manager

The examination for registered nurse (RN) licensure is exactly the same in every state in the United States. This examination:

Guarantees safe nursing care for all patients.

Ensures standard nursing care for all patients.

Ensures that honest and ethical care is provided.

Provides a minimal standard of knowledge for an RN in practice.

Contemporary nursing requires that the nurse has knowledge and skills for a variety of professional roles and responsibilities. Which of the following are examples? (Select all that apply.)

Caregiver

Autonomy and accountability

Patient advocate

Health promotion

Lobbyist

Match the advanced practice nurse specialty with the statement about the role.

Clinical nurse specialist-b. Expert clinician in a specialized area of practice such as adult diabetes care

Nurse anesthetist-d. Provides care and services under the supervision of an anesthesiologist

Nurse practitioner-c. Provides comprehensive care, usually in a primary care setting, directly managing the medical care of patients who are healthy or have chronic conditions

Nurse-midwife-a. Provides independent care, including pregnancy and gynecological services

Health care reform will bring changes in the emphasis of care. Which of the following models is expected from health care reform?

Moving from an acute illness to a health promotion, illness prevention model

Moving from an illness prevention to a health promotion model

Moving from an acute illness to a disease management model

Moving from a chronic care to an illness prevention model

A nurse meets with the registered dietitian and physical therapist to develop a plan of care that focuses on improving nutrition and mobility for a patient. This is an example of which Quality and Safety in the Education of Nurses (QSEN) competency?

Patient-centered care

Safety

Teamwork and collaboration

Informatics

A critical care nurse is using a computerized decision support system to correctly position her ventilated patients to reduce pneumonia caused by accumulated respiratory secretions. This is an example of which Quality and Safety in the Education of Nurses (QSEN) competency?

Patient-centered care

Safety

Teamwork and collaboration

Informatics

The nurses on an acute care medical floor notice an increase in pressure ulcer formation in their patients. A nurse consultant decides to compare two types of treatment. The first is the procedure currently used to assess for pressure ulcer risk. The second uses a new assessment instrument to identify at-risk patients. Given this information, the nurse consultant exemplifies which career?

Clinical nurse specialist

Nurse administrator

Nurse educator

Nurse researcher

Nurses in an acute care hospital are attending a unit-based education program to learn how to use a new pressure-relieving device for patients at risk for pressure ulcers. This is which type of education?

Continuing education

Graduate education

In-service education

Professional Registered Nurse Education

Which of the following Internet resources can help consumers compare quality care measures? (Select all that apply.)

WebMD

Hospital Compare

Magnet Recognition Program

Hospital Consumer Assessment of Healthcare

The American Hospital Association’s webpage.

The components of the nursing metaparadigm include:

Person, health, environment, and theory

Health, theory, concepts, and environment

Nurses, physicians, health, and patient needs

Person, health, environment, and nursing

Theory is essential to nursing practice because it: (Select all that apply.)

Contributes to nursing knowledge.

Predicts patient behaviors in situations.

Provides a means of assessing patient vital signs.

Guides nursing practice.

Formulates health care legislation.

Explains relationships between concepts.

A nurse ensures that each patient’s room is clean; well ventilated; and free from clutter, excessive noise, and extremes in temperature. Which theorist’s work is the nurse practicing in this example?

Henderson

Orem

King

Nightingale

The nurse is caring for a patient admitted to the neurological unit with the diagnosis of a stroke and right-sided weakness. The nurse assumes responsibility for bathing and feeding the patient until the patient is able to begin performing these activities. The nurse in this situation is applying the theory developed by:

Neuman.

Orem.

Roy.

Peplau.

Match the following types of theory with the appropriate description.

Middle-range theory-d. Addresses a specific phenomenon and reflects practice

Shared theory-c. Applies theory from other disciplines to nursing practice

Grand theory-a. Very abstract; attempts to describe nursing in a global context

Practice theory-b. Specific to a particular situation; brings theory to the bedside

Match the following descriptions to the appropriate grand theorist.

King-d. Based on the belief that nurses should work with patients to develop goals for care

Henderson-c. Based on 14 activities, the belief that the nurse should assist patients with meeting needs until they are able to do so independently

Orem-b. Based on the belief that people who participate in self-care activities are more likely to improve their health outcomes

Neuman-a. Based on the theory that focuses on wellness and prevention of disease

Match the following description to the appropriate middle-range theory.

Benner’s Skill Acquisition-b. The nurse progresses through five stages of expertise.

AACN’s Synergy Model-d. Matching nurse competencies to patient needs can improve patient outcomes

Mishel’s Uncertainty in Illness-c. The nurse helps the patient to process and find meaning related to his or her illness.

Kolcaba’s Theory of Comfort- a. The nurse strives to relieve patients’ distress.

Which of the following statements related to theory-based nursing practice are correct? (Select all that apply.)

Nursing theory differentiates nursing from other disciplines.

Nursing theories are standardized and do not change over time.

Integrating theory into practice promotes coordinated care delivery.

Nursing knowledge is generated by theory.

The theory of nursing process is used in planning patient care.

Evidence-based practice results from theory-testing research.

A nurse is caring for a patient who recently lost a leg in a motor vehicle accident. The nurse best assists the patient to cope with this situation by applying which of the following theories?

Levine

Watson

Johnson

Using Maslow’s hierarchy of needs, identify the priority for a patient who is experiencing chest pain and difficulty breathing.

Self-actualization

Air, water, and nutrition

Safety

Esteem and self-esteem needs

Which of the following categories of shared theories would be most appropriate for a patient who is grieving the loss of a spouse?

Biomedical

Leadership

Psychosocial

Developmental

While working in a rehabilitation facility, it is important to obtain nursing histories and develop a therapeutic nurse-patient relationship. List in correct order the phases of Peplau’s theory as applied in this setting. The nurse:

3) Ensures that the patient has access to appropriate community resources for long-term care.

2)Collaborates with the patient to identify specific patient needs.

4)Collects essential information from the patient’s health record.

1)Works with the patient to develop a plan for resolving patient issues.

Nurses have developed theories in response to: (Select all that apply.)

Changes in health care.

Prior nursing theories.

Changes in nursing practice.

Research findings.

Government regulations.

Theories from other disciplines.

Physician opinions.

Which of the following types of theory influence the “evidence” in current “evidence-based practice (EBP)”?

Grand theory

Middle-range theory

Practice theory

Shared theory

A nurse is preparing to begin intravenous fluid therapy for a patient. Which category of theory would be most helpful to the nurse at this time?

Grand theory

Middle-range theory

Practice theory

Shared theory

A nurse is presenting a program to workers in a factory covering safety topics, including the wearing of hearing protectors when workers are in the factory. Which level of prevention is the nurse practicing?

Primary prevention

Secondary prevention

Tertiary prevention

Quaternary prevention

A patient had surgery for a total knee replacement a week ago and is currently participating in daily physical rehabilitation sessions at the surgeon’s office. In what level of prevention is the patient participating?

Primary prevention

Secondary prevention

Tertiary prevention

Quaternary prevention

Based on the transtheoretical model of change, what is the most appropriate response to a patient who states: “Me, stop smoking? I’ve been smoking since I was 16!”

“That’s fine. Some people who smoke live a long life.”

“OK. I want you to decrease the number of cigarettes you smoke by one each day, and I’ll see you in 1 month.”

“I understand. Can you think of the greatest reason why stopping smoking would be challenging for you?”

“I’d like you to attend a smoking cessation class this week and use nicotine replacement patches as directed.”

A patient comes to the local health clinic and states: “I’ve noticed how many people are out walking in my neighborhood. Is walking good for you?” What is the best response to help the patient through the stages of change for exercise?

“Walking is OK. I really think running is better.”

“Yes, walking is great exercise. Do you think you could go for a 5-minute walk next week?”

“Yes, I want you to begin walking. Walk for 30 minutes every day and start to eat more fruits and vegetables.”

“They probably aren’t walking fast enough or far enough. You need to spend at least 45 minutes if you are going to do any good.”

A male patient has been laid off from his construction job and has many unpaid bills. He is going through a divorce from his marriage of 15 years and has been seeing his pastor to help him through this difficult time. He does not have a primary health care provider because he has never really been sick and his parents never took him to a physician when he was a child. Which external variables influence the patient’s health practices? (Select all that apply.)

Difficulty paying his bills

Seeing his pastor as a means of support

Age of patient (46 years)

Stress from the divorce and the loss of a job

Family practice of not routinely seeing a health care provider

A nurse is conducting a home visit with an older-adult couple. While in the home the nurse weighs each individual and reviews the 3-day food diary with them. She also checks their blood pressure and encourages them to increase their fluids and activity levels to help with their voiced concern about constipation. The nurse is addressing which level of need according to Maslow?

Physiological

Safety and security

Love and belonging

Self-actualization

When taking care of patients, a nurse routinely asks if they take any vitamins or herbal medications, encourages family members to bring in music that the patient likes to help the patient relax, and frequently prays with her patients if that is important to them. The nurse is practicing which model?

Holistic

Health belief

Trans theoretical

Health promotion

Using the Trans theoretical Model of Change, order the steps that a patient goes through to make a lifestyle change related to physical activity.

2: The individual recognizes that he is out of shape when his daughter asks him to walk with her after school.

5: Eight months after beginning walking, the individual participates with his wife in a local 5K race.

1: The individual becomes angry when the physician tells him that he needs to increase his activity to lose 30 lbs.

4: The individual walks 2 to 3 miles, 5 nights a week, with his wife.

3: The individual visits the local running store to purchase walking shoes and obtain advice on a walking plan.

Which statement made by a nurse shows that the nurse is engaging in an activity to help cope with secondary traumatic stress and burnout?

“I don’t need time for lunch since I am not very hungry.”

“I am enjoying my quilting group that meets each week at my church.”

“I am going to drop my gym membership because I don’t have time to go.”

“I don’t know any of the other nurses who met today to discuss hospital-wide problems with nurse satisfaction.”

Which of the following are symptoms of secondary traumatic stress and burnout that commonly affect nurses? (Select all that apply.)

Regular participation in a book club

Lack of interest in exercise

Difficulty falling asleep

Lack of desire to go to work

Anxiety while working

After a class on Pender’s health promotion model, students make the following statements. Which statement does the faculty member need to clarify?

“The desired outcome of the model is health-promoting behavior.”

“Perceived self-efficacy is not related to the model.”

“The individual has unique characteristics and experiences that affect his or her actions.”

“Patients need to commit to a plan of action before they adopt a health-promoting behavior.”

A patient registered at the local fitness center and purchased a pair of exercise shoes. The patient is in what stage of behavioral change?

Precontemplation

Contemplation

Preparation

Action

As part of a faith community nursing program in her church, a nurse is developing a health promotion program on breast self-examination for the women’s group. Which statement made by one of the participants is related to the individual’s perception of susceptibility to an illness?

“I have a door hanging tag in my bathroom to remind me to do my breast self-examination monthly.”

“Since my mother had breast cancer, I know that I am at increased risk for developing breast cancer.”

“Since I am only 25 years of age, the risk of breast cancer for me is very low.”

“I participate every year in our local walk/run to raise money for breast cancer research.”

The nurse assesses the following risk factors for coronary artery disease (CAD) in a female patient. Which factors are classified as genetic and physiological? (Select all that apply.)

Sedentary lifestyle

Mother died from CAD at age 48

History of hypertension

Eats diet high in sodium

Elevated cholesterol level

Which activity shows a nurse engaged in primary prevention?

A home health care nurse visits a patient’s home to change a wound dressing.

A nurse is assessing risk factors of a patient in the emergency department admitted with chest pain.

A school health nurse provides a program to the first-year students on healthy eating.

A nurse schedules a patient who had a myocardial infarction for cardiac rehabilitation sessions weekly.

Question 22: English

Read the passage from “The Monkey’s Paw.” The Whites are being offered compensation for Herbert’s death. In what way does the stranger’s answer increase the tension of the rising action?

From “The Monkey’s Paw”

The [visitor] coughed, and rising, walked slowly to the window. “The firm wished me to convey their sincere sympathy with you in your great loss,” he said, without looking round. “I beg that you will understand I am only their servant and merely obeying orders.”

There was no reply; the old woman’s face was white, her eyes staring, and her breath inaudible; on the husband’s face was a look such as his friend the sergeant might have carried into his first action.

“I was to say that Maw and Meggins disclaim all responsibility,” continued the other. “They admit no liability at all, but in consideration of your son’s services, they wish to present you with a certain sum as compensation.”

Mr. White dropped his wife’s hand, and rising to his feet, gazed with a look of horror at his visitor. His dry lips shaped the words, “How much?”

“Two hundred pounds,” was the answer.

Unconscious of his wife’s shriek, the old man smiled faintly, put out his hands like a sightless man, and dropped, a senseless heap, to the floor.

The answer causes Mr. White to faint.
The answer satisfies the first wish, and there are still two wishes left.
The answer causes the wife to shriek.
The answer indicates that Herbert has doubts about the wish.

Question 23: Accounting

In April of the current year, Freeman Steel Company transferred Herb Porter from its factory in Nebraska to its plant in Michigan. The company’s SUTA tax rates based on its experience ratings are 3.2% in Nebraska and 3.8% in Michigan. Both states base the tax on the first $9,000 of each employee’s earnings. This year, Freeman Steel Company paid Herb Porter wages of $20,900; $2,800 were paid in Nebraska and the remainder in Michigan. Compute:

Question 24: Biology

Describe approaches you would use to identify appropriately-silenced fungal transformants

Question 25: Business

Research Report

Question
Context: Recently you have joined the firm X – one of the leading export firms in country Z (home country – Malaysia or Australia). Your company is an exporter of goods or services (e.g., food and beverages, telecommunications, energy, or services such as education, entertainment, finance, tourism and health services). You have been assigned to the task of developing a strategic plan to expand the company’s exports to country Y (target country). Country Y could be an existing market or new market.
Relating to the key aspects of the strategic international trade operations topics covered in the course
, provide recommendation on trade expansion strategy to the firm
. In the report, an explicit statement and evaluation of the firm’s strategic plan must be included. Note
: You are required to visit the foreign trade web sites of the home and target countries (for example, explore Austrade website www.austrade.com.au if you have chosen Australia as the exporting/home country, or Malaysia External Trade Development Corporation Matrade www.matrade.gov.my/en/ if you have chosen Malaysia as the exporting/home country) to obtain information on export issues.

The report should include but not limited by the following:
(1). Context analysis (5 marks) – Provide a detailed account of the firm’s historical and current trading operations, export capacities, range of products and services, its market strength, and financial performances. Most of this information could be extracted from the company’s web site and internet (do not contact the company)

(2). Market analysis (5 marks) – Evaluate the export market (e.g. total market volume of the goods or services, market share of the exporting country and the firm etc.). Comment on consumer preferences and potential demand for the product at the targetcity/region/country.

(3). Country analysis (5 marks) – Provide a brief description about economic, political, legal, environmental and other relevant factor
s in the target country including potential risks. Also highlight export support structures present in home and target countries (if any).
(4). Facility location (5 marks) – Analyse the firm’s location issue
s in expanding operations to the chosen target city/region/country.
(5). Trade expansion strategy (5 marks) – Outline and evaluate the firm’s strategy in expanding ope
rations to the chosen target city/region/country.
(6). Firm’s strategic core value (5 marks) – An explicit statement and evaluation of the firm’s strategic core value must be included. Analyse and evaluate the continued actions taken to maintain the firm’s core value in the process of trade expansion

Details

VICTORIA UNIVERISTY BUSINESS SCHOOOL
BEO3432 STRATEGIC INTERNATIONAL TRADE OPERATIONS

SEMESTER 2: 2019 Sunway University, Kuala Lumpur

Assignment (30%)

This assignment is to be undertaken as group work of 3 – 5 students. Assignment should be printed on one-sided A4 paper, with the signed College of Business Student Assessment Declaration form as the first sheet of the paper and the originality report following it. Make sure that you keep a copy of your submitted assignment. The assignment accounts for 30 percent of the total assessment of this unit.

Submission: Students need to submit the assignment to Turnitin in the Assignment Dropbox on the unit VU Collaborate to obtain an originality report, and the hard copy in class of Week 10.

Research Plan due in Week 4: You are required to submit the research plan including a Gant Chart during the tutorial class of Week 4.

Develop a research plan (maximum of two pages) and divide the work equitably amongst the group. The research plan shall provide the followings:

(a) A concise and informative title reflecting the task undertaking, and a brief explanation of the aims/objectives of the project and important features/characteristics of the chosen firm/company.
(b) A Gant Chart listing and diagram of activities and estimated time in days to complete the group assignment. The key activities include but are not limited to: Firm analysis, Market analysis, Country analysis, Strategic core value and plan, and the tasks assigned to each group member.

Presentation: Present the assignment professionally. Refer to the Group Assignment Assessment criteria.

Word limit: Maximum of 4000 words. Upload the final research report onto Turnitin on VU Collaborate. Make sure you hand in a hard copy of the report to your tutor.

Research Report Question

Context: Recently you have joined the firm X – one of the leading export firms in country Z (home country – Malaysia or Australia). Your company is an exporter of goods or services (e.g., food and beverages, telecommunications, energy, or services such as education, entertainment, finance, tourism and health services). You have been assigned to the task of developing a strategic plan to expand the company’s exports to country Y (target country). Country Y could be an existing market or new market.

Relating to the key aspects of the strategic international trade operations topics covered in the course, provide recommendation on trade expansion strategy to the firm. In the report, an explicit statement and evaluation of the firm’s strategic plan must be included.

Note: You are required to visit the foreign trade web sites of the home and target countries (for example, explore Austrade website www.austrade.com.au if you have chosen Australia as the exporting/home country, or Malaysia External Trade Development Corporation Matrade www.matrade.gov.my/en/ if you have chosen Malaysia as the exporting/home country) to obtain information on export issues.

The report should include but not limited by the following:

(1). Context analysis (5 marks) – Provide a detailed account of the firm’s historical and current trading operations, export capacities, range of products and services, its market strength, and financial performances. Most of this information could be extracted from the company’s web site and internet (do not contact the company).
(2). Market analysis (5 marks) – Evaluate the export market (e.g. total market volume of the goods or services, market share of the exporting country and the firm etc.). Comment on consumer preferences and potential demand for the product at the target city/region/country.
(3). Country analysis (5 marks) – Provide a brief description about economic, political, legal, environmental and other relevant factors in the target country including potential risks. Also highlight export support structures present in home and target countries (if any).
(4). Facility location (5 marks) – Analyse the firm’s location issues in expanding operations to the chosen target city/region/country.
(5). Trade expansion strategy (5 marks) – Outline and evaluate the firm’s strategy in expanding operations to the chosen target city/region/country.
(6). Firm’s strategic core value (5 marks) – An explicit statement and evaluation of the firm’s strategic core value must be included. Analyse and evaluate the continued actions taken to maintain the firm’s core value in the process of trade expansion.

Formatting requirement:

Use Times New Roman or Arial, size 12 and 1.15 or 1.5 spacing for text. Number the pages.

(a) Have a Cover Page including:

Subject code and title
Name of assignment
Tutorial group
Tutor name
Assignment group member names and student ID numbers Due date

(b) ThesignedStudentAssessmentDeclarationFormisthefirstsheetofthepaper.
(c) Most importantly, the document should be professionally presented. Staple the

assignment, please do not submit the assignment in plastic covers.

Skills development objective over the semester include but are not limited to:

Complex problem solving
Critical thinking
Communication interpersonal and intercultural
Confident and creative life-long learner

Group member contribution:

On a separate page in the assignment document (after Cover Page), nominate the contributions made by group members for the assignment. In no more than 20 words give reasons why you think the percentage (%) you have nominated is appropriate.

Note that:

The research report will be assessed based on the following criteria. • Coherence of argument
• Originality
• Presentation

Referencing
For further information, please refer to the rubric for assessment criteria

Assessment Rubric

The overall mark will depend on the content, presentation and originality of the report. If evidence of plagiarized work is found, the report will be marked as fail.
The following rubric provides a general reference on marking, please consult your lecturer/tutor to clarify the requirements of specific topic.

Content 50%

High Distinction 80 – 100%

Distinction 70 – 79%

Credit 60 – 69%

Pass 50 – 59%

Fail
0 – 49%

Demonstrate good understanding of the requirement of the tasks and relevant concepts. Demonstrated application and conclusions with justifications of consistent explanations.

Demonstrate satisfactory understanding of the requirement of the task and relevant concepts. Demonstrated application and conclusions, and attempts some justification with explanations.

Analysis

Demonstrate thorough understanding of the requirement of the tasks and relevant concepts. Demonstrated application and conclusions with appropriate justifications, with clear and concise explanations

Demonstrate limited understanding of the requirement of the tasks and relevant concepts. Can identify decision but no attempt at justifying decision.

Substantial work is required to meet the requirement of the tasks and relevant concepts. Writing is overall of insufficient understanding.

20%

Information is mostly accurate and integrated with some analysis.

Presentation 20%

Information is partially accurate and integrated with minimal analysis.

Information is incorrect, with no effort of analysis.

Information is accurate and integrated with excellent analysis.

Information is accurate and integrated with good analysis.

Formatted and edited to very good standard, with minimal grammatical and spelling errors Attention to details: cover page, headings and page numbers.

Formatted and edited to good standard, with some grammatical and spelling errors Attention to details: cover page, headings and page numbers.

Formatted and edited to satisfactory standard, with grammatical and spelling errors. Some details are included: cover page, headings and page numbers.

Referencing 10%

Formatted and edited to excellent standard, with no grammatical and spelling errors. Attention to details: cover page, headings and page numbers.

Submission contains differing formatting and font from different contributors.
No effort of editing is made, with consistent grammatical and spelling errors.

Information is accurately referenced using Harvard System where applicable with minimal errors.

Information is accurately referenced using Harvard System where applicable with some errors.

Total score

Information is accurately referenced using Harvard System where applicable with no errors.

Information is accurately referenced using Harvard System where applicable with many errors.

Incorrect references with substantial errors and with no evidence of consulting the recommended Harvard System.

Question 26: English

Do you think these two girls Morgan and Anissa should be tried as adult 60 years prisons possibly or 10 years Juveniles? GIVE 3 REASONS and 5 PARAGRAPH

YOU HAVE TO READ THE ARTICLE DOWN BELOW IN THE LINK OR YOU CAN WATCH THE VIDEO THAT I ATTACHED.

Link Full article : https://www.cambridge-news.co.uk/news/uk-world-news/slender-man-stabbing-morgan-anissa-16820541

Link to the video of the article : https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=TXjMEMFvZFI

Question 27: Chemistry

What is the de Broglie wavelength (in meters) of a small car with a mass of 1150 kg travelling at a speed of 55.0 mi/h?

Question 28: Psychology

Qualitative vs. Quantitative Research

Use the table below to answer the following:

Define and distinguish between qualitative and quantitative research.
Provide examples of qualitative and quantitative research.
Imagine that you are a researcher interested in identifying the components of ‘giftedness’ in pre-teen children. What quantitative methods might you use to help you better understand the experience of giftedness? What qualitative methods might you use?
What are the advantages and disadvantages of each approach?

Definition

Examples

Examples of methods to study ‘giftedness’

Advantages

Disadvantages

Quantitative

Research

Qualitative

Research

Question 29: Psychology

Respond to the following in a minimum of 175 words:

Reactivity

When conducting observations, it is important that your data are accurate. One issue that often impacts observational studies is reactivity.

Reactivity occurs when individuals alter their behavior due to the awareness that they are being observed. Reactivity also refers to situations where individuals alter their behavior to conform to the expectations of the observer.

So, when conducting an observational study, what can you do to reduce reactivity? You have many, many options….

Question 30: Other

The DellaVecchia Garden Center purchases and sells Christmas trees during the holiday season. It purchases the trees for $10 each and sells them for $20 each. Any trees not sold by Christmas day are sold for $2 each to a company that makes wood chips. The garden center estimates that four levels of demand are possible: 100, 200, 500, and 1,000 trees.

Compute the payoffs for purchasing 100, 200, 500, or

1,000 trees for each of the four levels of demand.

Construct a payoff table, indicating the events and alternative courses of action.
Construct a decision tree.
Construct an opportunity loss table. Use the Optimistic (maximax) to choose the best choice.
Use the Pessimistic (maximin) to choose the best choice.
Use the Criterion of realism (Hurwicz) to choose the best choice. α = 0.6
Use the Equally likely (Laplace) to choose the best choice.
Use the Minimax regret to choose the best choice.
Use the expected monetary value to make a choice. ( Probability for the four level demand are :

100 = 0.30

200 = 0.35

500 = 0.20

1000 = 0.15

Question 1: Religious Studies

BIBL 104 Quiz 2 / Liberty University BIBL 104 Quiz 2 (Already graded A)

Question 2: Health Care

NURS 6660 Midterm Exam II -Walden University – Question and Answers – Latest(2019) – Already Graded A

Question 3: Health Care

NURS 6630 Final Exam / NURS6630 Final Exam (2019): Walden University (Already graded A)

Question 4: Psychology

After reading one of the provided articles, discuss the topic of stress from a Biblical perspective. What insights about stress can be gleaned from the article? What insights about stress can be gained from the Bible? Provide at least one specific example from the Bible of a traumatic event or stressful situation and how the stress was handled. Cite the journal article (one required), the Bible (verse and application required), along with any other sources used in APA format (optional additional sources). As per assignment directions and rubric, include a Bible verse and application. Cite one of the provided articles in APA format (this will count as your required outside source, as per assignment directions rubric).

Files attached

ORIGINAL PAPER

Reading the Bible, Stressful Life Events, and Hope:

Assessing an Overlooked Coping Resource

Neal Krause1

Kenneth I. Pargament2

_ Springer Science+Business Media, LLC, part of Springer Nature 2018

Abstract Many people rely on religion to deal with the stressors in their lives. The

purpose of this study is to examine a religious coping resource that has received relatively

little attention—reading the Bible. We evaluated three hypotheses: (1) reading the Bible

moderates the relationship between stress and hope; (2) people who read the Bible more

often are more likely to rely on benevolent religious reappraisal coping responses; and (3)

individuals who rely on benevolent religious reappraisals will be more hopeful about the

future. Support was found for all three hypotheses in our analyses.

Keywords Bible _ Stressful events _ Hope

It seems that virtually every survey on religion contains a question on how often study

participants read the Bible or other sacred literature. However, these data have not been

exploited fully. Instead, questions on reading sacred literature are, more often than not,

relegated to the status of a control variable or they are combined with other religious

behaviors to form more comprehensive indices of private religious practices (Ciarrocchi

et al. 2008; Davis and Epkins 2009; Marquine et al. 2015). Handling Bible reading in this

manner makes it easy to overlook important functions that may be performed by this

particular type of religious behavior.

As Hood et al. (2009) maintain, religion performs a number of important functions. One

function involves helping people cope with adversity. The purpose of the current study is to

see whether reading the Bible or other sacred literature serves as a potentially important

& Neal Krause

nkrause@umich.edu

1 Department of Health Behavior and Health Education, School of Public Health, University of

Michigan, 1415 Washington Heights, Ann Arbor, MI 48109-2029, USA

2 Bowling Green State University, Bowling Green, OH, USA

123

J Relig Health

https://doi.org/10.1007/s10943-018-0610-6

coping resource. We have been able to identify only two quantitative studies that focus

specifically on turning to religious literature in the face of adversity. The first study was

conducted by Johnson et al. (2016). These investigators studied 101 women who were

diagnosed with PTSD. They report that women with PTSD were more likely to read the

Bible on a regular basis when they were exposed to a traumatic life event. The second

study was conducted by Tepper et al. (2001). These researchers studied 406 individuals

who were diagnosed with persistent mental illness. They found that 30% of their study

participants turned to reading scriptures in an effort to cope with symptoms of mental

illness. Since both of these studies were conducted with special populations, it is difficult to

determine whether the findings can be generalized to a wider population.

Further support for the notion that religious literature is a potentially important coping

resource is provided by a small cluster of qualitative studies. Based on a series of in-depth

interviews, Arcury et al. (2000) found that reading the Bible was a common response to the

challenges that are associated with disease self-management. Similarly, Gerdner et al.

(2007) found that one of the primary ways in which family members helped women who

were dealing with caregiving stressors involved reading Bible passages to them on a

regular basis. Another qualitative study by Hamilton et al. (2013) suggests that the Bible is

often used as a mental-health-promoting resource during stressful times. Further support

for the notion that people turn to sacred literature in order to cope with adversity is found in

the research program of Krause (2002). He conducted a series of qualitative studies in an

effort to develop closed-ended survey items on religiousness. One closed-ended item in his

resulting measure of spiritual support asked study participants to report how often, ‘‘…

someone in your congregation helps you find solutions to your problems in the Bible?’’

(Krause 2008, p. 38).

The findings from the studies that have been reviewed so far suggest that some people

turn to the Bible for help in dealing with stressors they encounter in their lives. However,

this research does not directly test whether people reap specific benefits from doing so. In

order to address this issue, researchers must assess whether reading the Bible moderates the

relationship between stress- and health-related outcomes. We are unaware of any studies

that empirically evaluate this statistical interaction with data from members of the general

population. The first goal of the current study is to address this gap in the literature.

Two questions must be addressed at this juncture in order to flesh out the theoretical

underpinnings of our study. First, it is important to reflect more deeply on what people may

actually get (or hope to receive) when they turn to sacred literature during difficult times.

As we will discuss below, addressing this issue provides a way of thinking about religious

coping that has not received sufficient attention in the literature. Second, it is important to

identify an outcome measure that is well suited for capturing the potential benefits of

turning to the Bible for help in overcoming adversity.

What Reading Religious Literature May Provide

Wuthnow’s (1994) widely cited work on support groups in American society provides a

useful source of information on what people hope to get when they turn to sacred literature

for assistance. This work is relevant because Wuthnow (1994) devotes considerable

attention to Bible study groups, which are formal groups in religious institutions that are

designed to help people learn about their faith by discussing scriptures and other religiously

oriented literature. Wuthnow (1994) reports that an important function of Bible

study groups is to help people deal with personal crises. This is accomplished by helping

J Relig Health

123

people deepen their faith and develop more realistic and mature ways of thinking about the

nature of God. A more mature view of God includes trusting in Him and believing that

what has happened is part of His plan for helping those who are in need. This function

corresponds closely to Pargament’s notion of a benevolent religious reappraisal coping

response (Pargament et al. 2000). As Pargament and his colleagues argue, benevolent

religious reappraisals do not deny the reality of the seriousness of an event (Pargament

et al. 2000). Instead, this type of coping response helps a person reframe the meaning of a

stressful situation by placing it in a larger more positive and hopeful religious context.

Based on these insights, the second goal of the current study is to see whether turning to

sacred literature is associated with greater use of benevolent religious coping responses.

Pursuing this second goal is important because it highlights an understudied dimension

of religious coping and represents a shift in thinking about reading the Bible. Instead of

being a form of instructional religious practice or discipline, reading the Bible in this

context becomes a way of coming to terms with one’s own life problems. Based on the

discussion that has been provided up to this point, we view reading religious literature as a

religious coping resource in its own right. Similarly, benevolent religious reappraisals are

also construed as a religious coping resource. By linking the two empirically, we aim to

show that one religious coping resource (i.e., reading the Bible) serves as a gateway for a

second religious coping resource (i.e., adopting benevolent religious reappraisals). The two

differ in that one (Bible reading) is a more distal factor, while the other (benevolent

appraisals) is a more proximal factor in the coping process. However, they are similar

because when they are taken together, they provide a richer conceptual view of the way in

which people may use their faith to deal with adversity: they rely on multiple religious

coping resources, not just one and they may activate these resources in a sequential

manner.

We were unable to find any studies in the literature that examine the association

between reading the Bible and benevolent religious coping responses. However, research

by Vishkin and his colleagues provides some support for examining this relationship

(Vishkin et al. 2006). These investigators report that individual who are more religious are

more likely to use general cognitive reappraisal coping responses. Our work attempts to

bring this relationship into sharper focus by examining one specific dimension of religion

that may be involved in this relationship (i.e., Bible reading) and coping responses that are

more explicitly religious in nature (i.e., benevolent religious reappraisals).

How the Benefits of Reading Religious Literature May be Manifest

Hope is the primary outcome variable in the analyses that are provided below. The reason

for choosing this outcome measures can be traced to two findings in the literature. First,

research reviewed by Folkman (2010) suggests that stress may erode a person’s sense of

hope. Second, the benevolent reappraisals coping strategy that was discussed above may

help replenish a threatened sense of hope. This coping response includes the belief that

even though one is faced with adversity, God has a plan. Moreover, this plan will

strengthen a focal person, thereby allowing them to ultimately hand the stressful situation

successfully. Implied in this perspective is the notion that although the precise nature of the

plan may not have been grasped fully, some people have faith and hope that the plan will

ultimately lead to the best outcome. There are both biblical as well as social psychological

reasons why hope makes a good outcome in the research on religion and stress.

J Relig Health

123

With respect to a biblical basis, the apostle Paul succinctly captured the role of hope in

the process of relying on religion to deal with adversity: ‘‘We also glorify in our sufferings

because we know that suffering produces perseverance, perseverance produces character,

and character hope.’’ (Romans 5:3–5, New International Version). It follows from this that

if a person turns to the Bible for solace and guidance during difficult times, they may

eventually become more hopeful about the future.

Snyder and his colleagues provide a clear social psychological framework for linking

involvement in religion with hope (Snyder et al. 2002). According to these investigators,

hope is viewed as a goal-directed cognitive process that includes both planning and the

motivation to reach goals. These researchers go on to point out that religion provides a

prepackaged configuration of goals, pathways for accomplishing these goals, and the

necessary cognitions for successfully pursuing the pathways. Perhaps this is one reason

why Capps (1996) argues that pastors are fundamentally providers of hope: ‘‘Pastors, I

suggest, are agents of hope by definition (or calling) and often that is all they are’’ (p. 325,

emphasis in the original).

Findings from a number of empirical studies are consistent with this logic. More

specifically, research by Krause and his colleagues (Krause 2014; Krause and Hayward

2012; Krause et al. 2015) as well as studies by Jankowski and Sandage (2011) indicates

that greater involvement in various aspects of religious life is associated with a greater

sense of hope.

Taken as a whole, the discussion that is provided above leads to the following study

hypotheses:

H1 The magnitude of the relationship between stress and hope will be lower for people

who read the Bible more frequently.

H2 People who read the Bible more frequently will be more likely to adopt a benevolent

religious reappraisal coping strategy.

H3 Individuals who adopt a benevolent religious reappraisal coping strategy will be more

hopeful about the future.

Methods

Sample

The data for this study come from a nationwide, face-to-face, random probability survey of

people aged 18 and older who live in the coterminous USA. The interviews, which were

completed in 2014, were conducted by the National Opinion Research Center (NORC).

The response rate for this study was 50%. A total of 3010 interviews were completed

successfully. The sample was stratified into the following age groups: age 18–40

(N = 1000), age 41–64 (N = 1002), and age 65 and older (N = 1008).

After using listwise deletion to deal with item nonresponse, data were available for

between 2873 and 2159 study participants. The reason for different sample sizes is the way

information on benevolent religious reappraisals was obtained. Study participants were

given a checklist of 12 life events they may have encountered in the past 18 months. The

respondents were asked to identify the one life event that was most stressful for them.

Following this, study participants were told to keep this event in mind as they answer the

questions on benevolent religious reappraisals. A total of 707 study participants were

J Relig Health

123

excluded from the current study because they did not encounter a major stressor in the

previous 18 months.

A series of preliminary analyses were performed in order to develop a demographic

profile of the participants in this study. These analyses suggest that the average age of the

participants in the current study was 46.4 years (SD 17.7 years), 43.8% are men, 44.7%

were married at the time of the interview, and the average level of educational attainment

was 13.4 years (SD 3.1 years). These descriptive data as well as the findings that are

presented below are based on data that have been weighted.

Measures

Table 1 contains the measures of the core constructs that are evaluated in this study. The

procedures that were used to code these indicators are given in the footnotes of this table.

Hope

Three indicators were taken from the work of Scheier and Carver (1985) to measure hope.

A high score denotes greater hope (M = 11.0; SD 2.1; range 3–15). The internal consistency

reliability estimate (i.e., Cronbach’s a) for the composite measure of hope is .707.1

Bible Reading

A single indicator that assesses how often study participants read the Bible when they are

alone was taken from the work of the Fetzer Institute/National Institute on Aging Working

Group (1999). A high score on this item represents study participants who read the Bible

more often (M = 3.1; SD 2.4; range 1–8).

Stressful Life Events

Exposure to stressful life events was assessed with a 12-item checklist that was developed

by Moos et al. (1984). A simple count of the number of events that respondents had

encountered in the 18-month period prior to the survey was computed. The average number

of events was 2.7 (SD 2.1; range 0–12).

Benevolent Religious Reappraisals

This coping response measure was developed by Pargament and his colleagues (Pargament

et al. 2000). A high score stands for respondents who relied on this coping strategy more

1 Scheier and Carver (1985) claim that the items in their scale assess optimism, but we refer to them as

indicators of hope. Following the seminal work of Peterson and Seligman (2004), we believe the terms

‘‘hope’’ and ‘‘optimism’’ are virtually synonymous. Moreover, these investigators note, the correlation

between the two is ‘‘considerable’’ (Peterson and Seligman 2004, p. 570) and despite differences in the way

they are operationalized, the correlates of these constructs are ‘‘strikingly similar’’ (Peterson and Seligman

2004, p. 570). The reader might also wonder whether the items we use to assess hope capture a state-like or

trait-like phenomenon. Generally speaking, state-like phenomenon are less stable than trait-like phenomenon.

However, as we will show below, stressful life events tend to be negatively associated with hope,

suggesting that the construct we measure changes over time. Clearly, longitudinal data are needed to address

this issue.

J Relig Health

123

often (M = 7.5; SD 2.9; range 3–12). The reliability estimate for this brief composite is

.855.

Religion Control Variables

Two additional measures of religion were included in the analyses provided below to help

insure that the effects were due to bible reading per se and not some other dimension of

Table 1 Core study measures

Hopea
I always look at the bright side of things
I’m optimistic about my future
In uncertain times, I usually expect the best
Bible readingb

When you are at home, how often do you read the Bible?

Stressful life eventsc
Moved to a new residence
Death of a close friend
Separation or divorce
Trouble with family members
Trouble with friends or neighbors
Your own serious illness or injury
Serious illness or injury of a family member
Death of a spouse
Death of an immediate family member (other than spouse)
Unemployed for more than a month
Income decreased substantially (20% or more)
Assaulted or robbed
Benevolent religious reappraisalsd
Saw my situation as part of God’s plan
Tried to find a lesson from God in the event
Tried to see how God might be trying to strengthen me in this situation
Church attendancee

How often do you attend religious services?

Private prayerb

How often do you pray by yourself?

aThese items were scored in the following manner (coding in parentheses): strongly disagree (1), disagree

(2), uncertain (3), agree (4), strongly agree (5)

bThis item was scored in the following manner: never (1), less than once a month (2), once a month (3), a

few times a month (4), once a week (5), a few times a week (6), once a day (7), several times a day (8)

cA simple count was taken of the number of events that were experienced

dThese items were scored in the following manner: not at all (1), a little bit (2), quite a lot (3), a great deal

(4)

eThis item was scored in the following manner: never (1), less than once a year (2), about once or twice a

year (3), several times a year (4), about once a month (5), 2 to 3 times a month (6), nearly every week (7),

every week (8), several times a week (9)

J Relig Health

123

religion that is associated with it. These religion control variables assess the frequency of

church attendance and the frequency of private prayer. These items were taken from

research by the Fetzer Institute/National Institute on Aging Working Group (1999). A high

score on these items reflects more frequent church attendance (M = 4.7; SD 2.8; range 1–9)

and more frequent private prayer (M = 5.9; SD 2.5; range 1–8), respectively.

Demographic Control Variables

The relationships among the measures in Table 1 were estimated after the effects of age,

sex, education, and marital status were controlled statistically. Age and education were

scored continuously in years, whereas sex (1 = men; 0 = women) and marital status

(1 = married; 0 = otherwise) were coded in a binary format.

Data Analysis Strategy

The first hypothesis that was developed for this study specifies that the relationship

between stressful life events and hope will be weaker for study participants who read the

Bible more often. This means we expect to find a statistical interaction effect between

stress and Bible reading on hope. Following the procedures that are recommended by

Aiken and West (1991), tests for this interaction were performed with ordinary least

squares multiple regression analyses. All of the independent variables were centered on

their means. Following this, a multiplicative term was created by multiplying the centered

vales of the stress by the centered values of Bible reading. Then, a test for the proposed

interaction effect was conducted in two steps. First, the additive relationships between the

independent variables and hope were estimated in Model 1. Second, the cross-product term

was entered into the model in the second step (Model 2).

If the regression coefficient associated with the multiplicative term is statistically significant,

then it is important to perform some additional calculations to see whether the

proposed interaction effect is in the hypothesized direction. These additional computations

are performed with a formula that is provided by Aiken and West (1991, see p. 12).

Support for the first hypothesis would be found if the relationship between stress and hope

becomes progressively weaker at successively higher levels of Bible reading. Although any

value of Bible reading can be used in these additional computations, we selected four

equally spaced scores that capture the full distribution of bible reading values: 2, 4, 6, 8. It

is important to show that there are a sufficient number of cases at each of the selected data

points because too few cases can result in statistical estimation problems with data

sparseness (see Cohen et al. 2003, for a discussion of data sparseness). The following

number of cases was observed at each of the selected bible reading scores: 2 (N = 423), 4

(N = 188), 6 (N = 296), and 8 (N = 106). As these data reveal, we did not encounter

problems with data sparseness at these selected values of Bible reading. Once estimates

have been derived at the selected data points, Aiken and West (1991) provide an additional

formula that reveals whether these coefficients are statistically significant.

The tests for Hypothesis 2 and Hypothesis 3 were more straightforward. OLS was used

in both cases. Hypothesis 2 was evaluated by regressing benevolent religious reappraisal

coping scores on the religion control variables, the demographic control variables, and the

frequency of Bible reading. The stress measure was not included in these analyses because,

as we discussed above, questions on benevolent religious reappraisals refer specifically to

the single most stressful event. Hypothesis 3 was assessed by regressing hope on the

J Relig Health

123

frequency of Bible reading, stressful life events, the interaction between reading the Bible

and stress, benevolent religious coping responses, and the control variables.

Results

Table 2 contains the results of the test of Hypothesis 1. Findings from the first step of the

data analysis procedures that were discussed above are provided by Model 1, whereas

Model 2 contains the results that were obtained after the multiplicative term was added to

the regression equation.

Two noteworthy results emerge from the estimates that were derived from Model 1.

First, the data suggest that greater exposure to stressful life events is associated with a

diminished sense of hope (b = – .134; p\.001). But in contrast, reading the Bible more

often does not appear to be associated with hope (b = .034; ns.).2

The estimates that were derived with Model 2 are of greater interest because they

contain the test for the proposed interaction between stress and Bible reading on hope.

These data indicate that a significant interaction between stress and Bible reading is present

in the data (b = .029; p\.001; unstandardized regression coefficients are discussed when

presenting the results of tests for interaction effects because standardized effects are

meaningless in this context).

2 Preliminary analyses suggest that the level of exposure to stressful life events is not significantly associated

with the frequency of Bible reading (r = – .024; ns.).

Table 2 Assessing the relationships

among bible reading, stress,

and hope (N = 2873)

aStandardized regression

coefficient

bMetric (unstandardized)

regression coefficient

*p\.05; **p\.01;

***p\.001

Model 1 Model 2

Independent variables

Age – .059**a – .062***

(- .007) (- .007)

Sex – .022 – .022

(- .093) (- .091)

Education – .044* – .044*

(- .029) (- .030)

Marital status .027 .028

(.112) (.117)

Church attendance .069** .071**

(.052) (.053)

Private prayer .105*** .108***

(.089) (.090)

Stressful events – .134*** – .132***

(- .136) (- .133)

Bible reading .034 .035

(.029) (.031)

(Bible Reading X Stressful Events) – –

(.029)***

Multiple R2 .053 .058

J Relig Health

123

Following the data analyses strategy that was presented earlier, additional computations

were performed at four equally spaced Bible reading scores to see whether the interaction

effect is in the hypothesized direction. The results from these additional calculations are

not shown in Table 2. A value of 2 represents people who read the Bible less than once a

month. The additional calculations reveal that greater exposure to stressful life events

among people at this level of Bible reading is associated with lower hope scores

(b = – .164; b = – .166; p\.001). A score of 4 stands for people who read the Bible a

few times a month. At this level of Bible reading, stress is still associated with lower hope

scores (b = – .106; b = – .108; p\.001). However, the standardized estimate is about

35.4% smaller than the estimate for study participants at the previous level (i.e., those who

read the Bible less than once a month). Study participants with a score of 6 say they read

the Bible a few times a week. At this level, stress is not significantly associated with hope

(b = – .049; b = – .050; ns.). The same is true for study participants who read the Bible

several times a day (i.e., those with a score of 8) (b = .008; b = .008; ns.). Looking across

the full range of scores, the data suggest that reading the Bible more often tends to fully

moderate (i.e., offset) the negative relationship between stress and hope. These data

therefore provide support for Hypothesis 1.

Hypothesis 2 was designed to examine one way in which the potentially beneficial effects

of reading the Bible might arise. This issue was addressed by estimating the relationship

between reading the Bible and relying on benevolent religious reappraisal coping responses

when the most significant life event in the previous 18 months was encountered. As discussed

above, this relationship was evaluated by regressing benevolent reappraisal coping scores on

the frequency of Bible reading as well as age, sex, education, marital status, church attendance,

and prayer. These additional analyses (not shown here) indicate that people who read

the Bible more often are more likely to rely on benevolent religious reappraisal coping

responses when the most stressful event was encountered (b = .130; b = .158; p\.001).

Hypothesis 3 was designed to bring the analyses full circle by assessing whether greater

use of benevolent religious reappraisal coping responses is associated with greater hope.

Recall that this hypothesis was evaluated by regressing hope on benevolent religious

reappraisals, the frequency of reading the Bible, stress, the interaction between reading the

Bible and stress, and the control variables. The findings (not shown here) suggest that

people who use benevolent reappraisals to deal with the greatest stressor tend to be more

hopeful (b = .215; b = .148; p\.001). Support is therefore found for Hypothesis 3. These

analyses further reveal that the interaction between reading the Bible and stress is still

statistically significant (b = .024; p\.01), but it is approximately 17.2% smaller than the

estimate that is provided when the measure of benevolent reappraisals is not in the model

(see Table 2) ((.029- .024/.029) = .172).

Discussion

Sacred texts are, arguably, the backbone of a faith tradition.3 They typically contain

information on the history of a faith tradition, but, more importantly, they also contain

precepts which presumably lead to a better life. Even though sacred texts are a vitally

3 Our study was conducted in the U.S. and as a result, the study participants were overwhelmingly

Christian. The statement that religious texts are the backbone of a faith tradition is appropriate for those with

a Judeo-Christian background. It should be emphasized, however, that religious texts may play a less central

role in other faith traditions, such as Buddhism.

J Relig Health

123

important part of a faith tradition, it is surprising to find that empirical research on them has

lagged behind research in other substantive areas (e.g., religious coping) in the religion and

health literature. The purpose of the current study was to redress this imbalance in the

literature by assessing whether reading sacred texts contributes to the quality of life by

providing access to potentially important coping resources. Toward this end, three

hypotheses were evaluated. The first specified that the relationship between stress and hope

would be weaker among people who read the Bible more often. It was proposed in the

second hypothesis that people who read the Bible more often will be more likely to adopt

benevolent religious reappraisal coping responses to deal with the single most troublesome

life event they encountered in the previous 18 months. According to the third hypothesis,

individuals who adopt benevolent religious reappraisal coping responses will be more

hopeful about the future. The data from the current study provide support for each of these

hypotheses.

There are three reasons why the findings from this study are noteworthy. First, to the

best of our knowledge, this is the first study that assesses the potential stress-buffering

function of reading sacred scriptures in the general population. Second, an effort was made

to move beyond this important issue by clearly identifying one way in which reading the

Bible may confer stress-related benefits: adopting benevolent religious reappraisal coping

responses. Third, we examined these issues with data from a large nationally representative

survey of adults.

Even though our research may have contributed to the literature, a substantial amount of

work remains to be done on reading sacred scriptures. Perhaps the greatest need has to do

with the measurement of this core construct. As in the current study, researchers often

assess reading sacred scriptures with a single indicator (e.g., Fetzer Institute/National

Institute on Aging Working Group 1999). Yet even a moments reflect reveals that reading

sacred scriptures is a complex phenomenon in its own right. Briefly reflecting on research

on prayer helps illustrate this point. Many researchers initially assessed prayer with a single

indicator. But as this literature began to evolve, it quickly became evident that there are

different types of prayer (Poloma and Gallup 1991) and different functions of prayer

(Spilka and Ladd 2013). Perhaps researchers can develop a counterpart to this literature in

their work on reading sacred scriptures. For example, it might be useful to devise a

topology of reasons for reading the Bible. Some people might read the Bible for help in

dealing with stress, but others might read sacred scriptures simply to deepen their faith,

while yet other individuals may read the Bible in order to feel closer to their chosen faith,

thereby deriving comfort in knowing they are part of an ongoing tradition. These (and

other) reasons for reading scriptures could be measured directly and then examined in

larger models to see which one(s) are associated with health-related outcomes.

Following closely on the point that was raised above, it would be helpful to identify the

specific Biblical passages that people turn to when they encounter stressful events. This in

turn may help flesh out our understanding about how Bible reading shapes religious coping

responses. Unfortunately, our study does not contain data on the specific Biblical passages

that people consult during difficult times. Gathering this type of information should be a

high priority in the future.

As the data in our study reveal, Bible reading, stress, and religious coping responses do

not explain all of the variance in the hope outcome measure. This suggests that hope is

likely to be influenced by other aspects of religious life, as well. Research by Krause and

his colleagues suggests that social relationships in the church may play an important role in

this respect. More specifically Krause and Hayward (2012) report that more frequent

informal support from pastors is associated with increases in hope over time. Similarly,

J Relig Health

123

research by Krause, Ellison, Shaw, Marcum and Boardman (2001) indicates that more

frequent informal support from fellow church members is associated with greater use of

religious coping responses.

It would also be important to gather more information on the context in which Bible

reading takes place. We assess Bible reading in private, but people also attend Bible study

groups. It would be helpful to see whether reading the Bible in groups conveys a similar or

even greater benefit than reading the Bible privately.

In order to advance research on reading the Bible, investigators should also address the

limitations in the work we have presented. At least two shortcomings are in need of

attention. First, the data for our study are cross-sectional. Consequently, the causal

ordering among the constructs in our models was based on theoretical considerations alone.

For example, we assumed that people who rely on benevolent religious reappraisals are

subsequently more likely to feel hopeful about the future. But one might just as easily

argue that people who are initially more hopeful are subsequently more likely to adopt this

type of coping response. Longitudinal data are needed to address this, as well as other

causal assumptions in our work. Second, only one specific coping response was examined

in our study. However, as Pargament et al. (2000) show, individuals may adopt a wide

range of coping responses when they are confronted by an unwanted stressor. Some of

these coping responses may be especially useful in research on reading sacred scriptures

(e.g., collaborative religious coping, seeking spiritual support). Clearly, examining the

relationship between reading the Bible and a full spectrum of coping responses will likely

yield much greater insight into the potential benefits of this core religious behavior.

In recent years, the theories and measures that are used in the study of religion have

become increasingly sophisticated. We applaud these efforts as long as more fundamental

aspects of religious life are not overlooked. If our study accomplishes anything, we hope it

calls attention to one of the most basic elements of involvement in virtually any faith

tradition—reading sacred scriptures.

Funding This study was funded by the John Templeton Foundation (Grant 40077).

Compliance with Ethnical Standards

Conflict of interest Neal Krause and Kenneth I. Pargament declare that they have no conflict of interest.

Ethical Approval All procedures performed in studies involving human participants were in accordance

with the ethical standards of the institutional and/or national research committees and with the 1964 Helsinki

Declaration and its later amendments or comparable ethical standards.

Informed Consent Informed consent was obtained from all individual participants included in the study.

References

Aiken, L. S., & West, S. G. (1991). Multiple regression: Testing and interpreting interactions. Newbury

Park, CA: Sage.

Arcury, T. A., Quandt, S. A., McDonald, J., & Bell, R. A. (2000). Faith and health self-management of rural

older adults. Journal of Cross-Cultural Gerontology, 15, 65–74.

Capps, D. (1996). The pastor as agent of hope. Currents in Theology and Mission, 23, 325–335.

Ciarrocchi, J. W., Dy-Liacco, G. S., & Denke, E. (2008). Gods or rituals? Relational faith, spiritual discontent,

and religious practices as predictors of hope and optimism. Journal of Positive Psychology, 3,

120–136.

Cohen, J., Cohen, P., West, S. G., & Aiken, L. S. (2003). Applied multiple regression/correlation analysis

for the behavioral sciences (3rd ed.). Mahwah, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum.

J Relig Health

123

Davis, K. A., & Epkins, C. C. (2009). Do private religious practices moderate the relationship between

family conflict and preadolescents’ depression and anxiety symptoms? Journal of Early Adolescence,

29, 693–717.

Fetzer Institute/National Institute on Aging Working Group. (1999). Multidimensional measurement of

religiousness/spirituality for use in health research. Kalamazoo, MI: John E. Fetzer Institute.

Folkman, S. (2010). Stress, coping, and hope. Psycho-Oncology, 19, 901–908.

Gerdner, L. A., Tripp-Reimer, T., & Simpson, H. C. (2007). Hard lives. God’s help and struggling through:

Caregiving in Arkansas Delta. Journal of Cross-Cultural Gerontology, 22, 355–374.

Hamilton, J. B., Moore, A. D., Johnson, K. A., & Koenig, H. G. (2013). Reading the Bible for guidance,

comfort, and strength during stressful life events. Nursing Research, 62, 178–184.

Hood, R. W., Hill, P. C., & Spilka, B. (2009). The psychology of religion: An empirical approach (4th ed.).

New York: Guilford.

Jankowski, P. J., & Sandage, S. J. (2011). Meditative prayer, hope, adult attahcment, and forgiveness: A

proposed model. Psychology of Religion and Spirituality, 3, 115–131.

Johnson, S. D., Williams, S. L., & Pickard, J. G. (2016). Trauma, religion, and social support among African

American women. Social Work & Christianity, 43(6), 73–693.

Krause, N. (2002). A comprehensive strategy for developing closed-ended survey items for use in studies of

older adults. Journal of Gerontology: Social Sciences, 57B, S263–S274.

Krause, N. (2008). Aging in the church: How social relationships affect health. West Conshohocken, PA:

Templeton Foundation Press.

Krause, N. (2014). Religious involvement, practical wisdom, and self-rated health. Journal of Aging and

Health, 26, 540–558.

Krause, N., Ellison, C. G., Shaw, B. A., Marcum, J. P., & Boardman, J. (2001). Church-based social support

and religious coping. Journal for the Scientific Study of Religion, 40, 637–656.

Krause, N., Emmons, R. A., & Ironson, G. (2015). Benevolent images of God, gratitude, and physical health

status. Journal of Religion and Health, 54, 1503–1519.

Krause, N., & Hayward, R. D. (2012). Informal support from a pastor and change in hope during late life.

Pastoral Psychology, 61, 305–318.

Marquine, M. J., Maldonado, Y., Ziatar, Z., Moore, R. C., Martin, A. S., Palmer, B. W., et al. (2015).

Differences in life satisfaction among older community-dwelling Hispanics and non-Hispanic Whites.

Aging & Mental Health, 19, 978–988.

Moos, R. H., Cronkite, R. C., Billings, A. G., & Finney, J. W. (1984). Health and daily living form manual.

Social Ecology Laboratory, Department of Psychiatry, Stanford University.

Pargament, K. I., Koenig, H. G., & Perez, L. M. (2000). The many methods of religious coping: Development

and initial validation of the RCOPE. Journal of Clinical Psychology, 56, 519–543.

Peterson, C., & Seligman, M. E. P. (2004). Character strengths and virtues: A handbook and classification.

New York: Oxford University Press.

Poloma, M. M., & Gallup, G. H. (1991). Varieties of prayer: A survey report. Philadelphia: Trinity Press

International.

Scheier, M. F., & Carver, C. S. (1985). Optimism, coping, and health: Assessment and Implications of

generalized outcome expectancies. Health Psychology, 4, 219–247.

Snyder, C. R., Sigmon, D. R., & Feldman, D. B. (2002). Hope for the sacred and vice versa: Positive goaldirected

thinking and religion. Psychological Inquiry, 13, 234–238.

Spilka, B., & Ladd, K. L. (2013). The psychology of prayer: A scientific approach. New York: Guilford.

Tepper, L., Rogers, S. A., Coleman, E. M., & Malony, H. N. (2001). The prevalence of religious coping

among persons with persistent mental illness. Psychiatric Services, 52, 660–665.

Vishkin, A., Bigman, Y. E., Porat, R., Solak, N., Halperin, E., & Tamir, M. (2006). God rest our hearts:

Religiosity and cognitive reappraisal. Emotion, 16, 252–262.

Wuthnow, R. (1994). Sharing the journey: Support groups and America’s new quest for community. New

York: Free Press.

Question 5: Economics

Chapter 12 matching vocabulary

Aggregate demand
Real-balances effect
Foreign-purchases effect
Interest-rate effect
Aggregate supply
Productivity
Short-run aggregate supply curve
Menu costs
Long-run aggregate supply curve
Equilibrium price level

( ) The amount of total spending on domestic goods and services in an

economy.

( ) Where there is neither a shortage nor a surplus and no tendency for

the price to rise or fall.

( ) As the price level declines, the purchasing power of money increases.

( ) Shows the total quantity of output that firms will produce and sell

where input prices are fully responsive to changes in the price level.

( ) A lower price level will make domestically produced goods less

expensive relative to foreign goods.

( ) The costs of changing prices, like the costs of changing prices at

Publix.

( ) A lower price level will reduce the demand for money and lower the

real interest rate, which will stimulate additional purchases.

( ) Shows the total quantity of output that firms will produce where input

prices do not change in response to changes in the price level.

( ) The total quantity of output (i.e. real GDP) firms will produce and sell.

( ) The average output per worker during a specific time period.

Question 6: Economics

chapter 11 matching vocabulary

Money that enters the spending stream through an increase in business or government spending.

The difference between exports and imports in an economy.

Where spending equal output in an economy.

The level of consumer and business spending at each possible income or output level.

Insufficient total spending to achieve full-employment GDP

A tax where everyone pays the same amount.

Total spending exceeds level to achieve full-employment GDP

Money, like savings, that is no in the spending stream.

The business spending plan at each level of GDP

Spending choices of business independent of current real output.

Planned investment

Investment schedule

Aggregate expenditures schedule

Equilibrium GDP

Leakage

Injection

Net Exports

Lump-sum tax

Recessionary expenditure gap

Inflationary expenditure gap

Question 7: Economics

Chapter 10 matching definitions

( ) Shows the amounts households plan to spend for consumer goods at different levels of disposable income.
( ) The share of the additional dollar a person decides to save.
( ) Percent of disposable income that household spend on consumer goods.
( ) Tendency for people to increase or decrease consumption spending when the value of their financial assets changes.
( ) Shows the amounts households plan to save at different levels of disposable income.
( ) The share of the additional dollar a person decides to devote to consumption expenditures.
( ) Percent of disposable income that household save
( ) Increased savings may be both good and bad for the economy.
( ) The ratio of a change in equilibrium GDP to the change in investment.
( ) The line along which the value of output is equal to the value of aggregate expenditures.

Consumption schedule
Marginal propensity to save (MPS)
Average propensity to consume (APC)
Wealth effect
Savings schedule
Marginal propensity to consume (MPC)
Average propensity to save (APS)
Paradox of thrift
Multiplier
45 degree line

Question 8: Business

Resources: Strategic Staffing, Ch. 11; Top Performers Case Study Grading Guide

Read the opening vignette in Ch. 11, “Hiring Top Performers at MarineMax” on page 304 in Strategic Staffing, Ch. 11.

Answer the following in 150 to 200 words:

What can MarineMax do to increase the likelihood that the top sales candidates it recruits will accept its job offers?

Question 9: Business

Respond to the following in a minimum of 175 words:

Discuss the multiple hurdles approach. Do you think this is a viable method for choosing candidates? Or does an alternative approach work best for your current or previous organization?

Question 10: Business

BUSI 300 PowerPoint Instructions

For this assignment, you will create a professional looking PowerPoint presentation on a topic of professional communication. To help put this in perspective, the scenario is that your supervisor has assigned you the task of presenting a 45 to 60-minute training session on some aspect of professional communication. You need to research your topic and prepare an engaging PowerPoint that would be used to guide your presentation.

Topic Ideas

The course textbook will be a great resource when looking for a topic that relates to some aspect of professional communication. Some examples of topics include (but are not limited to):

How to be an Effective Verbal and Nonverbal Communicator;
How to Give an Effective Presentation;
Effective Communication Within Teams;
Overcoming Communication Barriers

It is recommended that you pick a topic of interest and then do some research to make sure you can find five credible sources – more about credible sources below. Once you are certain you can locate five credible sources, begin creating your PowerPoint presentation.

PowerPoint Requirements:

Title Slide

This will be the first slide of your PowerPoint (and is NOT considered a contentslide).
This slide will include the following: title of your presentation; your full name; class name and section number; & your institution (Liberty University).

Content Slides

A minimum of 15content slides must be included.
All content slides must contain speaker notes.

o Speaker notes are a presenter’s “cheat sheet”, if you will. In other words, speaker notes are hidden from your audience, but you are able to view them while presenting.

o Speaker notes are NOT a copy of the information on your slide. Instead, speaker notes expand upon and/or offer further clarification regarding points on each slide.

o To add speaker notes, go to the Notes pane under the slide where you will see, “Click to add notes”. For more help, view the information at: https://support.office.com/en-us/article/add-speaker-notes-to-your-slides-26985155-35f5-45ba-812b-e1bd3c48928e

A minimum of fourrelevant, professional images/graphics must be included in your PPT.

o All images/graphics used must be of high quality and professional, with the main purpose of helping an audience better grasp a complex concept and/or remember information presented.

o Re-read section 12-3 in your course textbook, as there are some important guidelines regarding the use of images/graphics in a presentation.

III. Reference Slide

This slide will be the last slide(s) of your PowerPoint (and is NOT considered a contentslide).
This slide (or slides) will contain all sources used in your PowerPoint presentation.
Sources must be formatted according to current APA formatting guidelines.
In addition to current APA formatting guidelines, the inclusion of thecomplete URL (sometimes called a permalink) is required for all full-text, peer-reviewed/scholarly articles retrieved from Liberty’s online library journal database. Note that this is not the same as the doi #. The URL must take your reader directly to the full text article within Liberty’s online library journal database. If you’re unsure about the specific URL/link, you can copy the entire web address from the top of the browser’s address bar once you are viewing the full text article within Liberty’s online library journal database.

Sources

A minimum of five credible sourcesmust be used within your presentation. Required, credible sources include:

o four full-text, peer-reviewed/scholarly articles retrieved from Liberty’s online library journal database.

o two of the above four full-text, peer-reviewed/scholarly articles must be within the last 7 years.

o the course textbook (as listed on the course syllabus).

You are able to include additional sources, other than the five credible sources listed above; however, they must be full-text articles retrieved from Liberty’s online library journal database.
Sources NOT acceptable for this assignment:

o No textbooks (including e-books), other than the course textbook/ebook (as listed on the course syllabus)

o No general Internet searching is acceptable. Therefore, no blogs, education sites, commercial sites, Wikipedia, About.com, editorials, abstracts, online books, book reviews, etc.

Avoiding Plagiarism

Create an original PowerPoint presentation; previously submitted work from this or another course is considered self-plagiarism and is prohibited.
Provide citations for any:
- statement, idea, & thought (whether paraphrased or directly quoted) used from an outside source;
- table, data, image, etc. used from an outside source.
All citations should be formatted according to current APA formatting guidelines and should directly follow the information used from an outside source.
All sources used should be formatted according to current APA formatting guidelines on your reference slide(s).

Other Requirements and Reminders:

Must be created in Microsoft PowerPoint and uploaded through the assignment link as a .ppt or .pptx file.
Individual slides and the overall design of your presentation must be professional and engaging.
A running header or page #s are not required.
An abstract is not required.

PowerPoint Project Grading Rubric_BUSI 300

Based on 150-point maximum

Criteria	Levels of Achievement
Content 70%	Advanced 90-100%	Proficient 70-89%	Developing 1-69%	Not present
Content	94.5 to 105 points Topic meets assignment requirements. Content is accurate, and the presentation has a logical sequence of ideas. All slides outline or supplement a major point or detail a previous point. Four relevant, professional images/graphics are included. All image/graphics illustrate the topic of the slide and/or explain a complex issue. Speaker notes are included on all content slides and expand upon and/or offer further clarification of points.	73.5 to 93.5 points Topic meets assignment requirements. Content is mostly accurate, and the presentation has a good flow. Most slides outline or supplement a major point or detail a previous point. Presentation contains only 1-3 images/graphics. Some, but not all, images/graphics illustrate the topic of the slide and/or explain a complex issue. Speaker notes are missing on 1-5 content slides. Speaker notes help clarify some, but not all points.	1 to 72.5 points Topic does not meet assignment requirements. Content is not completely accurate, and/or the presentation is unorganized and difficult to follow. Slides do not outline or supplement a major point or detail a previous point. Graphics do not illustrate the topic of the slide and/or explain a complex issue. Speaker notes are missing on 6 or more content slides. Speaker notes do not clarify points on the slides.	0 points Not present
Structure 30%	Advanced 90-100%	Proficient 70-89%	Developing 1-69%	Not present
Grammar, Spelling, and Sentence Structure	4.6 to 5 points No spelling or grammar errors are present.	3.6 to 4.5 points Presentation contains some spelling and/or grammar errors.	1 to 3.5 points Presentation contains multiple spelling and/or grammar errors.	0 points Not present
Formatting and Number of Slides	36 to 40 points 5 credible sources are used, and correct APA formatting has been applied throughout. The title slide is included and contains all required items. Transitions and animations are smooth and enhance the presentation very well. A professional theme is used. All text is clearly visible with the appropriate amount of content per slide. All required slides are present.	28 to 35.6 points 4 credible sources are used. The presentation contains some APA formatting errors. The title slide is included, but is missing one required item. Transitions and animations are adequately used. A professional theme is used. All text is visible and most slides contain the appropriate amount of content per slide. Two required slides are missing.	1 to 27.6 points 1-3 credible sources are used. The presentation contains multiple APA formatting errors. The title slide is included, but is missing 2+ required items. Transitions and animations are not used and/or distract from the presentation. A professional theme is missing. Text is unclear, and there is either too much or not enough content per slide. Three or more required slides are missing.	0 points Not present

BUSI 300 PowerPoint Instructions

Topic Ideas

The course textbook will be a great resource when looking for a topic that relates to some aspect of professional communication. Some examples of topics include (but are not limited to):

How to be an Effective Verbal and Nonverbal Communicator;
How to Give an Effective Presentation;
Effective Communication Within Teams;
Overcoming Communication Barriers

PowerPoint Requirements:

Title Slide

This will be the first slide of your PowerPoint (and is NOT considered a content slide).
This slide will include the following: title of your presentation; your full name; class name and section number; & your institution (Liberty University).

Content Slides

A minimum of 15 content slides must be included.
All content slides must contain speaker notes.

Speaker notes are a presenter’s “cheat sheet”, if you will. In other words, speaker notes are hidden from your audience, but you are able to view them while presenting.
Speaker notes are NOT a copy of the information on your slide. Instead, speaker notes expand upon and/or offer further clarification regarding points on each slide.
To add speaker notes, go to the Notes pane under the slide where you will see, “Click to add notes”. For more help, view the information at: https://support.office.com/en-us/article/add-speaker-notes-to-your-slides-26985155-35f5-45ba-812b-e1bd3c48928e

A minimum of four relevant, professional images/graphics must be included in your PPT.

All images/graphics used must be of high quality and professional, with the main purpose of helping an audience better grasp a complex concept and/or remember information presented.
Re-read section 12-3 in your course textbook, as there are some important guidelines regarding the use of images/graphics in a presentation.

III. Reference Slide

This slide will be the last slide(s) of your PowerPoint (and is NOT considered a content slide).

This slide (or slides) will contain all sources used in your PowerPoint presentation.

Sources must be formatted according to current APA formatting guidelines.
In addition to current APA formatting guidelines, the inclusion of the complete URL (sometimes called a permalink) is required for all full-text, peer-reviewed/scholarly articles retrieved from Liberty’s online library journal database. Note that this is not the same as the doi #. The URL must take your reader directly to the full text article within Liberty’s online library journal database. If you’re unsure about the specific URL/link, you can copy the entire web address from the top of the browser’s address bar once you are viewing the full text article within Liberty’s online library journal database.

Sources

A minimum of five credible sources must be used within your presentation. Required, credible sources include:

four full-text, peer-reviewed/scholarly articles retrieved from Liberty’s online library journal database.
two of the above four full-text, peer-reviewed/scholarly articles must be within the last 7 years.
the course textbook (as listed on the course syllabus).

You are able to include additional sources, other than the five credible sources listed above; however, they must be full-text articles retrieved from Liberty’s online library journal database.
Sources NOT acceptable for this assignment:

No textbooks (including e-books), other than the course textbook/ebook (as listed on the course syllabus)
No general Internet searching is acceptable. Therefore, no blogs, education sites, commercial sites, Wikipedia, About.com, editorials, abstracts, online books, book reviews, etc.

Avoiding Plagiarism

Create an original PowerPoint presentation; previously submitted work from this or another course is considered self-plagiarism and is prohibited.
Provide citations for any:
- statement, idea, & thought (whether paraphrased or directly quoted) used from an outside source;
- table, data, image, etc. used from an outside source.
All citations should be formatted according to current APA formatting guidelines and should directly follow the information used from an outside source.
All sources used should be formatted according to current APA formatting guidelines on your reference slide(s).

Other Requirements and Reminders:

Must be created in Microsoft PowerPoint and uploaded through the assignment link as a .ppt or .pptx file.

Individual slides and the overall design of your presentation must be professional and engaging.

A running header or page #s are not required.
An abstract is not required.

Question 11: Mathematics

Calculate the percentage return on a 1-year Treasury bill with a face value of $10,000 if you pay $9,777.46 to purchase it and receive its full face value at maturity.

The percentage return is % Round to decimal place

Question 12: History

From the readings in you textbook, you have learned about Plato, Aristotle and other philosophers within the Greek culture. Some people say, “We should not study and learn about the secular philosophies taught by the Greeks because they are not Christian based.” Do you agree or disagree with this statement? Give specific reasons why you have come to your conclusions.

TEXTBOOK chs. 7–8:

A Narrative of Western Culture First Edition Dennis E. Rawls, MALS

ISBN-13: 978-1-260-51106-2 ISBN-10: 1-260-51106-5

Module/Week 3

Review Study Guide

This module/week we are looking at the philosophy and humanist legacy that the Greeks added to Western Culture. Philosophy many times is a big word that people avoid using but it is literally the love of wisdom. It generally does take a position on what is the nature of reality. Men like the Sophists (a professional philosopher-teacher) would debate philosophy in the Greek marketplace called an agora. On occasion we are critical of the Greek philosophy but many of these men were brilliant and modern Christianity could learn some things from them. We should not be afraid to understand the world in which we live a little better. They were not afraid to have a systematic speculation of the universe from their vantage point. There are a number of men who are listed as philosophers in the Greek culture, so let’s get some of the key individuals in the correct time frame.

The correct order:

Pythagoras—Died 495 BC
Socrates—399 BC
Plato—348 BC
Aristotle—322 BC
Alexander the Great—323 BC (not really thought of as a philosopher, but was a student of Aristotle and was heroic figure in the late classical period of Greek history).

Let’s now try to cover a little of what each is known for.

Pythagoras was the early Greek philosopher who taught that “number” was the essence of all things. Not to be confused with Protagoras who is also credited with saying that “man is the measure of all things”. Socrates is next and it is interesting that there are no written works of him, and we only know what he taught because of what Plato wrote about him. Socrates was known for his method of teaching by asking questions. He is best recognized for inventing the teaching practice of pedagogy, wherein a teacher questions a student in a manner that draws out the correct response. He was not necessarily a student of Pythagoras but probably learned some things from him. It is interesting that Socrates’ favorite student, Plato, developed a philosophy diverse from that of his teacher. Socrates was later brought to trial by his enemies on capital charges of atheism and corruption of the young.

Let’s look at Plato, who was associated with a principle used in the art of debate called the dialectic. Reality for Plato consisted of (Ideas) of all basic things. Forms that exist beyond the grasp of the senses, or even the mind, which is not what Socrates or Aristotle would teach. Aristotle had a great influence in the field of logic, particularly with his invention of the syllogism as a tool for deductive reasoning. In logic, Plato was more inclined to use inductive reasoning, whereas Aristotle used deductive reasoning. The syllogism, a basic unit of logic (if A = B, and B = C, then A = C), was developed by Aristotle. Plato would write the Republic as well as the Allegory of the Cave.

Both Aristotle and Plato believed thoughts were superior to the senses and are considered to be the most influential philosophers in the history of Western Culture. However, whereas Plato believed the senses could fool a person, Aristotle stated that the senses were needed in order to properly determine reality. Aristotle would have some excellent views on logos, which when used in the philosophical sense takes on the meaning of the rational principles that govern and develop the universe as well as his greatest field of logic.

An example of this difference is the Allegory of the Cave, created by Plato (who would create the Academy of Athens). To him, the world was like a cave, and a person would only see shadows cast from the outside light, so the only reality would be thoughts. To the Aristotelian method, the obvious solution is to walk out of the cave and experience what is casting light and shadows directly, rather than relying solely on indirect or internal experiences.

Next, let’s look at some of the philosophical terms that were used and have been used to describe various beliefs and values.

Ideology is basically the doctrines, opinions, or way of thinking of an individual or group.

Hedonism develops within cultures that begin to focus on themselves and not others, because this belief says that pleasure is the principal god and should be the highest aim of the individual and society.

Naturalism in many cases leads to Hedonism and Humanism. Naturalism is the view that the universe requires no supernatural cause or government, that it is self-existent, self-explanatory, self-operating, and self-directing, and that it is purposeless, deterministic, and only accidently productive of humanity.

Syncretism is a view we have seem before and is the joining together of ideals, beliefs and values. Syncretism is basically a combination, reconciliation, or coalescence of varying, often mutually opposed beliefs, principles, or practices, esp. those of various religions, into a new conglomerate whole typically marked by internal inconsistencies.

We have previously studied how the Greeks were individualistic in their view of their society. This concept was unusual in the history and cultures of this and previous time periods. We may look down upon a prideful person and Scripture certainly does, but the Greeks considered pride a virtue. We had mentioned it earlier but the Greeks were good at illustrating their cultural perspective by their use of the Comedy and Tragedy (the first one was in 534 BC) plays. The typical Greek tragedy depicts how the hero becomes alienated from society, which is a tragedy.

Greek Theatre was not the only form of art for the Greeks. We have famous sculptures such as The Discus Thrower by Myron, The Kritios Boy done in 481 BC, and Poseidon, one of the finest original Greek bronzes (the Greeks favorite sculpture forms). Many of these art works depicted people not as they were but as they should be. Just a note here: there are not as many bronze sculptures as were actually produced because many were melted down for weapons. Many of the bronzes statues we have today have been recovered from the sea, where they were able to lay safely to be recovered by future generations. We cannot forget the art that the Greeks felt was the most important, which was Music.

Just because there were many views of reality with the Greek culture, this did not mean that the people did not believe in gods and build temples (without priests). Most expensive temples were built on the mainland of Greece, not on the islands such as Sicily; one of them being the Parthenon (built in Athens), which was a temple dedicated to the goddess Athena. The ancient Greeks saw the human form even in their temple styles. The Corinthian columns were associated with the Greek Classical time period and were used in the Greek temple architecture because of their elegance and refinement. The Corinthian columns can be seen in many of the buildings in downtown Washington D.C.

Not to say that the Greeks all got along with each other. Towns would fight towns and basically have an all-out war, and many of them were based on pride. As we mentioned earlier, the Peloponnesian War between Sparta and Athens was just such a war. We know much about this war because of the accurate historical accounts by Thucydides. Thucydides believed that history should provide an accurate record of past events. It would have very negative effects of both areas of Greece, but Athens would continue to provide the majority of cultural influence for Greece until the Romans arrived on the scene.

The Greeks thought education was very important and like many of the Classical schools in America today, thought music was important in this educational process. How could we describe the Greeks? In two words: Individualistic and competitive. Thus the Olympics?

Question 13: General Question

ACCT 212 Learn smart Assignment 11 Liberty University Complete Answers

The below shown questions is just one version sample.
Download the solution .PDF document for the complete different version solutions and get A grade.

A capital investment evaluation method that measures the expected time for the present value of the net cash flows to equal the initial cost of the investment is the:

A company is considering several investment opportunities. The investments have been evaluated using payback period and break-even time. Only one project will be chosen and time value of money is important. The company should choose the project which the:

The capital investment evaluation method compares the present value of the net cash flows to the initial amount invested is the:

A company is considering a capital investment of $45,000 in new equipment which will improve production and increase cash flows by $15,000 per year for 6 years. The company has a hurdle rate of 10%. The break-even time is approximately:

When using accounting rate of return to evaluate capital investment decisions, choose the project with the (1) risk, (2) payback period, and (3) return for the (4) time period.

A company needs to choose between two investment opportunities. Project 1 has a cost of $500,000 and expected NPV of cash flows of $450,000. Project 2 has a cost of $800,000 and expected NPV of cash flows of $750,000. Using profitability index as the evaluation method, the company should choose:

A company is considering a capital investment of $45,000 in new equipment which will improve production and increase flows by $15,000 per year for 6 years. The payback period is ____ years.

When comparing investment opportunities with approximately the same cost and risk level, choose the investment with the:

A company is considering a capital investment of $16,000 in new equipment which will improve production and increase cash flow for next five years at the following amounts: Year 1: $8,000; Year 2: $6,000; Year 3: $5,000; Year 4: $5,000. The payback period is __ years.

A company is considering two similar investment projects. One has an initial cost of $50,000 and the other an initial cost of $450,000. Which evaluation method would be most appropriate?

Assume straight-line depreciation and even cash flow. A company plans to purchase equipment for $25,000. The equipment will have $0 salvage value and increase after-tax income by $7,500 annually during it 5-year life. The accounting rate of return is ___%

Which of the following is the approximate internal rate of return for an investment that costs $45,880 and has net cash flow of $4,000 for 20 years?

Consider the following projects: Project A cost = $30,000, NPV of cash flows = $10,000; Project B: Cost = $45,000, NPV of cash flows = $10,000 Project C: Cost = $30,000, NPV of cash flows = $20,000; Project D: Cost = $40,000, NPV of cash flows = $5,000. Using profitability index as the evaluation method, rank the projects in order of preference with the best choice on top.

A company has evaluated several projects using net present value. All projects are similar in amount invested and risk. Rank the projects in the order they should be accepted.

A company is considering an investment opportunity with a cost of $5,000 that will provide future cash flows of $8,000. The flows for the investment for the next 4 years are: $1,000, $1,000, $2,000, and $4,000. Assume a required rate of return of 10%. The NPV is $ _____

Question 14: General Question

ECON 213 How to use InQuizitive Liberty University Complete Answers

The below shown questions is just one version sample.
Download the solution .PDF document for the complete different version solutions and get A grade.

Points, Grades, and Levels

Drag the labels below to fill in the blanks.

(Hint: You saw most of this information on the introductory screen when you first started the activity. To view that screen again, click the gear icon in the top right-hand corner and select “Instructor Activity Introduction” from the drop-down menu.)

Drag word(s) below to fill in the blank(s) in the passage.

You score points in InQuizitive by answering .
You determine how many points you can gain or lose on each question using the Question slider (to the right if you’re on a computer, or at the bottom for smartphone users).
You must answer a number of questions to get a grade on the activity.
To get a perfect grade (100%) on the activity, you must reach a designated Score.

Confidence Levels

Find the Question Confidence slider (to the right if you’re on a computer, or at the bottom for smartphone users). Try sliding the ball to adjust your confidence level.

Using the keys below or your keyboard, type out the name of the lowest confidence level.

Confidence Levels

Go back to the Question Confidence slider. What’s the highestconfidence level?

Using the keys on the screen or your keyboard, enter it below.

Confidence Levels

As you’ve seen, you can adjust your confidence level on each question using the Question Confidence slider. What happens when you increase the confidence level for a question?

When you answer the question correctly on the first try, it the number of points you’ll earn.

When you answer incorrectly while attempting the question, it the number of points you’ll lose

Other InQuizitive Policies and Features

Which devices can you use to work on InQuizitive activities?

(Note that to complete this question you must drag every answer option into either the “Correct Answer(s)” area or the “Incorrect Answer(s)” area.)

Confidence Levels

If you guess incorrectly on a question, you immediately lose the points you “wagered” when setting your confidence level. If you answer the question correctly after that initial incorrect guess, however, you can earn back half of those points in most cases.

So, here’s a math question for you: Suppose you set your confidence level at “I think I know it,” which means that you’re initially risking 80 points. You guess wrong on the first attempt. How many “second-chance” points will you be able to earn back?

Other InQuizitive Policies and Features

Find Quizmo, the InQuizitive alien, in the upper left-hand corner of the screen. Quizmo is thinking of an African animal’s common name. Guess the animal.

(This is an impossible question that we’re slipping in here, to make sure you get at least one question wrong and see what happens when you guess incorrectly. Just keep typing until you fill in the answer. You will not encounter impossible questions like this in later InQuizitive activities in your course!)

If you answer the minimum number of questions for an activity before you reach the Target Score, your initial grade will be calculated this way:

If you’ve just reached the minimum number of questions and have scored 750 points, your initial grade is .

However, if you keep answering questions and eventually reach 1,500 points, your grade will improve to , no matter how many questions it takes you to get there.

Question 15: General Questions

ECON 213 InQuizitive ch. 13 Liberty University Complete Answers

The below shown questions is just one version sample.
Download the solution .PDF document for the complete different version solutions and get A grade.

Chapter 13: Oligopoly and Strategic Behavior

Apply the correct label to each network externality or externality-related effect.

What generally causes U.S. companies in oligopoly to have similar prices?

How is oligopoly different from monopolistic competition?

The Sherman Antitrust Act of 1890 was successful enough in reducing the power of cartels and monopolies that no further legislation to curb monopoly power has ever been needed.

What must be demonstrated to prove that a company engaged in predatory pricing?

Joey and Sarah own competing cell phone companies. Using tit-for-tat strategy, describe what Joey should do if Sarah decides to change her advertising practices. Fill in the blanks to complete the passage.

Two cable companies serve a city. The companies are of comparable size and are charging the profit-maximizing price. Then Company A raises its prices.

According to the kinked demand curve theory, what will Company B do?

How could network externalities encourage monopolistic behavior? Fill in the blanks to complete the passage.

Why might it be difficult for the firms in a duopoly to form a cartel? Fill in the blanks to complete the passage.

Why would two rival airlines choose not to follow a tit-for-tat strategy to reduce or eliminate advertising?

The output in chairs per month for four firms is:

200 for firm A
300 for firm B
275 for firm C
320 for firm D

The total output of the chair industry is 2,000 chairs per month. If firms A, B, C, and D are the four largest firms in the industry, calculate the four-firm concentration ratio for the chair industry by finding out what percentage of the total output the four firms are responsible for. Round your answer to the nearest whole percent.

Three separate oligopolists in the same industry serve a city. Company A is the dominant firm in the industry and produces a large share of the total output in the industry. Companies B and C are rival firms, but they are much smaller than Company A. Company A sets its price at a level that maximizes its own profits.

According to the theory of price leadership, what will Companies B and C likely do?

When are prices higher? Order the following market scenarios from lowest price to highest price based on their descriptions.

Why might network externalities cause a new cable provider to be unsuccessful when it tries to enter the market?

Lukas owns a phone company in a city with three other phone companies. He wants to attract more customers and is considering lowering his prices to do so. According to the kinked demand curve theory, will this strategy work? Fill in the blanks to complete the passage.

Sometimes duopolists try to cooperate with one another. Match the economic phenomenon to the description that most accurately describes it.

Maddie and Gavin own competing bakeries in a small town. Maddie lowers her bakery’s prices to a point at which Gavin cannot compete, and he must go out of business. Gavin believes Maddie deliberately lowered her bakery’s prices with the intent of driving his bakery out of business. Gavin wants to file suit against Maddie. Does Gavin have a case? Fill in the blanks to complete the passage.

Match the strategy to the scenario it describes.

Match the company to the outcome of its antitrust suit.

Question 16: General Questions

ECON 213 InQuizitive ch. 12 Liberty University Complete Answers

The below shown questions is just one version sample.
Download the solution .PDF document for the complete different version solutions and get A grade.

Chapter 12: Monopolistic Competition and Advertising

In the short run, low barriers to entry and exit allow new entrants into a monopolistically competitive market.

What are the characteristics of monopolistic competition?

Which shift in the demand curve is most likely to describe a company in a monopolistically competitive market that begins to spend more on advertising?

Which of the following are reasons a firm might choose to advertise?

For each industry, drag the label into the column of the table that describes what type of market it is.

What might be the consequences of government intervention in the bottled water industry?

Which graph likely represents a popular designer sunglasses company located in a busy, downtown shopping mall?

How does advertising affect industries in competitive markets? Fill in the blanks to complete the passage.

In monopolistically competitive markets, government regulation is always desirable because it improves efficiency.

What does a shift from point 1 to point 3 illustrate about the result of advertising in monopolistically competitive markets?

How does advertising affect consumers? Fill in the blanks to complete the passage.

In which market type(s) are individual firms likely to advertise regularly?

When are firms more efficient? Order the following firms from least efficient to most efficient.

How do the actions of the Federal Trade Commission influence advertising?

A pizza company that charges five dollars more for its pizzas than a competitor’s pizza will find it impossible to survive in a monopolistically competitive market.

Drag the industries to the graph that would best represent them.

Drag the following products to the graph that most likely illustrates their price and output.

Katy owns a monopolistically competitive firm that has many competitors that advertise. What can Katy realistically hope to achieve if she decides to advertise as well?

Match the description of the industry to the type of market in which it belongs.

What are some of the differences between a monopolistically competitive firm and a competitive firm?

Ananya is the owner of a toy store and is considering whether or not to purchase advertising for her company. The graph here illustrates the firm’s long-run average total cost curve in three different scenarios. Drag each situation to the appropriate point on the graph.

Order the industries based on increasing market power and ability to set prices, starting with the highest.

Advertising expenses occupy approximately what percentage of global economic activity?

Match each type of market to a possible incentive or disincentive for advertising in it.

Mrunal opened the first flower shop in her town. For a while, she was the only provider of flowers, until people noticed how profitable her business had been. Now several new flower shops have opened. What might happen to Mrunal’s business in the long run?

Identify each situation as either a competitive market or a monopolistically competitive market.

Fill in the blanks to describe the characteristics of monopolistic competition.

Question 17: Computer Science

There are 3 sections to this assignment- each section is a page long for total of 3 pages Please label each section APA Format for reference

Instruction

Section 1- needs to be 1 page What is change control and why does it need to be managed? Give two examples of the impact of mismanagement. Why does a network require constant monitoring to determine the percentage of its capacity being used? Explain the potential results of not monitoring capacity usage. Define bandwidth. Why does a company need standards regarding who can expand the network or add applications that require heavy bandwidth to operate? Complete the assignment in a 1- to 2-page Microsoft Word document. Cite all sources using the correct APA style. Save the document as. Section 2- needs to be 1 page Find An article advocating centralized management of the IT function and find an article on advocating user-dominated management of IT Discuss your findings in each article and present your analysis of which aspects of each method seem most beneficial to the companies mentioned overall. Section 3- needs to be 1 page Read a case a scholarly source such as Google Scholar dealing with a company’s IT strategy, the implementation of that strategy, and the way the strategy benefited the company as a whole. Analyze the case and describe how the company mentioned was able to develop a successful IT strategy. How did the company plan and implement the strategy? How is the company supported by the IT strategy? You should identify at least three scholarly and independent sources utilizing services such as (but not limited to) Google or Google Scholar over the Internet. The sources you identify should support the case you selected for the purpose of this assignment.

Question 18: Business

Instruction

complete 3 assignments. Only have to show work or graphing if asked

T/F the longer the maturity, the lower the bond duration, which measures interest rate risk.

What is the value of a 5 year semi-annual pay 9% coupon bond if rates are 9%
1000
923
928
965

You are looking to value some common stock using various valuation models and are answering the following questions:

T/F A company with a high growth rate will cause most valuation models to yield a higher stock price.

T/F the higher the required return should cause an investor to pay more for a stock.

If a firm pays a dividend this year of $3, has a growth rate of 5%, a required return on equity of 10%, what is the price of the stock

T/F A firm has EPS of $2 and the industry PE multiple is 18, so I should pay $36 for the stock.

You need to analyze some projects for a company you work for. You meet with the CFO to discuss some options.

T/F If the IRR<WACC then project should be accepted

A truck costs 100k and is projected to bring in cash flows of 20k per year for the first 4 years with a cash flow of 10k in year 5 with a salvage value of 15k in that same year. If the WACC is 7.5% then you should

Reject as the NPV is a negative 21k
Reject as the NPV is a negative 16k
Accept as the NPV is a positive 11k
Neither accept or reject

You are going to receive monthly payments of 1,000 for the next 5 years. You need a lump sum however and you go to a firm that will pay you a lump sum but they need to earn 9%. How much will you receive

T/F The 3 main financial statements are the income statement, balance sheet, and statement of cash flow and the balance sheet list assets and liabilities of the firm.

The new firm wants to minimize fixed costs. What does this mean?
This will keep operating leverage down which in turn will lower business risk
This will lower financial risk which in turn lowers the risk of the firm.
Higher fixed costs will leverage up returns and lower business risk
Higher operating leverage is directly associated with higher financial risk.

T/F The goal of a firm is to maximize the value of its stock and that occurs at the point where the WACC is the lowest. Debt should have a lower cost of capital component versus equity as interest payments are tax deductible.

T/F Capital structure refers to the % of equity and the % of debt affirm has with the goal of minimizing that cost or finding the highest WACC.

T/F Essentially, the whole idea of valuing stocks and bonds and deciding whether or not to accept or reject capital investments (machines, a truck fleet, etc.) is to compute the present value of the cash flows.

T/F A firm should pay out a dividend if they can earn a better rate of return than the stockholder

What is the yield to maturity of a 6% semiannual coupon bond that matures in 8 years if he pays 930?
6%
58%
16%
Cannot be determined

An MRI machine has the following cash flows:

Cost: 1 million

Cash flows are 500k for 3 years

The WACC is 15%

The IRR on this MRI machine is:
0%
4%
6%
26%

T/F Based on the IRR decision criteria we should accept this project

. T/F the payback under the original MRI assumptions is 3 years

T/F You are taking a take home final exam.

You want to retire in 30 years and a financial planner tells you that you need 1.5 million then to live comfortably. If you have 50k to invest now and can earn 7%, how much would you have to invest annually to reach your goal?
11,850
19,908
31,250
Cannot be determined

What is the Present value (PV) of 10,000 to be received in 5 years if your required return is 6%

a.7,473

10,000
8,250
0

T/F The lower the interest rate the lower the FV

T/F The higher the required return the lower the PV

T/F Companies raise capital by issuing stocks and bonds, which is why the equation

assets = liabilities +equity holds true

T/F General obligation muni bonds are backed by the full faith and credit of the issuing state
T/F U.S. treasury securities have credit risk
T/F A corporate bond will have some degree of risk premium or credit spread over U.S Treasury bonds to compensate for risk.
The PV of a semi-annual 6% bond that matures in 5 years if market interest rates are now 5% is:
$1,000
$1,050.32
$1,43.76
Cannot be determined

The YTM of a bonds purchased at $950 with a semi-annual coupon of 7% and a $1,000 par that matures in 4 years is:
$1,000

b.6.25%

4.25%
8.5%

You are looking at some stocks to value using different valuation models and come across the following questions:

11.T/F the higher the growth rate and the lower the discount rate, the higher the price using the dividend discount model or PV of FCF model

A stock with next year’s dividend of $2 and a growth rate of 4% and a cost of equity of 9% has an intrinsic value of:
42
40
23
50

T/F If a firm has cash flows of 500 million and the growth rate of the cash flow is 5% with a required return of 10%, the value of operations is a little over 10 billion

14.T/F A stock that has a PE multiple of 15 and earnings of 2 per shares should trade at 7.5.

15.T/F A company with a high PE multiple may not be overvalued if they have a high growth rate.

T/F The goal of the firm is not to maximize its stock price.

17 . T/F The common stockholders are the owners of the firm and they elect the company board of directors who in turn appoint the officers of the firm

Question 1 (Chapter 14: EVM)

At a certain point in your project, you did a performance measurement and found the following results:

PV = $500,000	EV = $350,000
AC = $550,000	BAC = $1,200,000

Calculate the schedule variance (SV)
Calculate cost variance (CV)
Calculate schedule performance index (SPI)
Calculate cost performance index (CPI)
Calculate estimate at completion (EAC)
What do those numbers tell you? What do you think you should do?

Question 2

Given the following information for a one-year project, answer the following questions. Recall that PV is the planned value, EV is the earned value, AC is the actual cost, and BAC is the budget at completion.

PV = $23,000
EV = $20,000
AC = $25,000
BAC = $120,000

What is the cost variance, schedule variance, cost performance index (CPI), and schedule performance index (SPI) for the project?
How is the project doing? Is it ahead of schedule or behind schedule? Is it under budget or over budget?

III. Use the CPI to calculate the estimate at completion (EAC) for this project. Is the project performing better or worse than planned?

Use the SPI to estimate how long it will take to finish this project.

Question 19: Other

Crisis Counselling

Assignment #2: The Connection between Trauma and Crisis or Crisis Prevention

Format: essay (8-10 pages) Value: 20% Due: see outline

Students will prepare a research paper on their choice of two questions:

Either 1) what is the connection between trauma and crisis? Or 2) Crisis Prevention with a target population or issue.

Choice #1: What is the connection between trauma and crisis? Here students will use the Herman text from their Trauma theory and practice course as well as course material from this course, and put them in conversation with one another to answer this question. No external sources are required for this paper – just the Herman text and CMH 481 course materials.

Choice #2: Students are to use a combination of and minimum of four scholarly and grey sources to prepare a research paper focusing on crisis prevention with a particular population or issue of their choice, for example, crisis prevention regarding suicidal thoughts or behaviour, or crisis prevention on a community level.

Evaluation Rubric:

Criteria	Points/percentage of overall
Quality of understanding of course materials and themes related to question (choice 1) OR of the scholarly research sources (choice 2)	6
Direct integration of course materials & Herman text (choice 1) OR scholarly sources (choice 2)	6
Analysis/creativity in responding to questions/topic of assignment	4
Professional presentation requirements	4

Question 20: General

You will be assigned a forensic psychology case to analyze. In order to complete it successfully, you must follow the attach outline precisely. Keep in mind that your Forensic Case Study is written in an outline format, the narrative and reference sheet must adhere to APA style. Also, notice that you will need to include legal AND social science research articles in you paper. It is just as important to describe the behavioral science research behind the psychological issues in the case as it is to explain the legal aspects of it. CASE: Spruce v. Sargent failure to protect inmate liability

Writing the Forensic Case Study

Start with the case as the title of your report:

Case Citation Example: Myers v. United States, 272 U.S. 52, 135 (1926)

Followed by your name.

The body of the report should be written in outline structure: 1., 2., 3., etc. in which each number provides a specific set of information as detailed below. Most report outlines will not be more than 5 pages long, not counting the reference page.

Facts of the Case: Pinpoint the determinative facts of a case, ie., those that make a difference in the outcome. You goal here is to be able to briefly tell the story of the case without missing any pertinent information but also not including too many extraneous facts either. Above all, make sure you have clearly identified the main players. State the parties’ names and positions in the case (Plaintiff/Defendant or Appellee/Appellant, and victims or agencies involved).

Forensic Psychology or Scientific Issue Presented: Formulate the main legal issues and forensic psychology questions embedded in the case. Write them in the form of questions. For example, “What is the level of competence needed to stand trial when the defendant is mentally retarded?” Later you will need to explain how are these issues are argued in the case, so clearly stating the question(s) will make writing that section easier.

Review of Literature: What does the scientific research say about these issues? Like any other research paper, conduct a brief review of literature to see what professional journals say the issue at the heart of the legal question. What does behavioral science know about this issue? For example, when the legal question is the competence of a mentally retarded defendant, you would need to find three or four research articles describing the cognitive capacities or limitations of individuals with intellectual deficiencies. Are there a lot of differing opinions or conflicting research results? Is this an issue with little scientific information about it? If there is a clear consensus of professional opinion, what is it?

Court Decision: What was the judgment in this case? Who did the judge or jury decide was right? If the opinion says, “We hold…” that’s the majority opinion. Just state the decision in a sentence or two.

Rule of Law: What was the legal standard that comes out of this case? In some cases this will be clearer than others, but basically you want to identify the principle of law on which the judge or jury is basing the resolution of the case. This rule of law will be used in future cases to make judgments. For example, the Rule of Law in Miranda v. Arizona is that ‘evidence obtained by police in a custodial interrogation of a suspect is not admissible in court to prove guilt unless the suspect was given warnings about his constitutional rights. Those rights included….’

In other words, state why this case is important.

Reasoning: What were the judges’ reasons for deciding the case the way they did? How were the issues argued? There may be dissenting opinions as well, which is important to state why some judges disagreed. Did the majority opinion consider the scientific research or expert opinions in reaching their decision? If not, why did they disregard with the experts or best practice evidence? Remember, legal facts are different from scientific facts. What were the facts that persuaded the court to make their decision?

Reference Sheet: APA style

Depending on the case, your paper will be anywhere from 5-6 pages. Make sure you use APA format in the body of the paper as well as in the Reference pages. Please review the rubric for the best outcome.

Question 21: Computer Science

Instruction

Read the assignment. show all the calculations

ASSIGNMENT – 2

NOTE: Please Show all the calculations Deadline: OCTOBER, 21, 2019
1) [9 points] Find the eight bit 2’s complementary representation for the following

decimal numbers:
a) 121 b) -121 c) 54

2) [3 points] Is there a relationship between EBCDIC character representation of the decimal digits from 0 to 9 and their BCD representation? Explain.

3) [5 points] Consider a hypothetical computer system. A 12-bit memory space is used for a sign-and-magnitude representation of integers with BCD and the sign is stored in MSB. What is the range of signed integers in base 10 that can be represented? Explain.

4) [18 points] Consider the two following decimal numbers: 15,675 and -8,741
a) Convert these numbers to 9’s complement five-digit representation and show

all the steps

b) Find the sum of the two numbers in 9’s complement arithmetic showing all the steps and convert the sum back to decimal
c) Was there a carry or overflow condition in your calculation? Explain
d) Convert the initial two numbers to 10’s complement representation and show all the steps
e) Find the sum of the two numbers in 10’s complement arithmetic showing all the steps and convert the sum back to decimal
f) Compare the two procedures and explain the difference of addition in 9’s and 10’s complement. Which one is easier to implement?

5) [6 points] Provide the Packed Decimal representation of the following decimal numbers:

a) -76 b) 4389 c) -5005

6) [6 points] What number is represented in 9’s complement by:
a) 4987 (four-digit 9′ complement representation) b)

836 (three-digit 9′ complement representation)

7) [6 points] Perform the calculation 95.675 + 0.95675 using the decimal floating point representation SEEMMMMM, where S is the sign (0 for “plus”, 1 for “minus”), EE is the decimal exponent in excess-50 notation and MMMMM is the five-digit mantissa. Show all steps and explain the result.

8) [18 points] Convert the following binary numbers to floating-point format using single-precision IEEE 754 format.

Convert your answer to hexadecimal format.
a) 11001.0101 b) -101.111101 c) -0.0101001

9) [21 points] Convert the following hexadecimal numbers to floating-point format using single-precision IEEE 754

format. Convert your answer to hexadecimal format.
a) 251D b) -B26.9 c) -0.00A5

10) [7 points] Convert the following decimal number to floating-point format using single-precision IEEE 754

format. Express your answer in hexadecimal format. Do the conversions with 8 bits of precision in the

mantissa. -23.103

11) [21 points] The following numbers are in IEEE 754 single-precision floating- point format. What decimal numbers

do they represent?
a) C4C2E00016 b) 483C540016 c) BEF8000016

12) [3 points] Define or explain briefly: normalization of a floating point number.

13) [2 points] True or False: Double precision floating point format can store all real numbers in the range 2-126 to 2127.

14) [1 point] True or False: In one’s binary complement, negative numbers are represented by themselves.

15) [2 points] In the IEEE 754 format, the exponents 0 and 255 are used to represent special values.

16) [2 points] A number of magnitude too large to be stored in a computer is an example of what condition?

Question 22: Education

Final Essay Instructions

Congratulations on reaching the capstone assignment for EDUC 200. The goal of this essay is to combine the major learning objectives of this course into a single reflection document that is personalized for each student. By now you should be able to determine some of the rewards and challenges the education profession presents. Imagine that you are interviewing for a job. How would you professionally describe the rewards and challenges you may encounter? Use first person, “I”, as you write your essay to respond to the principal in the interview.

Note the following requirements:

You will write a 800 word essay in response to the given prompt
The essay must be written in current APA format and include a title page, main body, and reference page.
It must also include a minimum of 3 in-text citations from the textbook in current APA format. See APA Basics in the Instructions section for specific guidelines.
The main body must include an introductory paragraph, body paragraphs and a conclusion paragraph.
- The introductory paragraph should have strong hook or attention grabbing statement to draw the reader into the paper. A position or thesis statement should name the chosen rewards and challenges.
- The body paragraphs should describe the 3 potential rewards and 3 potential challenges with two or more details to support each reward or challenge.
- The conclusion should summarize the paper and restate the position or thesis statement from the introduction.
The essay must be submitted through Blackboard. Please consult a copy of the assignment rubric in Blackboard for a detailed description of expectations and grading criteria.

Final Essay Question:

You have decided to apply for your first teaching position. The principal seated across from you asks this question: “What are 3 rewards and 3 challenges that you will face as a teacher?”

Question 23: General

philosophical/theoretical basis of the Abeka curriculum. i need one page that has to include three theorist such as JOHN DEWEY, vYGOTSKY, PIAGET OR HOWARD GARDENER

History 1301 signature assignment

HISTORY Signature Writing Assignment

Step 1: View the Power Point Lesson for the “Overview for Primary Source Documents” provided by the Library of Congress which describes primary and secondary sources. This step is VITAL!

Step 2: After viewing the lesson, pick out a primary source that you find interesting. For the purpose of this course, students are required to pick out a letter, speech, or diary entry. Use one (1)
single artifact rather than a collection of artifacts. The primary source must be something that is covered in this course. For HIST 1301, this can be anything from Christopher Columbus to the Civil War/Reconstruction. For HIST 1302, this can be anything after the Civil War up to the last chapter that is covered in the book.

In addition, students must use a secondary source that backs up or provides information to clarify information in the primary source. An example of this would be if a student chooses a letter written by Thomas Jefferson to James Madison, a secondary source that gives information about who James Madison was and a little bit of background information about him would meet the requirements. One secondary source is required, but students can use more than one. Please see the information after the Power Point about Primary and Secondary sources to find out more information about finding a Primary Source. Primary sources can be found using the sources provided on the following page.

Step 3: After a primary source and secondary source(s) is chosen, students can begin to write the paper by answering the 10 questions below. The finished product should be a formal paper that is 3 pages MINIMUM (750 words) written in essay style, NOT in a numbered list (minimal work will get a minimal grade). Reviews are to be doubled-spaced in Microsoft Word format utilizing MLA format and must include in-page citations. Reviews should be composed in Times New Roman 12 point font.

Taking into consideration the information presented in the Overview of Primary Source Documents lesson: Address the following points in your review:

Who wrote the document? Until you know this you know little about the document. Sometimes you can figure this out from the document itself. Was the author a political or private individual? Was he educated or not?
Who was the intended audience/who was the letter or speech written to? This will tell you about the author’s use of language and the knowledge that he assumed on the part of the reader.
What is the story line? What is going on in the document?
Why was the document written? Everything is written for a reason. Is it just a random note, or a

scholarly thesis?

What type of document is this, or what is its purpose? A newspaper article is different than a diary.

Thus, one can expect to extract different kinds of information from different kinds of documents. A

private letter to a friend is very different from a political letter written to discuss governmental matters.

What are the basic assumptions made by the author? For example, did the author assume that the

reader could understand certain foreign or engineering terms?

Can you believe this document? Is it reliable? Is it likely? This should be more than a yes or no answer.

What makes it believable or not?

What can you learn about the society that produced this document? All documents reveal information

about the people who produced them. It is embedded in the language and assumptions of the
text. Your task is to learn how to “read,” or analyze, a document to extract information about a society. You might wish to analyze each document in terms of various aspects of a society (economic, political, religion, social structure, culture, etc.).

What is the importance of this document to history? Everything can be considered important even if it is not important for political or governmental purposes. Does it shed light on what life was like during the time period it was written? Does it demonstrate views of the world from a time long ago? Etc.
Finally, What does this document mean to you? If you answer nothing, you will lose a whole letter grade. You are the one picking out the sources, so pick something that you find interesting that means something to you. Tell me why it means something to you and why you picked it.

Step 4: Submit the assignment through Canvas. Do not send the assignment via email. Submit your Signature Assignment paper in MICROSOFT WORD format. Please understand that all papers WILL be

Signature Assignment paper in MICROSOFT WORD format. Please understand that all papers WILL be checked for plagiarism before grading.

Question 25: Law

International Justice System- Generally, as we have learned earlier in the semester, substantive law refers to how crime and punishment are defined, and that each of the four legal traditions do share some characteristics of substantive law. Similarly, each of the four legal traditions differ from each other with respect to substantive law. As such, 1) Briefly summarize how each of the four legal traditions are similar in defining criminal responsibility, and 2) Briefly summarize how each of the four legal traditions differ in defining criminal responsibility

Question 26: General

A paper on the Congress. (Theses Question) – If you were serving in Congress, would you tend to follow the instructed delegate model of representation or the trustee model? Why? What might be the likely outcome of your choice? has to be in apa format 5 pages double~ spaced, cover page, twelve font.

Question 27: Education

Create a lesson plan on the book :Whistle for Willie By Ezra Jack Keats. It’s a very short book maybe you can check it out from the library like I did. Its a childrens multicultural book, or maybe there is a way you can read it online. follow the format of the example I attached for you below

Instruction

AUTHOR STUDY LESSON PLANS AND FOCUS UNIT (Critical Assignment)As a reflective decision-maker, the student is capable of researching an author of children’s literature and make informed decisions concerning appropriate lessons and content connections involving the author’s work. Objectives: 1) research and collect information about a children’s literature author; 2) create activities for a balanced literacy classroom; and 3) link learning activities to the Common Core State Standards for a selected grade level.Corresponding FL-FAU READING Performance Indicator(s) for the Reading Endorsement: 1.A.5: Identify cognitive targets (e.g. 8locate/recall, integrate/interpret, critique/evaluate) and the role of cognitive development in the construction of meaning of literary and informational texts; 1.A.7: Understand the reading demands posed by domain specific texts; 1.A.8: Understand that effective comprehension processes rely on well developed language, strong inference making, background knowledge, comprehension monitoring and self-correcting

FAU MODIFIED LESSON PLAN FORMAT

LAE 4353 Professor Oetinger – Kenski

Fall 2019

Teacher:______________________________________ Date: _________________________

Book Title: ___________________________ ____ Grade Level: ____________________

Author:____________________________Illustrator: __________________________________

Publisher and Copyright Date: ____________________________________________________

Culture(s) Represented: ________________________________________________ _________

Instructional Objective(s)/Outcomes: Indicate what is to be learned.

Please include 1-2 “I Can” Statements and 1 Essential Question.

Standards/Objective:

Choose two Florida Language Arts Standards (LAFS) in one of the categories listed below. Use the following website: http://www.fldoe.org/pdf/lafs.pdf. These standards are based on the national Common Core State Standards: www.corestandards.org.

You may choose from the following categories:

Reading: Literature Reading: Informational Text

Reading: Foundational Skills Writing

Speaking and Listening Language

Instructional Procedures: Indicate how you intend to sequence the activities in the lesson from initiation to closure (based on the LAFS reading standards) and what prior knowledge students have to have in order to be successful. Estimate the time necessary to complete each major component of the lesson.

Please include the necessary components of a Balanced Literacy Block, within Sections A – C.

Initiating activities: Time = __________________

Core Activities: Time = _____________________

Closure Activities: Time = ____________________

Adaptations for ESOL and ESE:

Classroom management plan:

Materials and Equipment: List all books, materials, and equipment to be used by both the teacher and the learner.

Assessment/Evaluation: Identify the techniques used in determining to what extent the students have attained the instructional objectives. For your Author Study lesson plan, you will need to create a rubric. You may use the rubistar4teachers.com website. Attach the rubric to your lesson plan. Your assessment must match at least one of the reading standards you selected for your before, during and after language arts activities.

Follow-up Activities or Extensions: Plan three activities across the curriculum. You should include one activity for integrating literacy with the arts (visual arts, dance or movement, drama, or music) and one activity that includes writing. The third activity should be connected to reading in the content areas: social studies or geography, science, or math. These activities should be different from the ones used previously in the lesson.

References

APA format

Summary of Feedback from Peers

Revisions to Lesson Based on Peer Suggestions

Question 28: General

Co-op Letter of Intent Requirements The letter of intent is meant to demonstrate your suitability for the Co-operative Education Program. It is a very important factor in your admission decision. The strength of your letter is based on a number of factors including basic writing skills, spelling, grammar, format, and interest in Co-op. Maximum 1-page single spaced: Professional business letter format Your letter must confirm you understand the Co-op program Please discuss why you are interested in joining the Co-op program, and what you hope to gain from your involvement with the program Spelling and grammar reflect your attention to detail Poor written communication skills could result in your application not being considered

Question 29: Computer Science

Instruction

Respond to the following in a minimum of 175 words: 1) Explain the benefits a recursive algorithm can provide. and 2) Provide an example from a process in your organization or with which you are familiar. #Demonstrate how to apply recursion concepts as they relate to an organization’s data system.

Question 30: Finance

Assignment Questions Q1. From the information given below: (10 Marks) a. Prepare a balance sheet b. Net working capital Q2 From the information given above, prepare (a) the income statement, and (b) the common-sized income statement. Q3. Prepare a statement of cash flows from the following list of items. Q4. Calculate the following ratios from the Balance Sheet and the Income Statement of Saudi Manufacturing Corporation given below: (5 Marks) a. Current Ratio b. Debt Ratio c. Fixed asset turnover d. Total asset turnover e. Operating profit margin

Assignment No. 1

Course: Principles of Finance (FIN101)	Student name:
Academic Year:1440-1441 H	Student ID:
Semester: 1st	Student grade: / 30
CRN:	Level of the marks:

This Assignment must be submitted on Blackboard (WORD format only) via the allocated folder.
Email submission will not be accepted.
You are advised to make your work clear and well-presented; marks may be reduced for poor presentation. This includes filling your information on the cover page.
Assignment will be evaluated through BB Safe Assign tool.
Late submission will result in ZERO marks being awarded.
The work should be your own, copying from students or other resources will result in ZERO marks.
Use Times New Roman font 12 for all your answers.

Assignment Questions

Q1. From the information given below: (10 Marks)

Prepare a balance sheet
Net working capital

Cash		100,000
Account receivables		72,000
Accounts payable		48,000
Short-term notes payable		35,000
Inventories		70,000
Gross fixed assets		1,750,000
Common stock		680,000
Other current assets		10,000
Accumulated depreciation		524,000
Long-term debt		350,000
Other assets		25,000
Retained earnings		?

Q2. (10 Marks)

Sales		$525,000
Cost of goods sold		$200,000
General and administrative expenses		$62,000
Depreciation expenses		8,000
Interest expense		12,000
Income taxes		97,200
From the information given above, prepare (a) the income statement, and
(b) the common-sized income statement.

Q3. Prepare a statement of cash flows from the following list of items. (5 Marks)

Increase in inventories		22,000
Operating income		625,000
Dividends		55,000
Increase in accounts payables		92,500
Interest expense		118,000
Increase in common stock		22,000
Depreciation expense		48,000
Increase in accounts receivable		210,000
Increase in long-term debt		145,000
Increase in short-term notes payable		36,500
Increase in gross fixed assets		144,000
Increase in paid in capital		60,000
Income taxes		202,000
Beginning cash		700,000

Q4. Calculate the following ratios from the Balance Sheet and the Income Statement of Saudi Manufacturing Corporation given below: (5 Marks)

Current Ratio
Debt Ratio
Fixed asset turnover
Total asset turnover
Operating profit margin


Balance Sheet:
Cash		30,000
Acct/Rec		72,500
Inventories		50,000
Current assets		152,500
Net fixed assets		240,000
Total assets		392,500

Accts/Pay		44,500
Accrued expenses		31,000
Short-term N/P		9,500
Current liabilities		85,000
Long-term debt		110,000
Owner’s equity		197,500
Total liabilities and owners equity		392,500

Income Statement:
Net sales		450,000
COGS		220,000
Gross profit		230,000
Operating expenses		128,000
Net operating income		102,000
Interest expense		18,500
EBT		83,500
Income taxes		33,000
Net income		50,500

Question 31: Business

Essay must be on Coca-Cola Company. Your essay should be two to three pages in length, double-spaced,the title and reference pages do not count towards the minimum page length.

Instruction

For this essay, you will conduct research on corporate strategies and the affect they have on the decision process. Use the same company you chose in Unit II. As you explore the decision process, consider how corporate strategies influence these decisions. In your essay, address the following questions: What is a functional strategy? What are stability strategies in business? What are the pros and cons of these strategies? What are competitive and cooperative strategies? What are the tradeoffs (pros and cons) between an internal and an external growth strategy? Which approach is best as an international strategy? Why? What about retrenchment? Your essay should be two to three pages in length, double-spaced, and in 12 pt. Times New Roman font. The title and reference pages do not count towards the minimum page length. To complete this assignment, a minimum of two reputable sources must be used, cited, and referenced. At least one reference must come from the CSU Online Library. Use APA style guidelines.

Question 32: Psychology

Write a 500-750-word paper discussing process addictions. Include the following in your paper:

Instruction

A definition of process addiction A description of criteria similarities for substance use disorders and process addiction A description of the differences between process addictions and substance use disorders Include a minimum of two scholarly references in addition to the textbook in your paper. Prepare this assignment according to the guidelines found in the APA Style Guide, An abstract is not required. This assignment uses a rubric. Please review the rubric prior to beginning the assignment to become familiar with the expectations for successful completion. You are required to submit this assignment to Lopes Write.

Question 33: Business

Your task is to research a company that is using digital technologies to transform the workplace and critically examine how it has changed employment and occupations.

Instruction

You should provide enough evidence to answer the question: do you think this company has shown leadership in the way it has implemented technology driven change? Answering this question should include consideration of things like: an overview of the company and its transformation process; how this transformation process has changed employment in the company; any information that the company has made available about the rationale for its business model transformation using new technologies; and coverage in the media about the experience of the change process, such as by workers or interviews with company leaders. Word count: 3,000 words (+/- 10%) 8 References minimum (including 2 academic sources – consult the topic Readings) Harvard Weighting: 50% of final grade Graduate Qualities being assessed in this assignment: •GQ1: Are knowledgeable •GQ2: Can apply their knowledge •GQ3: Communicate effectively •GQ4: Can work independently •GQ6: Value ethical behaviour

Question 1: General Question

NSG 6001 Midterm Exam (Latest): South University (Already graded A)

Question 2: General Question

BUSI 400 Individual Assignment 3 Liberty University Complete Answers

The below shown questions is just one version sample.
Download the solution .PDF document for the complete different version solutions and get A grade.

Which of the following is a value driver that Mont Blanc’s managers are NOT likely to focus on in pursuing the company’s strategy?

When a company like Bic releases a new product to its core consumer group, it must be sure to satisfy which aspect?

Companies that focus on a product’s functional demands drives are likely to pursue a(n) ______ strategy, while those that focus on customers’ social and emotional needs in addition to the product’s functional aspect use a(n) ______ strategy.

As discussed in the case, how many different models of the Mini are now available?

Which of the following was NOT a way that BMW was able to create the premium compact car niche?

Who is Mini’s top competitor?

What was Mini’s growth between 2011 and 2012?

The economic crisis sent the European market for full-featured automobiles ________.

What is the most likely reason that Renault’s strategy might fail to result in a sustainable competitive advantage?

Renault’s low-priced, no-frills cars can be seen as a form of ________.

Which of Michael Porter’s generic strategies did Renault primarily pursue after the economic crisis?

The traditional approach to strategic control is sequential. Which of the following is not one of the steps in the sequence?

For businesses facing complex and turbulent business environments, which of the following is true?

Contemporary approaches to strategic control rely primarily on

Informational control systems are concerned with which of the following questions?

As firms simultaneously downsize and face the need for increased coordination across organizational boundaries, a control system based primarily on ______________ is dysfunctional.

The primary participants in corporate governance do not include the

In order to minimize the temptation for managers to act in their own self-interest, governance mechanisms exist for implementation consideration. Which of the following is not a primary means for monitoring managerial behavior?

Sales quotas, operating budgets, and production schedules are examples of traditional controls.

Once a strong and healthy organizational culture has been established, it becomes self-sustaining.

Question 3: General Question

BUSI 400 Individual Assignment 2 Liberty University Complete Answers

The below shown questions is just one version sample.
Download the solution .PDF document for the complete different version solutions and get A grade.

Complete Chapter 3 Summary Review Questions: 1, 6, & 7 found on page 97.

SWOT analysis is a technique to analyze the internal and external environments of a firm. What are its advantages and disadvantages?

What are the advantages and disadvantages of conducting a financial ratio analysis of a firm?

Summarize the concept of the balanced scorecard. What are its main advantages?

Complete Chapter 3 Application Questions & Exercises: #2 found on page 98. Use Exhibit 3.8 found on page 91 to complete the 19 financial ratios for Campbell Soup (Case #15 – p. C91-C101). Use the financial information located on C98-C100 to calculate each ratio.
Complete Chapter 4 Experiential Exercise found on page 132. *Pfizer Table
Place the results of the exercise(s) in a single document and submit it via the link provided. Include your name, class, section number, and the number of the exercise(s) on the attachment. Restate each question prior to answering it. Be sure that the assignment is in a business-professional format; include current APA citing and referencing.

Question 4: General Question

BUSI 400 Individual Assignment 1 Liberty University Complete Answers

The below shown questions is just one version sample.
Download the solution .PDF document for the complete different version solutions and get A grade.

Complete Chapter 1 Summary Review Questions: 1 & 2 on textbook page 30.

How is “strategic management” defined in the text, and what are its four key attributes? See pp. 6-8 in your textbook.

Briefly discuss the three key activities in the strategic management process. Why is it important for managers to recognize the interdependent nature of these activities? See pp. 9-13 in your textbook.

Complete Chapter 2 Summary Review Questions: 1, 3, & 5 on textbook page 65.

Why must managers be aware of a firm’s external environment?

Discuss and describe the six elements of the external environment.

Describe how the five forces can be used to determine the average expected profitability in an industry.

Complete Application Question & Exercise: 4 on textbook page 66.

Go to the Internet and look up www.kroger.com. What are some of the five forces driving industry competition that are affecting the profitability of this firm?

Place the results of the exercise(s) in a single document and submit it via the link provided. Include your name, class, section number, and the number of the exercise(s) on the attachment. Restate each question prior to answering it. Be sure that the assignment is in a business-professional format; include current APA citing and referencing.

Question 5: Physics

3.5. A laminated toroidal iron core has a mean magnetic path of diameter 15 cm and relative permeability 1000. The core has a circular cross-section of diameter 2 cm and a coil with 100 turns. The flux density in the core is 1T. Calculate

(a)        the value of magnetic field     strength           H         in         the       core
(b)        the       required           coil      mmf.
(c)        the       coil      current
(d)       the       coil      flux
(e)        the       coil      flux      linkage
(f) the coil inductance from the coil flux-linkage

Question 6: Physics

Discuss the differences between inductive and deductive methods of science
Elaborate on how they are involved in technology.
What is grounded theory?
The general rules to follow to apply the inductive and deductive method to technology
Approaches to follow to make the inductive and deductive methods successful

Question 7: Sociology

What are the various programs conducted by the National Cancer Institute (NCI) and Media Campaign Resource Centers to prevent teenage cigarette smoking?

Question 8: Sociology

How does the caste culture in India work? Is it still being used? Bad effects of the caste system. Good effects of the caste system

Question 9: Architecture

INF3703 ASSIGNMENT (2)2019 SEM 1-PROJECT

INF3703 ASSIGNMENT 2 Semester 1 Updated 2019

Question 10: English

Week Four Discussion Board Thread Instructions

$12 Summaries

With each word being worth 10 cents, write four $12 summaries of the reading from any four of the following chapters in Everyday Bible Study:

Observe: How to Make Accurate Observations
How to Use Multiple Translations of the Bible
How to Ask Key Questions
Interpret: How to Find the Meaning of the Bible
Correlate: How to Connect Scripture to Other Scriptures
Correlate: How to See Jesus in the Bible
Apply: How to Live Out What You Learn
How to Study the Old Testament Genres, Part 1: Law
How to Study the Old Testament Genres, Part 2: Narrative
How to Study the Old Testament Genres, Part 3: Wisdom and Poetry
How to Study the Old Testament Genres, Part 4: Prophetic Literature

This means that in this assignment you are developing four summaries of 120 words each (one for each of the four chapters you selected). You should aim to create four summaries where each summary is between 100-120 words. Each of your summaries should not exceed the 120-word or $12 limit. For an example of this type of thread, please see the provided example in the Course Content folder.

Week Five Discussion Board Response Post Instructions

Once you have completed the necessary textbook reading in Everyday Bible Study, select two threads you wish to reply to and address your classmates’ thoughts and ideas. The goal of these two posts is to build on the material provided by your classmates. Thus, responses that simply affirm the thread material are not sufficient. The content of each reply must reflect an excellent knowledge of the textbook reading and interact with both the thread and relevant chapter material. You must support your thoughts and ideas by implementing at least one significant quote from Everyday Bible Study. Each response post should be at least 200 words in length.

Question 11: Business

Wk 5 :Discussion

Respond to the following in a minimum of 175 words:

Think about your current or previous organization. What are some of the retention strategies that worked? What did not work so well?

Question 12: Business

Case study week 5

Resources: Strategic Staffing, Appendix Strategic Staffing at Chern’s: A Case Study and Strategic Staffing, Ch. 12; Downsizing Strategy Grading Guide
Read the Strategic Staffing at Chern’s: A Case Study on page 383 in the appendix of Strategic Staffing.
Develop a 350-word downsizing strategy to reduce the number of sales associates by 15%.

Question 13: Education

INF 1511 Semester 1, Assignment 4 2019 / INF1511 Semester 1, Assignment 4 2019

Question 14: Education

INF3703 ASSIGNMENT 3 Semester 1 2019 / ASSIGNMENT 03 COMPULSORY

Question 15: General Question

BUSI 400 Learnsmart Chapter 12 Liberty University Complete Answers

The below shown questions is just one version sample.
Download the solution .PDF document for the complete different version solutions and get A grade.

Which of the following questions would help assess the effectiveness of a corporation’s venturing initiatives?

Which of the following are some guidelines for successfully competing in dynamic markets with high technology uncertainty?

Which of the following statements regarding the application of real options analysis to strategic decision making are true?

Which of the following are the two stages new venture concepts must pass in order to get off the ground?

Which of the following statements about managers being able to develop innovative products and services are correct?

Which of the following affect whether a typical company will pursue entrepreneurial projects?

Which of the following statements regarding the building capabilities versus collaborating challenges to innovation are true?

Which of the following statements regarding the internal versus external staffing challenges to innovation are correct?

Which of the following refers to a firm-specific view of innovation that defines how a firm can create new knowledge and learn from an innovation initiative even if the project fails?

Biases, blind spots, and other human frailties that lead to poor managerial decisions fall under the concept of ___.

In companies with many innovative ideas, deciding which ideas to cultivate and which to cast aside is known as .

Which of the following are examples of staffing practices for innovation that are counterproductive?

Which of the following are functions or services that business incubators provide start-up companies?

Which of the following statements regarding the incremental versus preemptive launch challenges to innovation are correct?

____ are groups of individuals or a division within a corporation that identifies, evaluates, and cultivates venture opportunities.

Corporate entrepreneurship in which a dedication to the principles and policies of entrepreneurship is spread throughout the organization is known as the ___ to corporate entrepreneurship.

A sustaining innovation is a type of disruptive innovation.

Which of the following regarding the challenges to innovation of experience versus initiative are correct?

Disruptive innovations appeal to less demanding customers who want more convenient and less expensive solutions.

Which of the following is the approach to corporate venturing in which corporate entrepreneurship activities are isolated from a firm’s existing operations and worked on by independent work units?

Which of the following refers to a willingness to introduce novelty through experimentation and creative processes aimed at developing new products and services as well as new processes?

Which of the following statements about the seeds versus weeds challenge to innovation are correct?

Companies are often reluctant to invest time and other resources into activities with an unknown future.

Which of the following refers to the strategy-making practices that businesses use in identifying and launching new ventures consisting of autonomy, innovativeness, proactiveness, competitive aggressiveness, and risk taking?

Which of the following refers to a willingness to act independently in order to carry forward an entrepreneurial vision or opportunity?

Question 16: General Question